Create/use more directory structure in the Documentation/ tree.

Create Documentation/blockdev/ sub-directory and populate it.
Populate the Documentation/serial/ sub-directory.
Move MSI-HOWTO.txt to Documentation/PCI/.
Move ioctl-number.txt to Documentation/ioctl/.
Update all relevant 00-INDEX files.
Update all relevant Kconfig files and source files.

Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>

diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
index edef85ce1195e0a0e98f2f135d4051c1b5844947..2f969e2bece110950202394ae14a5ce6914f5db5 100644 (file)
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -42,14 +42,8 @@ IRQ.txt
        - description of what an IRQ is.
 ManagementStyle
        - how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers.
        - description of what an IRQ is.
 ManagementStyle
        - how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers.

-MSI-HOWTO.txt
-       - the Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) Driver Guide HOWTO and FAQ.

 RCU/
        - directory with info on RCU (read-copy update).
 RCU/
        - directory with info on RCU (read-copy update).

-README.DAC960
-       - info on Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller Driver for Linux.
-README.cycladesZ
-       - info on Cyclades-Z firmware loading.

 SAK.txt
        - info on Secure Attention Keys.
 SM501.txt
 SAK.txt
        - info on Secure Attention Keys.
 SM501.txt


@@ -86,20 +80,16 @@ blackfin/
        - directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch.
 block/
        - info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.
        - directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch.
 block/
        - info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.

+blockdev/
+       - info on block devices & drivers

 cachetlb.txt
        - describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses.
 cachetlb.txt
        - describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses.

-cciss.txt
-       - info, major/minor #'s for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers.

 cdrom/
        - directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has.
 cdrom/
        - directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has.

-computone.txt
-       - info on Computone Intelliport II/Plus Multiport Serial Driver.

 connector/
        - docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod.
 console/
        - documentation on Linux console drivers.
 connector/
        - docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod.
 console/
        - documentation on Linux console drivers.

-cpqarray.txt
-       - info on using Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers.

 cpu-freq/
        - info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling.
 cpu-hotplug.txt
 cpu-freq/
        - info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling.
 cpu-hotplug.txt


@@ -126,8 +116,6 @@ device-mapper/
        - directory with info on Device Mapper.
 devices.txt
        - plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s.
        - directory with info on Device Mapper.
 devices.txt
        - plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s.

-digiepca.txt
-       - info on Digi Intl. {PC,PCI,EISA}Xx and Xem series cards.

 dontdiff
        - file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed.
 driver-model/
 dontdiff
        - file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed.
 driver-model/


@@ -152,14 +140,10 @@ filesystems/
        - info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
 firmware_class/
        - request_firmware() hotplug interface info.
        - info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
 firmware_class/
        - request_firmware() hotplug interface info.

-floppy.txt
-       - notes and driver options for the floppy disk driver.

 frv/
        - Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation.
 gpio.txt
        - overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions.
 frv/
        - Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation.
 gpio.txt
        - overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions.

-hayes-esp.txt
-       - info on using the Hayes ESP serial driver.

 highuid.txt
        - notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs.
 timers/
 highuid.txt
        - notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs.
 timers/


@@ -186,8 +170,6 @@ io_ordering.txt
        - info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
 ioctl/
        - directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls.
        - info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
 ioctl/
        - directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls.

-ioctl-number.txt
-       - how to implement and register device/driver ioctl calls.

 iostats.txt
        - info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides.
 irqflags-tracing.txt
 iostats.txt
        - info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides.
 irqflags-tracing.txt


@@ -250,14 +232,10 @@ mips/
        - directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture.
 mono.txt
        - how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC.
        - directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture.
 mono.txt
        - how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC.

-moxa-smartio
-       - file with info on installing/using Moxa multiport serial driver.

 mutex-design.txt
        - info on the generic mutex subsystem.
 namespaces/
        - directory with various information about namespaces
 mutex-design.txt
        - info on the generic mutex subsystem.
 namespaces/
        - directory with various information about namespaces

-nbd.txt
-       - info on a TCP implementation of a network block device.

 netlabel/
        - directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
 networking/
 netlabel/
        - directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
 networking/


@@ -270,8 +248,6 @@ numastat.txt
        - info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs.
 oops-tracing.txt
        - how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages.
        - info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs.
 oops-tracing.txt
        - how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages.

-paride.txt
-       - information about the parallel port IDE subsystem.

 parisc/
        - directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture.
 parport.txt
 parisc/
        - directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture.
 parport.txt


@@ -292,18 +268,12 @@ preempt-locking.txt
        - info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
 prio_tree.txt
        - info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas.
        - info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
 prio_tree.txt
        - info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas.

-ramdisk.txt
-       - short guide on how to set up and use the RAM disk.

 rbtree.txt
        - info on what red-black trees are and what they are for.
 rbtree.txt
        - info on what red-black trees are and what they are for.

-riscom8.txt
-       - notes on using the RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver.

 robust-futex-ABI.txt
        - documentation of the robust futex ABI.
 robust-futexes.txt
        - a description of what robust futexes are.
 robust-futex-ABI.txt
        - documentation of the robust futex ABI.
 robust-futexes.txt
        - a description of what robust futexes are.

-rocket.txt
-       - info on the Comtrol RocketPort multiport serial driver.

 rt-mutex-design.txt
        - description of the RealTime mutex implementation design.
 rt-mutex.txt
 rt-mutex-design.txt
        - description of the RealTime mutex implementation design.
 rt-mutex.txt


@@ -332,8 +302,6 @@ sparc/
        - directory with info on using Linux on Sparc architecture.
 sparse.txt
        - info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking.
        - directory with info on using Linux on Sparc architecture.
 sparse.txt
        - info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking.

-specialix.txt
-       - info on hardware/driver for specialix IO8+ multiport serial card.

 spi/
        - overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support.
 spinlocks.txt
 spi/
        - overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support.
 spinlocks.txt


@@ -342,14 +310,10 @@ stable_api_nonsense.txt
        - info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi.
 stable_kernel_rules.txt
        - rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases.
        - info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi.
 stable_kernel_rules.txt
        - rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases.

-stallion.txt
-       - info on using the Stallion multiport serial driver.

 svga.txt
        - short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS.
 sysfs-rules.txt
        - How not to use sysfs.
 svga.txt
        - short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS.
 sysfs-rules.txt
        - How not to use sysfs.

-sx.txt
-       - info on the Specialix SX/SI multiport serial driver.

 sysctl/
        - directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files.
 sysrq.txt
 sysctl/
        - directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files.
 sysrq.txt


@@ -358,8 +322,6 @@ telephony/
        - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support.
 time_interpolators.txt
        - info on time interpolators.
        - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support.
 time_interpolators.txt
        - info on time interpolators.

-tty.txt
-       - guide to the locking policies of the tty layer.

 uml/
        - directory with information about User Mode Linux.
 unicode.txt
 uml/
        - directory with information about User Mode Linux.
 unicode.txt

diff --git a/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 256defd..0000000
--- a/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
-               The MSI Driver Guide HOWTO
-       Tom L Nguyen tom.l.nguyen@intel.com
-                       10/03/2003
-       Revised Feb 12, 2004 by Martine Silbermann
-               email: Martine.Silbermann@hp.com
-       Revised Jun 25, 2004 by Tom L Nguyen
-
-1. About this guide
-
-This guide describes the basics of Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI),
-the advantages of using MSI over traditional interrupt mechanisms,
-and how to enable your driver to use MSI or MSI-X. Also included is
-a Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) section.
-
-1.1 Terminology
-
-PCI devices can be single-function or multi-function.  In either case,
-when this text talks about enabling or disabling MSI on a "device
-function," it is referring to one specific PCI device and function and
-not to all functions on a PCI device (unless the PCI device has only
-one function).
-
-2. Copyright 2003 Intel Corporation
-
-3. What is MSI/MSI-X?
-
-Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI), as described in the PCI Local Bus
-Specification Revision 2.3 or later, is an optional feature, and a
-required feature for PCI Express devices. MSI enables a device function
-to request service by sending an Inbound Memory Write on its PCI bus to
-the FSB as a Message Signal Interrupt transaction. Because MSI is
-generated in the form of a Memory Write, all transaction conditions,
-such as a Retry, Master-Abort, Target-Abort or normal completion, are
-supported.
-
-A PCI device that supports MSI must also support pin IRQ assertion
-interrupt mechanism to provide backward compatibility for systems that
-do not support MSI. In systems which support MSI, the bus driver is
-responsible for initializing the message address and message data of
-the device function's MSI/MSI-X capability structure during device
-initial configuration.
-
-An MSI capable device function indicates MSI support by implementing
-the MSI/MSI-X capability structure in its PCI capability list. The
-device function may implement both the MSI capability structure and
-the MSI-X capability structure; however, the bus driver should not
-enable both.
-
-The MSI capability structure contains Message Control register,
-Message Address register and Message Data register. These registers
-provide the bus driver control over MSI. The Message Control register
-indicates the MSI capability supported by the device. The Message
-Address register specifies the target address and the Message Data
-register specifies the characteristics of the message. To request
-service, the device function writes the content of the Message Data
-register to the target address. The device and its software driver
-are prohibited from writing to these registers.
-
-The MSI-X capability structure is an optional extension to MSI. It
-uses an independent and separate capability structure. There are
-some key advantages to implementing the MSI-X capability structure
-over the MSI capability structure as described below.
-
-       - Support a larger maximum number of vectors per function.
-
-       - Provide the ability for system software to configure
-       each vector with an independent message address and message
-       data, specified by a table that resides in Memory Space.
-
-        - MSI and MSI-X both support per-vector masking. Per-vector
-       masking is an optional extension of MSI but a required
-       feature for MSI-X. Per-vector masking provides the kernel the
-       ability to mask/unmask a single MSI while running its
-       interrupt service routine. If per-vector masking is
-       not supported, then the device driver should provide the
-       hardware/software synchronization to ensure that the device
-       generates MSI when the driver wants it to do so.
-
-4. Why use MSI?
-
-As a benefit to the simplification of board design, MSI allows board
-designers to remove out-of-band interrupt routing. MSI is another
-step towards a legacy-free environment.
-
-Due to increasing pressure on chipset and processor packages to
-reduce pin count, the need for interrupt pins is expected to
-diminish over time. Devices, due to pin constraints, may implement
-messages to increase performance.
-
-PCI Express endpoints uses INTx emulation (in-band messages) instead
-of IRQ pin assertion. Using INTx emulation requires interrupt
-sharing among devices connected to the same node (PCI bridge) while
-MSI is unique (non-shared) and does not require BIOS configuration
-support. As a result, the PCI Express technology requires MSI
-support for better interrupt performance.
-
-Using MSI enables the device functions to support two or more
-vectors, which can be configured to target different CPUs to
-increase scalability.
-
-5. Configuring a driver to use MSI/MSI-X
-
-By default, the kernel will not enable MSI/MSI-X on all devices that
-support this capability. The CONFIG_PCI_MSI kernel option
-must be selected to enable MSI/MSI-X support.
-
-5.1 Including MSI/MSI-X support into the kernel
-
-To allow MSI/MSI-X capable device drivers to selectively enable
-MSI/MSI-X (using pci_enable_msi()/pci_enable_msix() as described
-below), the VECTOR based scheme needs to be enabled by setting
-CONFIG_PCI_MSI during kernel config.
-
-Since the target of the inbound message is the local APIC, providing
-CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC must be enabled as well as CONFIG_PCI_MSI.
-
-5.2 Configuring for MSI support
-
-Due to the non-contiguous fashion in vector assignment of the
-existing Linux kernel, this version does not support multiple
-messages regardless of a device function is capable of supporting
-more than one vector. To enable MSI on a device function's MSI
-capability structure requires a device driver to call the function
-pci_enable_msi() explicitly.
-
-5.2.1 API pci_enable_msi
-
-int pci_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev)
-
-With this new API, a device driver that wants to have MSI
-enabled on its device function must call this API to enable MSI.
-A successful call will initialize the MSI capability structure
-with ONE vector, regardless of whether a device function is
-capable of supporting multiple messages. This vector replaces the
-pre-assigned dev->irq with a new MSI vector. To avoid a conflict
-of the new assigned vector with existing pre-assigned vector requires
-a device driver to call this API before calling request_irq().
-
-5.2.2 API pci_disable_msi
-
-void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev)
-
-This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi()
-when a device driver is unloading. This API restores dev->irq with
-the pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and switches a device's interrupt
-mode to PCI pin-irq assertion/INTx emulation mode.
-
-Note that a device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector
-that it has done request_irq() on before calling this API. Failure to do
-so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and
-leaks its vector.
-
-5.2.3 MSI mode vs. legacy mode diagram
-
-The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt
-mode on the MSI-capable device function between MSI mode and
-PIN-IRQ assertion mode.
-
-        ------------   pci_enable_msi   ------------------------
-       |            | <=============== |                        |
-       | MSI MODE   |                  | PIN-IRQ ASSERTION MODE |
-       |            | ===============> |                        |
-        ------------   pci_disable_msi  ------------------------
-
-
-Figure 1. MSI Mode vs. Legacy Mode
-
-In Figure 1, a device operates by default in legacy mode. Legacy
-in this context means PCI pin-irq assertion or PCI-Express INTx
-emulation. A successful MSI request (using pci_enable_msi()) switches
-a device's interrupt mode to MSI mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector
-stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem and a new
-assigned MSI vector will replace dev->irq.
-
-To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call
-pci_disable_msi() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi(). Note that a
-device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector it has
-done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msi(). Failure to do
-so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and
-leaks its vector. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem restores a device's
-dev->irq with a pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and marks the released
-MSI vector as unused.
-
-Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI
-subsystem will reserve this MSI vector for a device. Depending on
-the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of
-MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, this MSI may be re-assigned.
-
-For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigns this MSI vector to
-another driver, a request to switch back to MSI mode may result
-in being assigned a different MSI vector or a failure if no more
-vectors are available.
-
-5.3 Configuring for MSI-X support
-
-Due to the ability of the system software to configure each vector of
-the MSI-X capability structure with an independent message address
-and message data, the non-contiguous fashion in vector assignment of
-the existing Linux kernel has no impact on supporting multiple
-messages on an MSI-X capable device functions. To enable MSI-X on
-a device function's MSI-X capability structure requires its device
-driver to call the function pci_enable_msix() explicitly.
-
-The function pci_enable_msix(), once invoked, enables either
-all or nothing, depending on the current availability of PCI vector
-resources. If the PCI vector resources are available for the number
-of vectors requested by a device driver, this function will configure
-the MSI-X table of the MSI-X capability structure of a device with
-requested messages. To emphasize this reason, for example, a device
-may be capable for supporting the maximum of 32 vectors while its
-software driver usually may request 4 vectors. It is recommended
-that the device driver should call this function once during the
-initialization phase of the device driver.
-
-Unlike the function pci_enable_msi(), the function pci_enable_msix()
-does not replace the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq with a new MSI
-vector because the PCI subsystem writes the 1:1 vector-to-entry mapping
-into the field vector of each element contained in a second argument.
-Note that the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq is valid only if the device
-operates in PIN-IRQ assertion mode. In MSI-X mode, any attempt at
-using dev->irq by the device driver to request for interrupt service
-may result in unpredictable behavior.
-
-For each MSI-X vector granted, a device driver is responsible for calling
-other functions like request_irq(), enable_irq(), etc. to enable
-this vector with its corresponding interrupt service handler. It is
-a device driver's choice to assign all vectors with the same
-interrupt service handler or each vector with a unique interrupt
-service handler.
-
-5.3.1 Handling MMIO address space of MSI-X Table
-
-The PCI 3.0 specification has implementation notes that MMIO address
-space for a device's MSI-X structure should be isolated so that the
-software system can set different pages for controlling accesses to the
-MSI-X structure. The implementation of MSI support requires the PCI
-subsystem, not a device driver, to maintain full control of the MSI-X
-table/MSI-X PBA (Pending Bit Array) and MMIO address space of the MSI-X
-table/MSI-X PBA.  A device driver should not access the MMIO address
-space of the MSI-X table/MSI-X PBA.
-
-5.3.2 API pci_enable_msix
-
-int pci_enable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec)
-
-This API enables a device driver to request the PCI subsystem
-to enable MSI-X messages on its hardware device. Depending on
-the availability of PCI vectors resources, the PCI subsystem enables
-either all or none of the requested vectors.
-
-Argument 'dev' points to the device (pci_dev) structure.
-
-Argument 'entries' is a pointer to an array of msix_entry structs.
-The number of entries is indicated in argument 'nvec'.
-struct msix_entry is defined in /driver/pci/msi.h:
-
-struct msix_entry {
-       u16     vector; /* kernel uses to write alloc vector */
-       u16     entry; /* driver uses to specify entry */
-};
-
-A device driver is responsible for initializing the field 'entry' of
-each element with a unique entry supported by MSI-X table. Otherwise,
--EINVAL will be returned as a result. A successful return of zero
-indicates the PCI subsystem completed initializing each of the requested
-entries of the MSI-X table with message address and message data.
-Last but not least, the PCI subsystem will write the 1:1
-vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element. A
-device driver is responsible for keeping track of allocated MSI-X
-vectors in its internal data structure.
-
-A return of zero indicates that the number of MSI-X vectors was
-successfully allocated. A return of greater than zero indicates
-MSI-X vector shortage. Or a return of less than zero indicates
-a failure. This failure may be a result of duplicate entries
-specified in second argument, or a result of no available vector,
-or a result of failing to initialize MSI-X table entries.
-
-5.3.3 API pci_disable_msix
-
-void pci_disable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev)
-
-This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix()
-when a device driver is unloading. Note that a device driver should
-always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it has done request_irq()
-on before calling this API. Failure to do so results in a BUG_ON() and
-a device will be left with MSI-X enabled and leaks its vectors.
-
-5.3.4 MSI-X mode vs. legacy mode diagram
-
-The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt
-mode on the MSI-X capable device function between MSI-X mode and
-PIN-IRQ assertion mode (legacy).
-
-        ------------   pci_enable_msix(,,n) ------------------------
-       |            | <===============     |                        |
-       | MSI-X MODE |                      | PIN-IRQ ASSERTION MODE |
-       |            | ===============>     |                        |
-        ------------   pci_disable_msix     ------------------------
-
-Figure 2. MSI-X Mode vs. Legacy Mode
-
-In Figure 2, a device operates by default in legacy mode. A
-successful MSI-X request (using pci_enable_msix()) switches a
-device's interrupt mode to MSI-X mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector
-stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem; however,
-unlike MSI mode, the PCI subsystem will not replace dev->irq with
-assigned MSI-X vector because the PCI subsystem already writes the 1:1
-vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element
-specified in second argument.
-
-To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call
-pci_disable_msix() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix(). Note that
-a device driver should always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it
-has done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msix(). Failure
-to do so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI-X
-enabled and leaks its vectors. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem switches a
-device function's interrupt mode from MSI-X mode to legacy mode and
-marks all allocated MSI-X vectors as unused.
-
-Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI
-subsystem will reserve these MSI-X vectors for a device. Depending on
-the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of
-MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, these MSI-X vectors may be
-re-assigned.
-
-For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigned these MSI-X vectors
-to other drivers, a request to switch back to MSI-X mode may result
-being assigned with another set of MSI-X vectors or a failure if no
-more vectors are available.
-
-5.4 Handling function implementing both MSI and MSI-X capabilities
-
-For the case where a function implements both MSI and MSI-X
-capabilities, the PCI subsystem enables a device to run either in MSI
-mode or MSI-X mode but not both. A device driver determines whether it
-wants MSI or MSI-X enabled on its hardware device. Once a device
-driver requests for MSI, for example, it is prohibited from requesting
-MSI-X; in other words, a device driver is not permitted to ping-pong
-between MSI mod MSI-X mode during a run-time.
-
-5.5 Hardware requirements for MSI/MSI-X support
-
-MSI/MSI-X support requires support from both system hardware and
-individual hardware device functions.
-
-5.5.1 Required x86 hardware support
-
-Since the target of MSI address is the local APIC CPU, enabling
-MSI/MSI-X support in the Linux kernel is dependent on whether existing
-system hardware supports local APIC. Users should verify that their
-system supports local APIC operation by testing that it runs when
-CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y.
-
-In SMP environment, CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC is automatically set;
-however, in UP environment, users must manually set
-CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC. Once CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y, setting
-CONFIG_PCI_MSI enables the VECTOR based scheme and the option for
-MSI-capable device drivers to selectively enable MSI/MSI-X.
-
-Note that CONFIG_X86_IO_APIC setting is irrelevant because MSI/MSI-X
-vector is allocated new during runtime and MSI/MSI-X support does not
-depend on BIOS support. This key independency enables MSI/MSI-X
-support on future IOxAPIC free platforms.
-
-5.5.2 Device hardware support
-
-The hardware device function supports MSI by indicating the
-MSI/MSI-X capability structure on its PCI capability list. By
-default, this capability structure will not be initialized by
-the kernel to enable MSI during the system boot. In other words,
-the device function is running on its default pin assertion mode.
-Note that in many cases the hardware supporting MSI have bugs,
-which may result in system hangs. The software driver of specific
-MSI-capable hardware is responsible for deciding whether to call
-pci_enable_msi or not. A return of zero indicates the kernel
-successfully initialized the MSI/MSI-X capability structure of the
-device function. The device function is now running on MSI/MSI-X mode.
-
-5.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on device function
-
-At the driver level, a return of zero from the function call of
-pci_enable_msi()/pci_enable_msix() indicates to a device driver that
-its device function is initialized successfully and ready to run in
-MSI/MSI-X mode.
-
-At the user level, users can use the command 'cat /proc/interrupts'
-to display the vectors allocated for devices and their interrupt
-MSI/MSI-X modes ("PCI-MSI"/"PCI-MSI-X"). Below shows MSI mode is
-enabled on a SCSI Adaptec 39320D Ultra320 controller.
-
-           CPU0       CPU1
-  0:     324639          0    IO-APIC-edge  timer
-  1:       1186          0    IO-APIC-edge  i8042
-  2:          0          0          XT-PIC  cascade
- 12:       2797          0    IO-APIC-edge  i8042
- 14:       6543          0    IO-APIC-edge  ide0
- 15:          1          0    IO-APIC-edge  ide1
-169:          0          0   IO-APIC-level  uhci-hcd
-185:          0          0   IO-APIC-level  uhci-hcd
-193:        138         10         PCI-MSI  aic79xx
-201:         30          0         PCI-MSI  aic79xx
-225:         30          0   IO-APIC-level  aic7xxx
-233:         30          0   IO-APIC-level  aic7xxx
-NMI:          0          0
-LOC:     324553     325068
-ERR:          0
-MIS:          0
-
-6. MSI quirks
-
-Several PCI chipsets or devices are known to not support MSI.
-The PCI stack provides 3 possible levels of MSI disabling:
-* on a single device
-* on all devices behind a specific bridge
-* globally
-
-6.1. Disabling MSI on a single device
-
-Under some circumstances it might be required to disable MSI on a
-single device.  This may be achieved by either not calling pci_enable_msi()
-or all, or setting the pci_dev->no_msi flag before (most of the time
-in a quirk).
-
-6.2. Disabling MSI below a bridge
-
-The vast majority of MSI quirks are required by PCI bridges not
-being able to route MSI between busses. In this case, MSI have to be
-disabled on all devices behind this bridge. It is achieves by setting
-the PCI_BUS_FLAGS_NO_MSI flag in the pci_bus->bus_flags of the bridge
-subordinate bus. There is no need to set the same flag on bridges that
-are below the broken bridge. When pci_enable_msi() is called to enable
-MSI on a device, pci_msi_supported() takes care of checking the NO_MSI
-flag in all parent busses of the device.
-
-Some bridges actually support dynamic MSI support enabling/disabling
-by changing some bits in their PCI configuration space (especially
-the Hypertransport chipsets such as the nVidia nForce and Serverworks
-HT2000). It may then be required to update the NO_MSI flag on the
-corresponding devices in the sysfs hierarchy. To enable MSI support
-on device "0000:00:0e", do:
-
-       echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0e/msi_bus
-
-To disable MSI support, echo 0 instead of 1. Note that it should be
-used with caution since changing this value might break interrupts.
-
-6.3. Disabling MSI globally
-
-Some extreme cases may require to disable MSI globally on the system.
-For now, the only known case is a Serverworks PCI-X chipsets (MSI are
-not supported on several busses that are not all connected to the
-chipset in the Linux PCI hierarchy). In the vast majority of other
-cases, disabling only behind a specific bridge is enough.
-
-For debugging purpose, the user may also pass pci=nomsi on the kernel
-command-line to explicitly disable MSI globally. But, once the appro-
-priate quirks are added to the kernel, this option should not be
-required anymore.
-
-6.4. Finding why MSI cannot be enabled on a device
-
-Assuming that MSI are not enabled on a device, you should look at
-dmesg to find messages that quirks may output when disabling MSI
-on some devices, some bridges or even globally.
-Then, lspci -t gives the list of bridges above a device. Reading
-/sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0e/msi_bus will tell you whether MSI
-are enabled (1) or disabled (0). In 0 is found in a single bridge
-msi_bus file above the device, MSI cannot be enabled.
-
-7. FAQ
-
-Q1. Are there any limitations on using the MSI?
-
-A1. If the PCI device supports MSI and conforms to the
-specification and the platform supports the APIC local bus,
-then using MSI should work.
-
-Q2. Will it work on all the Pentium processors (P3, P4, Xeon,
-AMD processors)? In P3 IPI's are transmitted on the APIC local
-bus and in P4 and Xeon they are transmitted on the system
-bus. Are there any implications with this?
-
-A2. MSI support enables a PCI device sending an inbound
-memory write (0xfeexxxxx as target address) on its PCI bus
-directly to the FSB. Since the message address has a
-redirection hint bit cleared, it should work.
-
-Q3. The target address 0xfeexxxxx will be translated by the
-Host Bridge into an interrupt message. Are there any
-limitations on the chipsets such as Intel 8xx, Intel e7xxx,
-or VIA?
-
-A3. If these chipsets support an inbound memory write with
-target address set as 0xfeexxxxx, as conformed to PCI
-specification 2.3 or latest, then it should work.
-
-Q4. From the driver point of view, if the MSI is lost because
-of errors occurring during inbound memory write, then it may
-wait forever. Is there a mechanism for it to recover?
-
-A4. Since the target of the transaction is an inbound memory
-write, all transaction termination conditions (Retry,
-Master-Abort, Target-Abort, or normal completion) are
-supported. A device sending an MSI must abide by all the PCI
-rules and conditions regarding that inbound memory write. So,
-if a retry is signaled it must retry, etc... We believe that
-the recommendation for Abort is also a retry (refer to PCI
-specification 2.3 or latest).

diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX b/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX
index 49f43946c6b62b0ce8ca4e58c1a66281c324cf2c..812b17fe3ed0d55703d188e3a03b24937c1f1abc 100644 (file)
--- a/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/00-INDEX
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 00-INDEX
        - this file
 00-INDEX
        - this file

+MSI-HOWTO.txt
+       - the Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI) Driver Guide HOWTO and FAQ.

 PCI-DMA-mapping.txt
        - info for PCI drivers using DMA portably across all platforms
 PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt
 PCI-DMA-mapping.txt
        - info for PCI drivers using DMA portably across all platforms
 PCIEBUS-HOWTO.txt

diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..256defd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
+               The MSI Driver Guide HOWTO
+       Tom L Nguyen tom.l.nguyen@intel.com
+                       10/03/2003
+       Revised Feb 12, 2004 by Martine Silbermann
+               email: Martine.Silbermann@hp.com
+       Revised Jun 25, 2004 by Tom L Nguyen
+
+1. About this guide
+
+This guide describes the basics of Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI),
+the advantages of using MSI over traditional interrupt mechanisms,
+and how to enable your driver to use MSI or MSI-X. Also included is
+a Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) section.
+
+1.1 Terminology
+
+PCI devices can be single-function or multi-function.  In either case,
+when this text talks about enabling or disabling MSI on a "device
+function," it is referring to one specific PCI device and function and
+not to all functions on a PCI device (unless the PCI device has only
+one function).
+
+2. Copyright 2003 Intel Corporation
+
+3. What is MSI/MSI-X?
+
+Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI), as described in the PCI Local Bus
+Specification Revision 2.3 or later, is an optional feature, and a
+required feature for PCI Express devices. MSI enables a device function
+to request service by sending an Inbound Memory Write on its PCI bus to
+the FSB as a Message Signal Interrupt transaction. Because MSI is
+generated in the form of a Memory Write, all transaction conditions,
+such as a Retry, Master-Abort, Target-Abort or normal completion, are
+supported.
+
+A PCI device that supports MSI must also support pin IRQ assertion
+interrupt mechanism to provide backward compatibility for systems that
+do not support MSI. In systems which support MSI, the bus driver is
+responsible for initializing the message address and message data of
+the device function's MSI/MSI-X capability structure during device
+initial configuration.
+
+An MSI capable device function indicates MSI support by implementing
+the MSI/MSI-X capability structure in its PCI capability list. The
+device function may implement both the MSI capability structure and
+the MSI-X capability structure; however, the bus driver should not
+enable both.
+
+The MSI capability structure contains Message Control register,
+Message Address register and Message Data register. These registers
+provide the bus driver control over MSI. The Message Control register
+indicates the MSI capability supported by the device. The Message
+Address register specifies the target address and the Message Data
+register specifies the characteristics of the message. To request
+service, the device function writes the content of the Message Data
+register to the target address. The device and its software driver
+are prohibited from writing to these registers.
+
+The MSI-X capability structure is an optional extension to MSI. It
+uses an independent and separate capability structure. There are
+some key advantages to implementing the MSI-X capability structure
+over the MSI capability structure as described below.
+
+       - Support a larger maximum number of vectors per function.
+
+       - Provide the ability for system software to configure
+       each vector with an independent message address and message
+       data, specified by a table that resides in Memory Space.
+
+        - MSI and MSI-X both support per-vector masking. Per-vector
+       masking is an optional extension of MSI but a required
+       feature for MSI-X. Per-vector masking provides the kernel the
+       ability to mask/unmask a single MSI while running its
+       interrupt service routine. If per-vector masking is
+       not supported, then the device driver should provide the
+       hardware/software synchronization to ensure that the device
+       generates MSI when the driver wants it to do so.
+
+4. Why use MSI?
+
+As a benefit to the simplification of board design, MSI allows board
+designers to remove out-of-band interrupt routing. MSI is another
+step towards a legacy-free environment.
+
+Due to increasing pressure on chipset and processor packages to
+reduce pin count, the need for interrupt pins is expected to
+diminish over time. Devices, due to pin constraints, may implement
+messages to increase performance.
+
+PCI Express endpoints uses INTx emulation (in-band messages) instead
+of IRQ pin assertion. Using INTx emulation requires interrupt
+sharing among devices connected to the same node (PCI bridge) while
+MSI is unique (non-shared) and does not require BIOS configuration
+support. As a result, the PCI Express technology requires MSI
+support for better interrupt performance.
+
+Using MSI enables the device functions to support two or more
+vectors, which can be configured to target different CPUs to
+increase scalability.
+
+5. Configuring a driver to use MSI/MSI-X
+
+By default, the kernel will not enable MSI/MSI-X on all devices that
+support this capability. The CONFIG_PCI_MSI kernel option
+must be selected to enable MSI/MSI-X support.
+
+5.1 Including MSI/MSI-X support into the kernel
+
+To allow MSI/MSI-X capable device drivers to selectively enable
+MSI/MSI-X (using pci_enable_msi()/pci_enable_msix() as described
+below), the VECTOR based scheme needs to be enabled by setting
+CONFIG_PCI_MSI during kernel config.
+
+Since the target of the inbound message is the local APIC, providing
+CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC must be enabled as well as CONFIG_PCI_MSI.
+
+5.2 Configuring for MSI support
+
+Due to the non-contiguous fashion in vector assignment of the
+existing Linux kernel, this version does not support multiple
+messages regardless of a device function is capable of supporting
+more than one vector. To enable MSI on a device function's MSI
+capability structure requires a device driver to call the function
+pci_enable_msi() explicitly.
+
+5.2.1 API pci_enable_msi
+
+int pci_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev)
+
+With this new API, a device driver that wants to have MSI
+enabled on its device function must call this API to enable MSI.
+A successful call will initialize the MSI capability structure
+with ONE vector, regardless of whether a device function is
+capable of supporting multiple messages. This vector replaces the
+pre-assigned dev->irq with a new MSI vector. To avoid a conflict
+of the new assigned vector with existing pre-assigned vector requires
+a device driver to call this API before calling request_irq().
+
+5.2.2 API pci_disable_msi
+
+void pci_disable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev)
+
+This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi()
+when a device driver is unloading. This API restores dev->irq with
+the pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and switches a device's interrupt
+mode to PCI pin-irq assertion/INTx emulation mode.
+
+Note that a device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector
+that it has done request_irq() on before calling this API. Failure to do
+so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and
+leaks its vector.
+
+5.2.3 MSI mode vs. legacy mode diagram
+
+The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt
+mode on the MSI-capable device function between MSI mode and
+PIN-IRQ assertion mode.
+
+        ------------   pci_enable_msi   ------------------------
+       |            | <=============== |                        |
+       | MSI MODE   |                  | PIN-IRQ ASSERTION MODE |
+       |            | ===============> |                        |
+        ------------   pci_disable_msi  ------------------------
+
+
+Figure 1. MSI Mode vs. Legacy Mode
+
+In Figure 1, a device operates by default in legacy mode. Legacy
+in this context means PCI pin-irq assertion or PCI-Express INTx
+emulation. A successful MSI request (using pci_enable_msi()) switches
+a device's interrupt mode to MSI mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector
+stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem and a new
+assigned MSI vector will replace dev->irq.
+
+To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call
+pci_disable_msi() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi(). Note that a
+device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector it has
+done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msi(). Failure to do
+so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and
+leaks its vector. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem restores a device's
+dev->irq with a pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and marks the released
+MSI vector as unused.
+
+Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI
+subsystem will reserve this MSI vector for a device. Depending on
+the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of
+MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, this MSI may be re-assigned.
+
+For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigns this MSI vector to
+another driver, a request to switch back to MSI mode may result
+in being assigned a different MSI vector or a failure if no more
+vectors are available.
+
+5.3 Configuring for MSI-X support
+
+Due to the ability of the system software to configure each vector of
+the MSI-X capability structure with an independent message address
+and message data, the non-contiguous fashion in vector assignment of
+the existing Linux kernel has no impact on supporting multiple
+messages on an MSI-X capable device functions. To enable MSI-X on
+a device function's MSI-X capability structure requires its device
+driver to call the function pci_enable_msix() explicitly.
+
+The function pci_enable_msix(), once invoked, enables either
+all or nothing, depending on the current availability of PCI vector
+resources. If the PCI vector resources are available for the number
+of vectors requested by a device driver, this function will configure
+the MSI-X table of the MSI-X capability structure of a device with
+requested messages. To emphasize this reason, for example, a device
+may be capable for supporting the maximum of 32 vectors while its
+software driver usually may request 4 vectors. It is recommended
+that the device driver should call this function once during the
+initialization phase of the device driver.
+
+Unlike the function pci_enable_msi(), the function pci_enable_msix()
+does not replace the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq with a new MSI
+vector because the PCI subsystem writes the 1:1 vector-to-entry mapping
+into the field vector of each element contained in a second argument.
+Note that the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq is valid only if the device
+operates in PIN-IRQ assertion mode. In MSI-X mode, any attempt at
+using dev->irq by the device driver to request for interrupt service
+may result in unpredictable behavior.
+
+For each MSI-X vector granted, a device driver is responsible for calling
+other functions like request_irq(), enable_irq(), etc. to enable
+this vector with its corresponding interrupt service handler. It is
+a device driver's choice to assign all vectors with the same
+interrupt service handler or each vector with a unique interrupt
+service handler.
+
+5.3.1 Handling MMIO address space of MSI-X Table
+
+The PCI 3.0 specification has implementation notes that MMIO address
+space for a device's MSI-X structure should be isolated so that the
+software system can set different pages for controlling accesses to the
+MSI-X structure. The implementation of MSI support requires the PCI
+subsystem, not a device driver, to maintain full control of the MSI-X
+table/MSI-X PBA (Pending Bit Array) and MMIO address space of the MSI-X
+table/MSI-X PBA.  A device driver should not access the MMIO address
+space of the MSI-X table/MSI-X PBA.
+
+5.3.2 API pci_enable_msix
+
+int pci_enable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec)
+
+This API enables a device driver to request the PCI subsystem
+to enable MSI-X messages on its hardware device. Depending on
+the availability of PCI vectors resources, the PCI subsystem enables
+either all or none of the requested vectors.
+
+Argument 'dev' points to the device (pci_dev) structure.
+
+Argument 'entries' is a pointer to an array of msix_entry structs.
+The number of entries is indicated in argument 'nvec'.
+struct msix_entry is defined in /driver/pci/msi.h:
+
+struct msix_entry {
+       u16     vector; /* kernel uses to write alloc vector */
+       u16     entry; /* driver uses to specify entry */
+};
+
+A device driver is responsible for initializing the field 'entry' of
+each element with a unique entry supported by MSI-X table. Otherwise,
+-EINVAL will be returned as a result. A successful return of zero
+indicates the PCI subsystem completed initializing each of the requested
+entries of the MSI-X table with message address and message data.
+Last but not least, the PCI subsystem will write the 1:1
+vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element. A
+device driver is responsible for keeping track of allocated MSI-X
+vectors in its internal data structure.
+
+A return of zero indicates that the number of MSI-X vectors was
+successfully allocated. A return of greater than zero indicates
+MSI-X vector shortage. Or a return of less than zero indicates
+a failure. This failure may be a result of duplicate entries
+specified in second argument, or a result of no available vector,
+or a result of failing to initialize MSI-X table entries.
+
+5.3.3 API pci_disable_msix
+
+void pci_disable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev)
+
+This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix()
+when a device driver is unloading. Note that a device driver should
+always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it has done request_irq()
+on before calling this API. Failure to do so results in a BUG_ON() and
+a device will be left with MSI-X enabled and leaks its vectors.
+
+5.3.4 MSI-X mode vs. legacy mode diagram
+
+The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt
+mode on the MSI-X capable device function between MSI-X mode and
+PIN-IRQ assertion mode (legacy).
+
+        ------------   pci_enable_msix(,,n) ------------------------
+       |            | <===============     |                        |
+       | MSI-X MODE |                      | PIN-IRQ ASSERTION MODE |
+       |            | ===============>     |                        |
+        ------------   pci_disable_msix     ------------------------
+
+Figure 2. MSI-X Mode vs. Legacy Mode
+
+In Figure 2, a device operates by default in legacy mode. A
+successful MSI-X request (using pci_enable_msix()) switches a
+device's interrupt mode to MSI-X mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector
+stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem; however,
+unlike MSI mode, the PCI subsystem will not replace dev->irq with
+assigned MSI-X vector because the PCI subsystem already writes the 1:1
+vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element
+specified in second argument.
+
+To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call
+pci_disable_msix() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix(). Note that
+a device driver should always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it
+has done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msix(). Failure
+to do so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI-X
+enabled and leaks its vectors. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem switches a
+device function's interrupt mode from MSI-X mode to legacy mode and
+marks all allocated MSI-X vectors as unused.
+
+Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI
+subsystem will reserve these MSI-X vectors for a device. Depending on
+the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of
+MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, these MSI-X vectors may be
+re-assigned.
+
+For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigned these MSI-X vectors
+to other drivers, a request to switch back to MSI-X mode may result
+being assigned with another set of MSI-X vectors or a failure if no
+more vectors are available.
+
+5.4 Handling function implementing both MSI and MSI-X capabilities
+
+For the case where a function implements both MSI and MSI-X
+capabilities, the PCI subsystem enables a device to run either in MSI
+mode or MSI-X mode but not both. A device driver determines whether it
+wants MSI or MSI-X enabled on its hardware device. Once a device
+driver requests for MSI, for example, it is prohibited from requesting
+MSI-X; in other words, a device driver is not permitted to ping-pong
+between MSI mod MSI-X mode during a run-time.
+
+5.5 Hardware requirements for MSI/MSI-X support
+
+MSI/MSI-X support requires support from both system hardware and
+individual hardware device functions.
+
+5.5.1 Required x86 hardware support
+
+Since the target of MSI address is the local APIC CPU, enabling
+MSI/MSI-X support in the Linux kernel is dependent on whether existing
+system hardware supports local APIC. Users should verify that their
+system supports local APIC operation by testing that it runs when
+CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y.
+
+In SMP environment, CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC is automatically set;
+however, in UP environment, users must manually set
+CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC. Once CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y, setting
+CONFIG_PCI_MSI enables the VECTOR based scheme and the option for
+MSI-capable device drivers to selectively enable MSI/MSI-X.
+
+Note that CONFIG_X86_IO_APIC setting is irrelevant because MSI/MSI-X
+vector is allocated new during runtime and MSI/MSI-X support does not
+depend on BIOS support. This key independency enables MSI/MSI-X
+support on future IOxAPIC free platforms.
+
+5.5.2 Device hardware support
+
+The hardware device function supports MSI by indicating the
+MSI/MSI-X capability structure on its PCI capability list. By
+default, this capability structure will not be initialized by
+the kernel to enable MSI during the system boot. In other words,
+the device function is running on its default pin assertion mode.
+Note that in many cases the hardware supporting MSI have bugs,
+which may result in system hangs. The software driver of specific
+MSI-capable hardware is responsible for deciding whether to call
+pci_enable_msi or not. A return of zero indicates the kernel
+successfully initialized the MSI/MSI-X capability structure of the
+device function. The device function is now running on MSI/MSI-X mode.
+
+5.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on device function
+
+At the driver level, a return of zero from the function call of
+pci_enable_msi()/pci_enable_msix() indicates to a device driver that
+its device function is initialized successfully and ready to run in
+MSI/MSI-X mode.
+
+At the user level, users can use the command 'cat /proc/interrupts'
+to display the vectors allocated for devices and their interrupt
+MSI/MSI-X modes ("PCI-MSI"/"PCI-MSI-X"). Below shows MSI mode is
+enabled on a SCSI Adaptec 39320D Ultra320 controller.
+
+           CPU0       CPU1
+  0:     324639          0    IO-APIC-edge  timer
+  1:       1186          0    IO-APIC-edge  i8042
+  2:          0          0          XT-PIC  cascade
+ 12:       2797          0    IO-APIC-edge  i8042
+ 14:       6543          0    IO-APIC-edge  ide0
+ 15:          1          0    IO-APIC-edge  ide1
+169:          0          0   IO-APIC-level  uhci-hcd
+185:          0          0   IO-APIC-level  uhci-hcd
+193:        138         10         PCI-MSI  aic79xx
+201:         30          0         PCI-MSI  aic79xx
+225:         30          0   IO-APIC-level  aic7xxx
+233:         30          0   IO-APIC-level  aic7xxx
+NMI:          0          0
+LOC:     324553     325068
+ERR:          0
+MIS:          0
+
+6. MSI quirks
+
+Several PCI chipsets or devices are known to not support MSI.
+The PCI stack provides 3 possible levels of MSI disabling:
+* on a single device
+* on all devices behind a specific bridge
+* globally
+
+6.1. Disabling MSI on a single device
+
+Under some circumstances it might be required to disable MSI on a
+single device.  This may be achieved by either not calling pci_enable_msi()
+or all, or setting the pci_dev->no_msi flag before (most of the time
+in a quirk).
+
+6.2. Disabling MSI below a bridge
+
+The vast majority of MSI quirks are required by PCI bridges not
+being able to route MSI between busses. In this case, MSI have to be
+disabled on all devices behind this bridge. It is achieves by setting
+the PCI_BUS_FLAGS_NO_MSI flag in the pci_bus->bus_flags of the bridge
+subordinate bus. There is no need to set the same flag on bridges that
+are below the broken bridge. When pci_enable_msi() is called to enable
+MSI on a device, pci_msi_supported() takes care of checking the NO_MSI
+flag in all parent busses of the device.
+
+Some bridges actually support dynamic MSI support enabling/disabling
+by changing some bits in their PCI configuration space (especially
+the Hypertransport chipsets such as the nVidia nForce and Serverworks
+HT2000). It may then be required to update the NO_MSI flag on the
+corresponding devices in the sysfs hierarchy. To enable MSI support
+on device "0000:00:0e", do:
+
+       echo 1 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0e/msi_bus
+
+To disable MSI support, echo 0 instead of 1. Note that it should be
+used with caution since changing this value might break interrupts.
+
+6.3. Disabling MSI globally
+
+Some extreme cases may require to disable MSI globally on the system.
+For now, the only known case is a Serverworks PCI-X chipsets (MSI are
+not supported on several busses that are not all connected to the
+chipset in the Linux PCI hierarchy). In the vast majority of other
+cases, disabling only behind a specific bridge is enough.
+
+For debugging purpose, the user may also pass pci=nomsi on the kernel
+command-line to explicitly disable MSI globally. But, once the appro-
+priate quirks are added to the kernel, this option should not be
+required anymore.
+
+6.4. Finding why MSI cannot be enabled on a device
+
+Assuming that MSI are not enabled on a device, you should look at
+dmesg to find messages that quirks may output when disabling MSI
+on some devices, some bridges or even globally.
+Then, lspci -t gives the list of bridges above a device. Reading
+/sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:0e/msi_bus will tell you whether MSI
+are enabled (1) or disabled (0). In 0 is found in a single bridge
+msi_bus file above the device, MSI cannot be enabled.
+
+7. FAQ
+
+Q1. Are there any limitations on using the MSI?
+
+A1. If the PCI device supports MSI and conforms to the
+specification and the platform supports the APIC local bus,
+then using MSI should work.
+
+Q2. Will it work on all the Pentium processors (P3, P4, Xeon,
+AMD processors)? In P3 IPI's are transmitted on the APIC local
+bus and in P4 and Xeon they are transmitted on the system
+bus. Are there any implications with this?
+
+A2. MSI support enables a PCI device sending an inbound
+memory write (0xfeexxxxx as target address) on its PCI bus
+directly to the FSB. Since the message address has a
+redirection hint bit cleared, it should work.
+
+Q3. The target address 0xfeexxxxx will be translated by the
+Host Bridge into an interrupt message. Are there any
+limitations on the chipsets such as Intel 8xx, Intel e7xxx,
+or VIA?
+
+A3. If these chipsets support an inbound memory write with
+target address set as 0xfeexxxxx, as conformed to PCI
+specification 2.3 or latest, then it should work.
+
+Q4. From the driver point of view, if the MSI is lost because
+of errors occurring during inbound memory write, then it may
+wait forever. Is there a mechanism for it to recover?
+
+A4. Since the target of the transaction is an inbound memory
+write, all transaction termination conditions (Retry,
+Master-Abort, Target-Abort, or normal completion) are
+supported. A device sending an MSI must abide by all the PCI
+rules and conditions regarding that inbound memory write. So,
+if a retry is signaled it must retry, etc... We believe that
+the recommendation for Abort is also a retry (refer to PCI
+specification 2.3 or latest).

diff --git a/Documentation/README.DAC960 b/Documentation/README.DAC960
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 0e8f618..0000000
--- a/Documentation/README.DAC960
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,756 +0,0 @@
-   Linux Driver for Mylex DAC960/AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID PCI RAID Controllers
-
-                       Version 2.2.11 for Linux 2.2.19
-                       Version 2.4.11 for Linux 2.4.12
-
-                             PRODUCTION RELEASE
-
-                               11 October 2001
-
-                              Leonard N. Zubkoff
-                              Dandelion Digital
-                              lnz@dandelion.com
-
-        Copyright 1998-2001 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
-
-
-                                INTRODUCTION
-
-Mylex, Inc. designs and manufactures a variety of high performance PCI RAID
-controllers.  Mylex Corporation is located at 34551 Ardenwood Blvd., Fremont,
-California 94555, USA and can be reached at 510.796.6100 or on the World Wide
-Web at http://www.mylex.com.  Mylex Technical Support can be reached by
-electronic mail at mylexsup@us.ibm.com, by voice at 510.608.2400, or by FAX at
-510.745.7715.  Contact information for offices in Europe and Japan is available
-on their Web site.
-
-The latest information on Linux support for DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers, as
-well as the most recent release of this driver, will always be available from
-my Linux Home Page at URL "http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/".  The Linux DAC960
-driver supports all current Mylex PCI RAID controllers including the new
-eXtremeRAID 2000/3000 and AcceleRAID 352/170/160 models which have an entirely
-new firmware interface from the older eXtremeRAID 1100, AcceleRAID 150/200/250,
-and DAC960PJ/PG/PU/PD/PL.  See below for a complete controller list as well as
-minimum firmware version requirements.  For simplicity, in most places this
-documentation refers to DAC960 generically rather than explicitly listing all
-the supported models.
-
-Driver bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to "lnz@dandelion.com".
-Please include with the bug report the complete configuration messages reported
-by the driver at startup, along with any subsequent system messages relevant to
-the controller's operation, and a detailed description of your system's
-hardware configuration.  Driver bugs are actually quite rare; if you encounter
-problems with disks being marked offline, for example, please contact Mylex
-Technical Support as the problem is related to the hardware configuration
-rather than the Linux driver.
-
-Please consult the RAID controller documentation for detailed information
-regarding installation and configuration of the controllers.  This document
-primarily provides information specific to the Linux support.
-
-
-                               DRIVER FEATURES
-
-The DAC960 RAID controllers are supported solely as high performance RAID
-controllers, not as interfaces to arbitrary SCSI devices.  The Linux DAC960
-driver operates at the block device level, the same level as the SCSI and IDE
-drivers.  Unlike other RAID controllers currently supported on Linux, the
-DAC960 driver is not dependent on the SCSI subsystem, and hence avoids all the
-complexity and unnecessary code that would be associated with an implementation
-as a SCSI driver.  The DAC960 driver is designed for as high a performance as
-possible with no compromises or extra code for compatibility with lower
-performance devices.  The DAC960 driver includes extensive error logging and
-online configuration management capabilities.  Except for initial configuration
-of the controller and adding new disk drives, most everything can be handled
-from Linux while the system is operational.
-
-The DAC960 driver is architected to support up to 8 controllers per system.
-Each DAC960 parallel SCSI controller can support up to 15 disk drives per
-channel, for a maximum of 60 drives on a four channel controller; the fibre
-channel eXtremeRAID 3000 controller supports up to 125 disk drives per loop for
-a total of 250 drives.  The drives installed on a controller are divided into
-one or more "Drive Groups", and then each Drive Group is subdivided further
-into 1 to 32 "Logical Drives".  Each Logical Drive has a specific RAID Level
-and caching policy associated with it, and it appears to Linux as a single
-block device.  Logical Drives are further subdivided into up to 7 partitions
-through the normal Linux and PC disk partitioning schemes.  Logical Drives are
-also known as "System Drives", and Drive Groups are also called "Packs".  Both
-terms are in use in the Mylex documentation; I have chosen to standardize on
-the more generic "Logical Drive" and "Drive Group".
-
-DAC960 RAID disk devices are named in the style of the obsolete Device File
-System (DEVFS).  The device corresponding to Logical Drive D on Controller C
-is referred to as /dev/rd/cCdD, and the partitions are called /dev/rd/cCdDp1
-through /dev/rd/cCdDp7.  For example, partition 3 of Logical Drive 5 on
-Controller 2 is referred to as /dev/rd/c2d5p3.  Note that unlike with SCSI
-disks the device names will not change in the event of a disk drive failure.
-The DAC960 driver is assigned major numbers 48 - 55 with one major number per
-controller.  The 8 bits of minor number are divided into 5 bits for the Logical
-Drive and 3 bits for the partition.
-
-
-         SUPPORTED DAC960/AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID PCI RAID CONTROLLERS
-
-The following list comprises the supported DAC960, AcceleRAID, and eXtremeRAID
-PCI RAID Controllers as of the date of this document.  It is recommended that
-anyone purchasing a Mylex PCI RAID Controller not in the following table
-contact the author beforehand to verify that it is or will be supported.
-
-eXtremeRAID 3000
-           1 Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI channel
-           2 External Fibre FC-AL channels
-           233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor
-           64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots)
-           32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory
-
-eXtremeRAID 2000
-           4 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channels
-           233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor
-           64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots)
-           32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory
-
-AcceleRAID 352
-           2 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channels
-           100MHz Intel i960RN RISC Processor
-           64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots)
-           32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory
-
-AcceleRAID 170
-           1 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channel
-           100MHz Intel i960RM RISC Processor
-           16MB/32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory
-
-AcceleRAID 160 (AcceleRAID 170LP)
-           1 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channel
-           100MHz Intel i960RS RISC Processor
-           Built in 16M ECC SDRAM Memory
-           PCI Low Profile Form Factor - fit for 2U height
-
-eXtremeRAID 1100 (DAC1164P)
-           3 Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI channels
-           233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor
-           64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots)
-           16MB/32MB/64MB Parity SDRAM Memory with Battery Backup
-
-AcceleRAID 250 (DAC960PTL1)
-           Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards
-           Also includes one onboard Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI Channel
-           66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor
-           4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory
-
-AcceleRAID 200 (DAC960PTL0)
-           Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards
-           Includes no onboard SCSI Channels
-           66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor
-           4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory
-
-AcceleRAID 150 (DAC960PRL)
-           Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards
-           Also includes one onboard Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI Channel
-           33MHz Intel i960RP RISC Processor
-           4MB Parity EDO Memory
-
-DAC960PJ    1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels
-           66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor
-           4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory
-
-DAC960PG    1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels
-           33MHz Intel i960RP RISC Processor
-           4MB/8MB ECC EDO Memory
-
-DAC960PU    1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels
-           Intel i960CF RISC Processor
-           4MB/8MB EDRAM or 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory
-
-DAC960PD    1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels
-           Intel i960CF RISC Processor
-           4MB/8MB EDRAM or 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory
-
-DAC960PL    1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels
-           Intel i960 RISC Processor
-           2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory
-
-DAC960P            1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels
-           Intel i960 RISC Processor
-           2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory
-
-For the eXtremeRAID 2000/3000 and AcceleRAID 352/170/160, firmware version
-6.00-01 or above is required.
-
-For the eXtremeRAID 1100, firmware version 5.06-0-52 or above is required.
-
-For the AcceleRAID 250, 200, and 150, firmware version 4.06-0-57 or above is
-required.
-
-For the DAC960PJ and DAC960PG, firmware version 4.06-0-00 or above is required.
-
-For the DAC960PU, DAC960PD, DAC960PL, and DAC960P, either firmware version
-3.51-0-04 or above is required (for dual Flash ROM controllers), or firmware
-version 2.73-0-00 or above is required (for single Flash ROM controllers)
-
-Please note that not all SCSI disk drives are suitable for use with DAC960
-controllers, and only particular firmware versions of any given model may
-actually function correctly.  Similarly, not all motherboards have a BIOS that
-properly initializes the AcceleRAID 250, AcceleRAID 200, AcceleRAID 150,
-DAC960PJ, and DAC960PG because the Intel i960RD/RP is a multi-function device.
-If in doubt, contact Mylex RAID Technical Support (mylexsup@us.ibm.com) to
-verify compatibility.  Mylex makes available a hard disk compatibility list at
-http://www.mylex.com/support/hdcomp/hd-lists.html.
-
-
-                             DRIVER INSTALLATION
-
-This distribution was prepared for Linux kernel version 2.2.19 or 2.4.12.
-
-To install the DAC960 RAID driver, you may use the following commands,
-replacing "/usr/src" with wherever you keep your Linux kernel source tree:
-
-  cd /usr/src
-  tar -xvzf DAC960-2.2.11.tar.gz (or DAC960-2.4.11.tar.gz)
-  mv README.DAC960 linux/Documentation
-  mv DAC960.[ch] linux/drivers/block
-  patch -p0 < DAC960.patch (if DAC960.patch is included)
-  cd linux
-  make config
-  make bzImage (or zImage)
-
-Then install "arch/i386/boot/bzImage" or "arch/i386/boot/zImage" as your
-standard kernel, run lilo if appropriate, and reboot.
-
-To create the necessary devices in /dev, the "make_rd" script included in
-"DAC960-Utilities.tar.gz" from http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/ may be used.
-LILO 21 and FDISK v2.9 include DAC960 support; also included in this archive
-are patches to LILO 20 and FDISK v2.8 that add DAC960 support, along with
-statically linked executables of LILO and FDISK.  This modified version of LILO
-will allow booting from a DAC960 controller and/or mounting the root file
-system from a DAC960.
-
-Red Hat Linux 6.0 and SuSE Linux 6.1 include support for Mylex PCI RAID
-controllers.  Installing directly onto a DAC960 may be problematic from other
-Linux distributions until their installation utilities are updated.
-
-
-                             INSTALLATION NOTES
-
-Before installing Linux or adding DAC960 logical drives to an existing Linux
-system, the controller must first be configured to provide one or more logical
-drives using the BIOS Configuration Utility or DACCF.  Please note that since
-there are only at most 6 usable partitions on each logical drive, systems
-requiring more partitions should subdivide a drive group into multiple logical
-drives, each of which can have up to 6 usable partitions.  Also, note that with
-large disk arrays it is advisable to enable the 8GB BIOS Geometry (255/63)
-rather than accepting the default 2GB BIOS Geometry (128/32); failing to so do
-will cause the logical drive geometry to have more than 65535 cylinders which
-will make it impossible for FDISK to be used properly.  The 8GB BIOS Geometry
-can be enabled by configuring the DAC960 BIOS, which is accessible via Alt-M
-during the BIOS initialization sequence.
-
-For maximum performance and the most efficient E2FSCK performance, it is
-recommended that EXT2 file systems be built with a 4KB block size and 16 block
-stride to match the DAC960 controller's 64KB default stripe size.  The command
-"mke2fs -b 4096 -R stride=16 <device>" is appropriate.  Unless there will be a
-large number of small files on the file systems, it is also beneficial to add
-the "-i 16384" option to increase the bytes per inode parameter thereby
-reducing the file system metadata.  Finally, on systems that will only be run
-with Linux 2.2 or later kernels it is beneficial to enable sparse superblocks
-with the "-s 1" option.
-
-
-                     DAC960 ANNOUNCEMENTS MAILING LIST
-
-The DAC960 Announcements Mailing List provides a forum for informing Linux
-users of new driver releases and other announcements regarding Linux support
-for DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers.  To join the mailing list, send a message to
-"dac960-announce-request@dandelion.com" with the line "subscribe" in the
-message body.
-
-
-               CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION AND STATUS MONITORING
-
-The DAC960 RAID controllers running firmware 4.06 or above include a Background
-Initialization facility so that system downtime is minimized both for initial
-installation and subsequent configuration of additional storage.  The BIOS
-Configuration Utility (accessible via Alt-R during the BIOS initialization
-sequence) is used to quickly configure the controller, and then the logical
-drives that have been created are available for immediate use even while they
-are still being initialized by the controller.  The primary need for online
-configuration and status monitoring is then to avoid system downtime when disk
-drives fail and must be replaced.  Mylex's online monitoring and configuration
-utilities are being ported to Linux and will become available at some point in
-the future.  Note that with a SAF-TE (SCSI Accessed Fault-Tolerant Enclosure)
-enclosure, the controller is able to rebuild failed drives automatically as
-soon as a drive replacement is made available.
-
-The primary interfaces for controller configuration and status monitoring are
-special files created in the /proc/rd/... hierarchy along with the normal
-system console logging mechanism.  Whenever the system is operating, the DAC960
-driver queries each controller for status information every 10 seconds, and
-checks for additional conditions every 60 seconds.  The initial status of each
-controller is always available for controller N in /proc/rd/cN/initial_status,
-and the current status as of the last status monitoring query is available in
-/proc/rd/cN/current_status.  In addition, status changes are also logged by the
-driver to the system console and will appear in the log files maintained by
-syslog.  The progress of asynchronous rebuild or consistency check operations
-is also available in /proc/rd/cN/current_status, and progress messages are
-logged to the system console at most every 60 seconds.
-
-Starting with the 2.2.3/2.0.3 versions of the driver, the status information
-available in /proc/rd/cN/initial_status and /proc/rd/cN/current_status has been
-augmented to include the vendor, model, revision, and serial number (if
-available) for each physical device found connected to the controller:
-
-***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.2.3 of 19 August 1999 *****
-Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
-Configuring Mylex DAC960PRL PCI RAID Controller
-  Firmware Version: 4.07-0-07, Channels: 1, Memory Size: 16MB
-  PCI Bus: 1, Device: 4, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned
-  PCI Address: 0xFE300000 mapped at 0xA0800000, IRQ Channel: 21
-  Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128
-  Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33
-  Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63
-  SAF-TE Enclosure Management Enabled
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:0  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
-         Serial Number:       68016775HA
-         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
-    0:1  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
-         Serial Number:       68004E53HA
-         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
-    0:2  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
-         Serial Number:       13013935HA
-         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
-    0:3  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
-         Serial Number:       13016897HA
-         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
-    0:4  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
-         Serial Number:       68019905HA
-         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
-    0:5  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
-         Serial Number:       68012753HA
-         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
-    0:6  Vendor: ESG-SHV   Model: SCA HSBP M6       Revision: 0.61
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 89640960 blocks, Write Thru
-  No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress
-
-To simplify the monitoring process for custom software, the special file
-/proc/rd/status returns "OK" when all DAC960 controllers in the system are
-operating normally and no failures have occurred, or "ALERT" if any logical
-drives are offline or critical or any non-standby physical drives are dead.
-
-Configuration commands for controller N are available via the special file
-/proc/rd/cN/user_command.  A human readable command can be written to this
-special file to initiate a configuration operation, and the results of the
-operation can then be read back from the special file in addition to being
-logged to the system console.  The shell command sequence
-
-  echo "<configuration-command>" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command
-  cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command
-
-is typically used to execute configuration commands.  The configuration
-commands are:
-
-  flush-cache
-
-    The "flush-cache" command flushes the controller's cache.  The system
-    automatically flushes the cache at shutdown or if the driver module is
-    unloaded, so this command is only needed to be certain a write back cache
-    is flushed to disk before the system is powered off by a command to a UPS.
-    Note that the flush-cache command also stops an asynchronous rebuild or
-    consistency check, so it should not be used except when the system is being
-    halted.
-
-  kill <channel>:<target-id>
-
-    The "kill" command marks the physical drive <channel>:<target-id> as DEAD.
-    This command is provided primarily for testing, and should not be used
-    during normal system operation.
-
-  make-online <channel>:<target-id>
-
-    The "make-online" command changes the physical drive <channel>:<target-id>
-    from status DEAD to status ONLINE.  In cases where multiple physical drives
-    have been killed simultaneously, this command may be used to bring all but
-    one of them back online, after which a rebuild to the final drive is
-    necessary.
-
-    Warning: make-online should only be used on a dead physical drive that is
-    an active part of a drive group, never on a standby drive.  The command
-    should never be used on a dead drive that is part of a critical logical
-    drive; rebuild should be used if only a single drive is dead.
-
-  make-standby <channel>:<target-id>
-
-    The "make-standby" command changes physical drive <channel>:<target-id>
-    from status DEAD to status STANDBY.  It should only be used in cases where
-    a dead drive was replaced after an automatic rebuild was performed onto a
-    standby drive.  It cannot be used to add a standby drive to the controller
-    configuration if one was not created initially; the BIOS Configuration
-    Utility must be used for that currently.
-
-  rebuild <channel>:<target-id>
-
-    The "rebuild" command initiates an asynchronous rebuild onto physical drive
-    <channel>:<target-id>.  It should only be used when a dead drive has been
-    replaced.
-
-  check-consistency <logical-drive-number>
-
-    The "check-consistency" command initiates an asynchronous consistency check
-    of <logical-drive-number> with automatic restoration.  It can be used
-    whenever it is desired to verify the consistency of the redundancy
-    information.
-
-  cancel-rebuild
-  cancel-consistency-check
-
-    The "cancel-rebuild" and "cancel-consistency-check" commands cancel any
-    rebuild or consistency check operations previously initiated.
-
-
-              EXAMPLE I - DRIVE FAILURE WITHOUT A STANDBY DRIVE
-
-The following annotated logs demonstrate the controller configuration and and
-online status monitoring capabilities of the Linux DAC960 Driver.  The test
-configuration comprises 6 1GB Quantum Atlas I disk drives on two channels of a
-DAC960PJ controller.  The physical drives are configured into a single drive
-group without a standby drive, and the drive group has been configured into two
-logical drives, one RAID-5 and one RAID-6.  Note that these logs are from an
-earlier version of the driver and the messages have changed somewhat with newer
-releases, but the functionality remains similar.  First, here is the current
-status of the RAID configuration:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
-***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 *****
-Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
-Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller
-  Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB
-  PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned
-  PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9
-  Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128
-  Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33
-  Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
-  No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
-OK
-
-The above messages indicate that everything is healthy, and /proc/rd/status
-returns "OK" indicating that there are no problems with any DAC960 controller
-in the system.  For demonstration purposes, while I/O is active Physical Drive
-1:1 is now disconnected, simulating a drive failure.  The failure is noted by
-the driver within 10 seconds of the controller's having detected it, and the
-driver logs the following console status messages indicating that Logical
-Drives 0 and 1 are now CRITICAL as a result of Physical Drive 1:1 being DEAD:
-
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 killed because of timeout on SCSI command
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now DEAD
-DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now CRITICAL
-DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now CRITICAL
-
-The Sense Keys logged here are just Check Condition / Unit Attention conditions
-arising from a SCSI bus reset that is forced by the controller during its error
-recovery procedures.  Concurrently with the above, the driver status available
-from /proc/rd also reflects the drive failure.  The status message in
-/proc/rd/status has changed from "OK" to "ALERT":
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
-ALERT
-
-and /proc/rd/c0/current_status has been updated:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
-  ...
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
-  No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress
-
-Since there are no standby drives configured, the system can continue to access
-the logical drives in a performance degraded mode until the failed drive is
-replaced and a rebuild operation completed to restore the redundancy of the
-logical drives.  Once Physical Drive 1:1 is replaced with a properly
-functioning drive, or if the physical drive was killed without having failed
-(e.g., due to electrical problems on the SCSI bus), the user can instruct the
-controller to initiate a rebuild operation onto the newly replaced drive:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# echo "rebuild 1:1" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command
-Rebuild of Physical Drive 1:1 Initiated
-
-The echo command instructs the controller to initiate an asynchronous rebuild
-operation onto Physical Drive 1:1, and the status message that results from the
-operation is then available for reading from /proc/rd/c0/user_command, as well
-as being logged to the console by the driver.
-
-Within 10 seconds of this command the driver logs the initiation of the
-asynchronous rebuild operation:
-
-DAC960#0: Rebuild of Physical Drive 1:1 Initiated
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 01
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now WRITE-ONLY
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 1% completed
-
-and /proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
-  ...
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
-  Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 6% completed
-
-As the rebuild progresses, the current status in /proc/rd/c0/current_status is
-updated every 10 seconds:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
-  ...
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
-  Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 15% completed
-
-and every minute a progress message is logged to the console by the driver:
-
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 32% completed
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 63% completed
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 94% completed
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 94% completed
-
-Finally, the rebuild completes successfully.  The driver logs the status of the 
-logical and physical drives and the rebuild completion:
-
-DAC960#0: Rebuild Completed Successfully
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now ONLINE
-DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now ONLINE
-DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now ONLINE
-
-/proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
-  ...
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
-  Rebuild Completed Successfully
-
-and /proc/rd/status indicates that everything is healthy once again:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
-OK
-
-
-               EXAMPLE II - DRIVE FAILURE WITH A STANDBY DRIVE
-
-The following annotated logs demonstrate the controller configuration and and
-online status monitoring capabilities of the Linux DAC960 Driver.  The test
-configuration comprises 6 1GB Quantum Atlas I disk drives on two channels of a
-DAC960PJ controller.  The physical drives are configured into a single drive
-group with a standby drive, and the drive group has been configured into two
-logical drives, one RAID-5 and one RAID-6.  Note that these logs are from an
-earlier version of the driver and the messages have changed somewhat with newer
-releases, but the functionality remains similar.  First, here is the current
-status of the RAID configuration:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
-***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 *****
-Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
-Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller
-  Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB
-  PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned
-  PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9
-  Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128
-  Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33
-  Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Standby, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
-  No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
-OK
-
-The above messages indicate that everything is healthy, and /proc/rd/status
-returns "OK" indicating that there are no problems with any DAC960 controller
-in the system.  For demonstration purposes, while I/O is active Physical Drive
-1:2 is now disconnected, simulating a drive failure.  The failure is noted by
-the driver within 10 seconds of the controller's having detected it, and the
-driver logs the following console status messages:
-
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 killed because of timeout on SCSI command
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 is now DEAD
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 killed because it was removed
-DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now CRITICAL
-DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now CRITICAL
-
-Since a standby drive is configured, the controller automatically begins
-rebuilding onto the standby drive:
-
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 is now WRITE-ONLY
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 4% completed
-
-Concurrently with the above, the driver status available from /proc/rd also
-reflects the drive failure and automatic rebuild.  The status message in
-/proc/rd/status has changed from "OK" to "ALERT":
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
-ALERT
-
-and /proc/rd/c0/current_status has been updated:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
-  ...
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
-  Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 4% completed
-
-As the rebuild progresses, the current status in /proc/rd/c0/current_status is
-updated every 10 seconds:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
-  ...
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
-  Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 40% completed
-
-and every minute a progress message is logged on the console by the driver:
-
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 40% completed
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 76% completed
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 66% completed
-DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 84% completed
-
-Finally, the rebuild completes successfully.  The driver logs the status of the 
-logical and physical drives and the rebuild completion:
-
-DAC960#0: Rebuild Completed Successfully
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 is now ONLINE
-DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now ONLINE
-DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now ONLINE
-
-/proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated:
-
-***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 *****
-Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
-Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller
-  Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB
-  PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned
-  PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9
-  Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128
-  Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33
-  Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
-  Rebuild Completed Successfully
-
-and /proc/rd/status indicates that everything is healthy once again:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
-OK
-
-Note that the absence of a viable standby drive does not create an "ALERT"
-status.  Once dead Physical Drive 1:2 has been replaced, the controller must be
-told that this has occurred and that the newly replaced drive should become the
-new standby drive:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# echo "make-standby 1:2" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command
-Make Standby of Physical Drive 1:2 Succeeded
-
-The echo command instructs the controller to make Physical Drive 1:2 into a
-standby drive, and the status message that results from the operation is then
-available for reading from /proc/rd/c0/user_command, as well as being logged to
-the console by the driver.  Within 60 seconds of this command the driver logs:
-
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 01
-DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 is now STANDBY
-DAC960#0: Make Standby of Physical Drive 1:2 Succeeded
-
-and /proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated:
-
-gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
-  ...
-  Physical Devices:
-    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-    1:2 - Disk: Standby, 2201600 blocks
-    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
-  Logical Drives:
-    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
-    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
-  Rebuild Completed Successfully

diff --git a/Documentation/README.cycladesZ b/Documentation/README.cycladesZ
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 024a694..0000000
--- a/Documentation/README.cycladesZ
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-The Cyclades-Z must have firmware loaded onto the card before it will
-operate.  This operation should be performed during system startup,
-
-The firmware, loader program and the latest device driver code are
-available from Cyclades at
-    ftp://ftp.cyclades.com/pub/cyclades/cyclades-z/linux/
-

diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX b/Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..86f054c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+00-INDEX
+       - this file
+README.DAC960
+       - info on Mylex DAC960/DAC1100 PCI RAID Controller Driver for Linux.
+cciss.txt
+       - info, major/minor #'s for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers.
+cpqarray.txt
+       - info on using Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers.
+floppy.txt
+       - notes and driver options for the floppy disk driver.
+nbd.txt
+       - info on a TCP implementation of a network block device.
+paride.txt
+       - information about the parallel port IDE subsystem.
+ramdisk.txt
+       - short guide on how to set up and use the RAM disk.

diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960 b/Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0e8f618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960
@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+   Linux Driver for Mylex DAC960/AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID PCI RAID Controllers
+
+                       Version 2.2.11 for Linux 2.2.19
+                       Version 2.4.11 for Linux 2.4.12
+
+                             PRODUCTION RELEASE
+
+                               11 October 2001
+
+                              Leonard N. Zubkoff
+                              Dandelion Digital
+                              lnz@dandelion.com
+
+        Copyright 1998-2001 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
+
+
+                                INTRODUCTION
+
+Mylex, Inc. designs and manufactures a variety of high performance PCI RAID
+controllers.  Mylex Corporation is located at 34551 Ardenwood Blvd., Fremont,
+California 94555, USA and can be reached at 510.796.6100 or on the World Wide
+Web at http://www.mylex.com.  Mylex Technical Support can be reached by
+electronic mail at mylexsup@us.ibm.com, by voice at 510.608.2400, or by FAX at
+510.745.7715.  Contact information for offices in Europe and Japan is available
+on their Web site.
+
+The latest information on Linux support for DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers, as
+well as the most recent release of this driver, will always be available from
+my Linux Home Page at URL "http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/".  The Linux DAC960
+driver supports all current Mylex PCI RAID controllers including the new
+eXtremeRAID 2000/3000 and AcceleRAID 352/170/160 models which have an entirely
+new firmware interface from the older eXtremeRAID 1100, AcceleRAID 150/200/250,
+and DAC960PJ/PG/PU/PD/PL.  See below for a complete controller list as well as
+minimum firmware version requirements.  For simplicity, in most places this
+documentation refers to DAC960 generically rather than explicitly listing all
+the supported models.
+
+Driver bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to "lnz@dandelion.com".
+Please include with the bug report the complete configuration messages reported
+by the driver at startup, along with any subsequent system messages relevant to
+the controller's operation, and a detailed description of your system's
+hardware configuration.  Driver bugs are actually quite rare; if you encounter
+problems with disks being marked offline, for example, please contact Mylex
+Technical Support as the problem is related to the hardware configuration
+rather than the Linux driver.
+
+Please consult the RAID controller documentation for detailed information
+regarding installation and configuration of the controllers.  This document
+primarily provides information specific to the Linux support.
+
+
+                               DRIVER FEATURES
+
+The DAC960 RAID controllers are supported solely as high performance RAID
+controllers, not as interfaces to arbitrary SCSI devices.  The Linux DAC960
+driver operates at the block device level, the same level as the SCSI and IDE
+drivers.  Unlike other RAID controllers currently supported on Linux, the
+DAC960 driver is not dependent on the SCSI subsystem, and hence avoids all the
+complexity and unnecessary code that would be associated with an implementation
+as a SCSI driver.  The DAC960 driver is designed for as high a performance as
+possible with no compromises or extra code for compatibility with lower
+performance devices.  The DAC960 driver includes extensive error logging and
+online configuration management capabilities.  Except for initial configuration
+of the controller and adding new disk drives, most everything can be handled
+from Linux while the system is operational.
+
+The DAC960 driver is architected to support up to 8 controllers per system.
+Each DAC960 parallel SCSI controller can support up to 15 disk drives per
+channel, for a maximum of 60 drives on a four channel controller; the fibre
+channel eXtremeRAID 3000 controller supports up to 125 disk drives per loop for
+a total of 250 drives.  The drives installed on a controller are divided into
+one or more "Drive Groups", and then each Drive Group is subdivided further
+into 1 to 32 "Logical Drives".  Each Logical Drive has a specific RAID Level
+and caching policy associated with it, and it appears to Linux as a single
+block device.  Logical Drives are further subdivided into up to 7 partitions
+through the normal Linux and PC disk partitioning schemes.  Logical Drives are
+also known as "System Drives", and Drive Groups are also called "Packs".  Both
+terms are in use in the Mylex documentation; I have chosen to standardize on
+the more generic "Logical Drive" and "Drive Group".
+
+DAC960 RAID disk devices are named in the style of the obsolete Device File
+System (DEVFS).  The device corresponding to Logical Drive D on Controller C
+is referred to as /dev/rd/cCdD, and the partitions are called /dev/rd/cCdDp1
+through /dev/rd/cCdDp7.  For example, partition 3 of Logical Drive 5 on
+Controller 2 is referred to as /dev/rd/c2d5p3.  Note that unlike with SCSI
+disks the device names will not change in the event of a disk drive failure.
+The DAC960 driver is assigned major numbers 48 - 55 with one major number per
+controller.  The 8 bits of minor number are divided into 5 bits for the Logical
+Drive and 3 bits for the partition.
+
+
+         SUPPORTED DAC960/AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID PCI RAID CONTROLLERS
+
+The following list comprises the supported DAC960, AcceleRAID, and eXtremeRAID
+PCI RAID Controllers as of the date of this document.  It is recommended that
+anyone purchasing a Mylex PCI RAID Controller not in the following table
+contact the author beforehand to verify that it is or will be supported.
+
+eXtremeRAID 3000
+           1 Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI channel
+           2 External Fibre FC-AL channels
+           233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor
+           64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots)
+           32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory
+
+eXtremeRAID 2000
+           4 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channels
+           233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor
+           64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots)
+           32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory
+
+AcceleRAID 352
+           2 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channels
+           100MHz Intel i960RN RISC Processor
+           64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots)
+           32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory
+
+AcceleRAID 170
+           1 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channel
+           100MHz Intel i960RM RISC Processor
+           16MB/32MB/64MB ECC SDRAM Memory
+
+AcceleRAID 160 (AcceleRAID 170LP)
+           1 Wide Ultra-160 LVD SCSI channel
+           100MHz Intel i960RS RISC Processor
+           Built in 16M ECC SDRAM Memory
+           PCI Low Profile Form Factor - fit for 2U height
+
+eXtremeRAID 1100 (DAC1164P)
+           3 Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI channels
+           233MHz StrongARM SA 110 Processor
+           64 Bit 33MHz PCI (backward compatible with 32 Bit PCI slots)
+           16MB/32MB/64MB Parity SDRAM Memory with Battery Backup
+
+AcceleRAID 250 (DAC960PTL1)
+           Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards
+           Also includes one onboard Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI Channel
+           66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor
+           4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory
+
+AcceleRAID 200 (DAC960PTL0)
+           Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards
+           Includes no onboard SCSI Channels
+           66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor
+           4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory
+
+AcceleRAID 150 (DAC960PRL)
+           Uses onboard Symbios SCSI chips on certain motherboards
+           Also includes one onboard Wide Ultra-2/LVD SCSI Channel
+           33MHz Intel i960RP RISC Processor
+           4MB Parity EDO Memory
+
+DAC960PJ    1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels
+           66MHz Intel i960RD RISC Processor
+           4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB/64MB/128MB ECC EDO Memory
+
+DAC960PG    1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels
+           33MHz Intel i960RP RISC Processor
+           4MB/8MB ECC EDO Memory
+
+DAC960PU    1/2/3 Wide Ultra SCSI-3 Channels
+           Intel i960CF RISC Processor
+           4MB/8MB EDRAM or 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory
+
+DAC960PD    1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels
+           Intel i960CF RISC Processor
+           4MB/8MB EDRAM or 2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory
+
+DAC960PL    1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels
+           Intel i960 RISC Processor
+           2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory
+
+DAC960P            1/2/3 Wide Fast SCSI-2 Channels
+           Intel i960 RISC Processor
+           2MB/4MB/8MB/16MB/32MB DRAM Memory
+
+For the eXtremeRAID 2000/3000 and AcceleRAID 352/170/160, firmware version
+6.00-01 or above is required.
+
+For the eXtremeRAID 1100, firmware version 5.06-0-52 or above is required.
+
+For the AcceleRAID 250, 200, and 150, firmware version 4.06-0-57 or above is
+required.
+
+For the DAC960PJ and DAC960PG, firmware version 4.06-0-00 or above is required.
+
+For the DAC960PU, DAC960PD, DAC960PL, and DAC960P, either firmware version
+3.51-0-04 or above is required (for dual Flash ROM controllers), or firmware
+version 2.73-0-00 or above is required (for single Flash ROM controllers)
+
+Please note that not all SCSI disk drives are suitable for use with DAC960
+controllers, and only particular firmware versions of any given model may
+actually function correctly.  Similarly, not all motherboards have a BIOS that
+properly initializes the AcceleRAID 250, AcceleRAID 200, AcceleRAID 150,
+DAC960PJ, and DAC960PG because the Intel i960RD/RP is a multi-function device.
+If in doubt, contact Mylex RAID Technical Support (mylexsup@us.ibm.com) to
+verify compatibility.  Mylex makes available a hard disk compatibility list at
+http://www.mylex.com/support/hdcomp/hd-lists.html.
+
+
+                             DRIVER INSTALLATION
+
+This distribution was prepared for Linux kernel version 2.2.19 or 2.4.12.
+
+To install the DAC960 RAID driver, you may use the following commands,
+replacing "/usr/src" with wherever you keep your Linux kernel source tree:
+
+  cd /usr/src
+  tar -xvzf DAC960-2.2.11.tar.gz (or DAC960-2.4.11.tar.gz)
+  mv README.DAC960 linux/Documentation
+  mv DAC960.[ch] linux/drivers/block
+  patch -p0 < DAC960.patch (if DAC960.patch is included)
+  cd linux
+  make config
+  make bzImage (or zImage)
+
+Then install "arch/i386/boot/bzImage" or "arch/i386/boot/zImage" as your
+standard kernel, run lilo if appropriate, and reboot.
+
+To create the necessary devices in /dev, the "make_rd" script included in
+"DAC960-Utilities.tar.gz" from http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/ may be used.
+LILO 21 and FDISK v2.9 include DAC960 support; also included in this archive
+are patches to LILO 20 and FDISK v2.8 that add DAC960 support, along with
+statically linked executables of LILO and FDISK.  This modified version of LILO
+will allow booting from a DAC960 controller and/or mounting the root file
+system from a DAC960.
+
+Red Hat Linux 6.0 and SuSE Linux 6.1 include support for Mylex PCI RAID
+controllers.  Installing directly onto a DAC960 may be problematic from other
+Linux distributions until their installation utilities are updated.
+
+
+                             INSTALLATION NOTES
+
+Before installing Linux or adding DAC960 logical drives to an existing Linux
+system, the controller must first be configured to provide one or more logical
+drives using the BIOS Configuration Utility or DACCF.  Please note that since
+there are only at most 6 usable partitions on each logical drive, systems
+requiring more partitions should subdivide a drive group into multiple logical
+drives, each of which can have up to 6 usable partitions.  Also, note that with
+large disk arrays it is advisable to enable the 8GB BIOS Geometry (255/63)
+rather than accepting the default 2GB BIOS Geometry (128/32); failing to so do
+will cause the logical drive geometry to have more than 65535 cylinders which
+will make it impossible for FDISK to be used properly.  The 8GB BIOS Geometry
+can be enabled by configuring the DAC960 BIOS, which is accessible via Alt-M
+during the BIOS initialization sequence.
+
+For maximum performance and the most efficient E2FSCK performance, it is
+recommended that EXT2 file systems be built with a 4KB block size and 16 block
+stride to match the DAC960 controller's 64KB default stripe size.  The command
+"mke2fs -b 4096 -R stride=16 <device>" is appropriate.  Unless there will be a
+large number of small files on the file systems, it is also beneficial to add
+the "-i 16384" option to increase the bytes per inode parameter thereby
+reducing the file system metadata.  Finally, on systems that will only be run
+with Linux 2.2 or later kernels it is beneficial to enable sparse superblocks
+with the "-s 1" option.
+
+
+                     DAC960 ANNOUNCEMENTS MAILING LIST
+
+The DAC960 Announcements Mailing List provides a forum for informing Linux
+users of new driver releases and other announcements regarding Linux support
+for DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers.  To join the mailing list, send a message to
+"dac960-announce-request@dandelion.com" with the line "subscribe" in the
+message body.
+
+
+               CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION AND STATUS MONITORING
+
+The DAC960 RAID controllers running firmware 4.06 or above include a Background
+Initialization facility so that system downtime is minimized both for initial
+installation and subsequent configuration of additional storage.  The BIOS
+Configuration Utility (accessible via Alt-R during the BIOS initialization
+sequence) is used to quickly configure the controller, and then the logical
+drives that have been created are available for immediate use even while they
+are still being initialized by the controller.  The primary need for online
+configuration and status monitoring is then to avoid system downtime when disk
+drives fail and must be replaced.  Mylex's online monitoring and configuration
+utilities are being ported to Linux and will become available at some point in
+the future.  Note that with a SAF-TE (SCSI Accessed Fault-Tolerant Enclosure)
+enclosure, the controller is able to rebuild failed drives automatically as
+soon as a drive replacement is made available.
+
+The primary interfaces for controller configuration and status monitoring are
+special files created in the /proc/rd/... hierarchy along with the normal
+system console logging mechanism.  Whenever the system is operating, the DAC960
+driver queries each controller for status information every 10 seconds, and
+checks for additional conditions every 60 seconds.  The initial status of each
+controller is always available for controller N in /proc/rd/cN/initial_status,
+and the current status as of the last status monitoring query is available in
+/proc/rd/cN/current_status.  In addition, status changes are also logged by the
+driver to the system console and will appear in the log files maintained by
+syslog.  The progress of asynchronous rebuild or consistency check operations
+is also available in /proc/rd/cN/current_status, and progress messages are
+logged to the system console at most every 60 seconds.
+
+Starting with the 2.2.3/2.0.3 versions of the driver, the status information
+available in /proc/rd/cN/initial_status and /proc/rd/cN/current_status has been
+augmented to include the vendor, model, revision, and serial number (if
+available) for each physical device found connected to the controller:
+
+***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.2.3 of 19 August 1999 *****
+Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
+Configuring Mylex DAC960PRL PCI RAID Controller
+  Firmware Version: 4.07-0-07, Channels: 1, Memory Size: 16MB
+  PCI Bus: 1, Device: 4, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned
+  PCI Address: 0xFE300000 mapped at 0xA0800000, IRQ Channel: 21
+  Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128
+  Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33
+  Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63
+  SAF-TE Enclosure Management Enabled
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:0  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
+         Serial Number:       68016775HA
+         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
+    0:1  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
+         Serial Number:       68004E53HA
+         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
+    0:2  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
+         Serial Number:       13013935HA
+         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
+    0:3  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
+         Serial Number:       13016897HA
+         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
+    0:4  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
+         Serial Number:       68019905HA
+         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
+    0:5  Vendor: IBM       Model: DRVS09D           Revision: 0270
+         Serial Number:       68012753HA
+         Disk Status: Online, 17928192 blocks
+    0:6  Vendor: ESG-SHV   Model: SCA HSBP M6       Revision: 0.61
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 89640960 blocks, Write Thru
+  No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress
+
+To simplify the monitoring process for custom software, the special file
+/proc/rd/status returns "OK" when all DAC960 controllers in the system are
+operating normally and no failures have occurred, or "ALERT" if any logical
+drives are offline or critical or any non-standby physical drives are dead.
+
+Configuration commands for controller N are available via the special file
+/proc/rd/cN/user_command.  A human readable command can be written to this
+special file to initiate a configuration operation, and the results of the
+operation can then be read back from the special file in addition to being
+logged to the system console.  The shell command sequence
+
+  echo "<configuration-command>" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command
+  cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command
+
+is typically used to execute configuration commands.  The configuration
+commands are:
+
+  flush-cache
+
+    The "flush-cache" command flushes the controller's cache.  The system
+    automatically flushes the cache at shutdown or if the driver module is
+    unloaded, so this command is only needed to be certain a write back cache
+    is flushed to disk before the system is powered off by a command to a UPS.
+    Note that the flush-cache command also stops an asynchronous rebuild or
+    consistency check, so it should not be used except when the system is being
+    halted.
+
+  kill <channel>:<target-id>
+
+    The "kill" command marks the physical drive <channel>:<target-id> as DEAD.
+    This command is provided primarily for testing, and should not be used
+    during normal system operation.
+
+  make-online <channel>:<target-id>
+
+    The "make-online" command changes the physical drive <channel>:<target-id>
+    from status DEAD to status ONLINE.  In cases where multiple physical drives
+    have been killed simultaneously, this command may be used to bring all but
+    one of them back online, after which a rebuild to the final drive is
+    necessary.
+
+    Warning: make-online should only be used on a dead physical drive that is
+    an active part of a drive group, never on a standby drive.  The command
+    should never be used on a dead drive that is part of a critical logical
+    drive; rebuild should be used if only a single drive is dead.
+
+  make-standby <channel>:<target-id>
+
+    The "make-standby" command changes physical drive <channel>:<target-id>
+    from status DEAD to status STANDBY.  It should only be used in cases where
+    a dead drive was replaced after an automatic rebuild was performed onto a
+    standby drive.  It cannot be used to add a standby drive to the controller
+    configuration if one was not created initially; the BIOS Configuration
+    Utility must be used for that currently.
+
+  rebuild <channel>:<target-id>
+
+    The "rebuild" command initiates an asynchronous rebuild onto physical drive
+    <channel>:<target-id>.  It should only be used when a dead drive has been
+    replaced.
+
+  check-consistency <logical-drive-number>
+
+    The "check-consistency" command initiates an asynchronous consistency check
+    of <logical-drive-number> with automatic restoration.  It can be used
+    whenever it is desired to verify the consistency of the redundancy
+    information.
+
+  cancel-rebuild
+  cancel-consistency-check
+
+    The "cancel-rebuild" and "cancel-consistency-check" commands cancel any
+    rebuild or consistency check operations previously initiated.
+
+
+              EXAMPLE I - DRIVE FAILURE WITHOUT A STANDBY DRIVE
+
+The following annotated logs demonstrate the controller configuration and and
+online status monitoring capabilities of the Linux DAC960 Driver.  The test
+configuration comprises 6 1GB Quantum Atlas I disk drives on two channels of a
+DAC960PJ controller.  The physical drives are configured into a single drive
+group without a standby drive, and the drive group has been configured into two
+logical drives, one RAID-5 and one RAID-6.  Note that these logs are from an
+earlier version of the driver and the messages have changed somewhat with newer
+releases, but the functionality remains similar.  First, here is the current
+status of the RAID configuration:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
+***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 *****
+Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
+Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller
+  Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB
+  PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned
+  PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9
+  Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128
+  Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33
+  Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
+  No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
+OK
+
+The above messages indicate that everything is healthy, and /proc/rd/status
+returns "OK" indicating that there are no problems with any DAC960 controller
+in the system.  For demonstration purposes, while I/O is active Physical Drive
+1:1 is now disconnected, simulating a drive failure.  The failure is noted by
+the driver within 10 seconds of the controller's having detected it, and the
+driver logs the following console status messages indicating that Logical
+Drives 0 and 1 are now CRITICAL as a result of Physical Drive 1:1 being DEAD:
+
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 killed because of timeout on SCSI command
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now DEAD
+DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now CRITICAL
+DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now CRITICAL
+
+The Sense Keys logged here are just Check Condition / Unit Attention conditions
+arising from a SCSI bus reset that is forced by the controller during its error
+recovery procedures.  Concurrently with the above, the driver status available
+from /proc/rd also reflects the drive failure.  The status message in
+/proc/rd/status has changed from "OK" to "ALERT":
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
+ALERT
+
+and /proc/rd/c0/current_status has been updated:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
+  ...
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
+  No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress
+
+Since there are no standby drives configured, the system can continue to access
+the logical drives in a performance degraded mode until the failed drive is
+replaced and a rebuild operation completed to restore the redundancy of the
+logical drives.  Once Physical Drive 1:1 is replaced with a properly
+functioning drive, or if the physical drive was killed without having failed
+(e.g., due to electrical problems on the SCSI bus), the user can instruct the
+controller to initiate a rebuild operation onto the newly replaced drive:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# echo "rebuild 1:1" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command
+Rebuild of Physical Drive 1:1 Initiated
+
+The echo command instructs the controller to initiate an asynchronous rebuild
+operation onto Physical Drive 1:1, and the status message that results from the
+operation is then available for reading from /proc/rd/c0/user_command, as well
+as being logged to the console by the driver.
+
+Within 10 seconds of this command the driver logs the initiation of the
+asynchronous rebuild operation:
+
+DAC960#0: Rebuild of Physical Drive 1:1 Initiated
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 01
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now WRITE-ONLY
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 1% completed
+
+and /proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
+  ...
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
+  Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 6% completed
+
+As the rebuild progresses, the current status in /proc/rd/c0/current_status is
+updated every 10 seconds:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
+  ...
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
+  Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 15% completed
+
+and every minute a progress message is logged to the console by the driver:
+
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 32% completed
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 63% completed
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 94% completed
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 94% completed
+
+Finally, the rebuild completes successfully.  The driver logs the status of the 
+logical and physical drives and the rebuild completion:
+
+DAC960#0: Rebuild Completed Successfully
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 is now ONLINE
+DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now ONLINE
+DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now ONLINE
+
+/proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
+  ...
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 5498880 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 3305472 blocks, Write Thru
+  Rebuild Completed Successfully
+
+and /proc/rd/status indicates that everything is healthy once again:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
+OK
+
+
+               EXAMPLE II - DRIVE FAILURE WITH A STANDBY DRIVE
+
+The following annotated logs demonstrate the controller configuration and and
+online status monitoring capabilities of the Linux DAC960 Driver.  The test
+configuration comprises 6 1GB Quantum Atlas I disk drives on two channels of a
+DAC960PJ controller.  The physical drives are configured into a single drive
+group with a standby drive, and the drive group has been configured into two
+logical drives, one RAID-5 and one RAID-6.  Note that these logs are from an
+earlier version of the driver and the messages have changed somewhat with newer
+releases, but the functionality remains similar.  First, here is the current
+status of the RAID configuration:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
+***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 *****
+Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
+Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller
+  Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB
+  PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned
+  PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9
+  Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128
+  Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33
+  Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Standby, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
+  No Rebuild or Consistency Check in Progress
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
+OK
+
+The above messages indicate that everything is healthy, and /proc/rd/status
+returns "OK" indicating that there are no problems with any DAC960 controller
+in the system.  For demonstration purposes, while I/O is active Physical Drive
+1:2 is now disconnected, simulating a drive failure.  The failure is noted by
+the driver within 10 seconds of the controller's having detected it, and the
+driver logs the following console status messages:
+
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:1 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 02
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 killed because of timeout on SCSI command
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 is now DEAD
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 killed because it was removed
+DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now CRITICAL
+DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now CRITICAL
+
+Since a standby drive is configured, the controller automatically begins
+rebuilding onto the standby drive:
+
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 is now WRITE-ONLY
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 4% completed
+
+Concurrently with the above, the driver status available from /proc/rd also
+reflects the drive failure and automatic rebuild.  The status message in
+/proc/rd/status has changed from "OK" to "ALERT":
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
+ALERT
+
+and /proc/rd/c0/current_status has been updated:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
+  ...
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
+  Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 4% completed
+
+As the rebuild progresses, the current status in /proc/rd/c0/current_status is
+updated every 10 seconds:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
+  ...
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Write-Only, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Critical, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Critical, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
+  Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 40% completed
+
+and every minute a progress message is logged on the console by the driver:
+
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 40% completed
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) 76% completed
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 66% completed
+DAC960#0: Rebuild in Progress: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) 84% completed
+
+Finally, the rebuild completes successfully.  The driver logs the status of the 
+logical and physical drives and the rebuild completion:
+
+DAC960#0: Rebuild Completed Successfully
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:3 is now ONLINE
+DAC960#0: Logical Drive 0 (/dev/rd/c0d0) is now ONLINE
+DAC960#0: Logical Drive 1 (/dev/rd/c0d1) is now ONLINE
+
+/proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated:
+
+***** DAC960 RAID Driver Version 2.0.0 of 23 March 1999 *****
+Copyright 1998-1999 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
+Configuring Mylex DAC960PJ PCI RAID Controller
+  Firmware Version: 4.06-0-08, Channels: 3, Memory Size: 8MB
+  PCI Bus: 0, Device: 19, Function: 1, I/O Address: Unassigned
+  PCI Address: 0xFD4FC000 mapped at 0x8807000, IRQ Channel: 9
+  Controller Queue Depth: 128, Maximum Blocks per Command: 128
+  Driver Queue Depth: 127, Maximum Scatter/Gather Segments: 33
+  Stripe Size: 64KB, Segment Size: 8KB, BIOS Geometry: 255/63
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Dead, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
+  Rebuild Completed Successfully
+
+and /proc/rd/status indicates that everything is healthy once again:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/status
+OK
+
+Note that the absence of a viable standby drive does not create an "ALERT"
+status.  Once dead Physical Drive 1:2 has been replaced, the controller must be
+told that this has occurred and that the newly replaced drive should become the
+new standby drive:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# echo "make-standby 1:2" > /proc/rd/c0/user_command
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/user_command
+Make Standby of Physical Drive 1:2 Succeeded
+
+The echo command instructs the controller to make Physical Drive 1:2 into a
+standby drive, and the status message that results from the operation is then
+available for reading from /proc/rd/c0/user_command, as well as being logged to
+the console by the driver.  Within 60 seconds of this command the driver logs:
+
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 Error Log: Sense Key = 6, ASC = 29, ASCQ = 01
+DAC960#0: Physical Drive 1:2 is now STANDBY
+DAC960#0: Make Standby of Physical Drive 1:2 Succeeded
+
+and /proc/rd/c0/current_status is updated:
+
+gwynedd:/u/lnz# cat /proc/rd/c0/current_status
+  ...
+  Physical Devices:
+    0:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:2 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    0:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:1 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+    1:2 - Disk: Standby, 2201600 blocks
+    1:3 - Disk: Online, 2201600 blocks
+  Logical Drives:
+    /dev/rd/c0d0: RAID-5, Online, 4399104 blocks, Write Thru
+    /dev/rd/c0d1: RAID-6, Online, 2754560 blocks, Write Thru
+  Rebuild Completed Successfully

diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..89698e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+This driver is for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers.
+
+Supported Cards:
+----------------
+
+This driver is known to work with the following cards:
+
+       * SA 5300
+       * SA 5i 
+       * SA 532
+       * SA 5312
+       * SA 641
+       * SA 642
+       * SA 6400
+       * SA 6400 U320 Expansion Module
+       * SA 6i
+       * SA P600
+       * SA P800
+       * SA E400
+       * SA P400i
+       * SA E200
+       * SA E200i
+       * SA E500
+       * SA P700m
+       * SA P212
+       * SA P410
+       * SA P410i
+       * SA P411
+       * SA P812
+       * SA P712m
+       * SA P711m
+
+Detecting drive failures:
+-------------------------
+
+To get the status of logical volumes and to detect physical drive
+failures, you can use the cciss_vol_status program found here:
+http://cciss.sourceforge.net/#cciss_utils
+
+Device Naming:
+--------------
+
+If nodes are not already created in the /dev/cciss directory, run as root:
+
+# cd /dev
+# ./MAKEDEV cciss
+
+You need some entries in /dev for the cciss device.  The MAKEDEV script
+can make device nodes for you automatically.  Currently the device setup
+is as follows:
+
+Major numbers:
+       104     cciss0  
+       105     cciss1  
+       106     cciss2
+       105     cciss3
+       108     cciss4
+       109     cciss5
+       110     cciss6
+       111     cciss7
+
+Minor numbers:
+        b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
+        |----+----| |----+----|
+             |           |
+             |           +-------- Partition ID (0=wholedev, 1-15 partition)
+             |
+             +-------------------- Logical Volume number
+
+The device naming scheme is:
+/dev/cciss/c0d0                        Controller 0, disk 0, whole device
+/dev/cciss/c0d0p1              Controller 0, disk 0, partition 1
+/dev/cciss/c0d0p2              Controller 0, disk 0, partition 2
+/dev/cciss/c0d0p3              Controller 0, disk 0, partition 3
+
+/dev/cciss/c1d1                        Controller 1, disk 1, whole device
+/dev/cciss/c1d1p1              Controller 1, disk 1, partition 1
+/dev/cciss/c1d1p2              Controller 1, disk 1, partition 2
+/dev/cciss/c1d1p3              Controller 1, disk 1, partition 3
+
+SCSI tape drive and medium changer support
+------------------------------------------
+
+SCSI sequential access devices and medium changer devices are supported and 
+appropriate device nodes are automatically created.  (e.g.  
+/dev/st0, /dev/st1, etc.  See the "st" man page for more details.) 
+You must enable "SCSI tape drive support for Smart Array 5xxx" and 
+"SCSI support" in your kernel configuration to be able to use SCSI
+tape drives with your Smart Array 5xxx controller.
+
+Additionally, note that the driver will not engage the SCSI core at init 
+time.  The driver must be directed to dynamically engage the SCSI core via 
+the /proc filesystem entry which the "block" side of the driver creates as 
+/proc/driver/cciss/cciss* at runtime.  This is because at driver init time, 
+the SCSI core may not yet be initialized (because the driver is a block 
+driver) and attempting to register it with the SCSI core in such a case 
+would cause a hang.  This is best done via an initialization script 
+(typically in /etc/init.d, but could vary depending on distribution). 
+For example:
+
+       for x in /proc/driver/cciss/cciss[0-9]*
+       do
+               echo "engage scsi" > $x
+       done
+
+Once the SCSI core is engaged by the driver, it cannot be disengaged 
+(except by unloading the driver, if it happens to be linked as a module.)
+
+Note also that if no sequential access devices or medium changers are
+detected, the SCSI core will not be engaged by the action of the above
+script.
+
+Hot plug support for SCSI tape drives
+-------------------------------------
+
+Hot plugging of SCSI tape drives is supported, with some caveats.
+The cciss driver must be informed that changes to the SCSI bus
+have been made.  This may be done via the /proc filesystem.
+For example:
+
+       echo "rescan" > /proc/scsi/cciss0/1
+
+This causes the driver to query the adapter about changes to the
+physical SCSI buses and/or fibre channel arbitrated loop and the
+driver to make note of any new or removed sequential access devices
+or medium changers.  The driver will output messages indicating what 
+devices have been added or removed and the controller, bus, target and 
+lun used to address the device.  It then notifies the SCSI mid layer
+of these changes.
+
+Note that the naming convention of the /proc filesystem entries 
+contains a number in addition to the driver name.  (E.g. "cciss0" 
+instead of just "cciss" which you might expect.)
+
+Note: ONLY sequential access devices and medium changers are presented 
+as SCSI devices to the SCSI mid layer by the cciss driver.  Specifically, 
+physical SCSI disk drives are NOT presented to the SCSI mid layer.  The 
+physical SCSI disk drives are controlled directly by the array controller 
+hardware and it is important to prevent the kernel from attempting to directly
+access these devices too, as if the array controller were merely a SCSI 
+controller in the same way that we are allowing it to access SCSI tape drives.
+
+SCSI error handling for tape drives and medium changers
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+The linux SCSI mid layer provides an error handling protocol which
+kicks into gear whenever a SCSI command fails to complete within a
+certain amount of time (which can vary depending on the command).
+The cciss driver participates in this protocol to some extent.  The
+normal protocol is a four step process.  First the device is told
+to abort the command.  If that doesn't work, the device is reset.
+If that doesn't work, the SCSI bus is reset.  If that doesn't work
+the host bus adapter is reset.  Because the cciss driver is a block
+driver as well as a SCSI driver and only the tape drives and medium
+changers are presented to the SCSI mid layer, and unlike more 
+straightforward SCSI drivers, disk i/o continues through the block
+side during the SCSI error recovery process, the cciss driver only
+implements the first two of these actions, aborting the command, and
+resetting the device.  Additionally, most tape drives will not oblige 
+in aborting commands, and sometimes it appears they will not even 
+obey a reset command, though in most circumstances they will.  In
+the case that the command cannot be aborted and the device cannot be 
+reset, the device will be set offline.
+
+In the event the error handling code is triggered and a tape drive is
+successfully reset or the tardy command is successfully aborted, the 
+tape drive may still not allow i/o to continue until some command
+is issued which positions the tape to a known position.  Typically you
+must rewind the tape (by issuing "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind" for example)
+before i/o can proceed again to a tape drive which was reset.
+

diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c7154e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+This driver is for Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers.
+
+Supported Cards:
+----------------
+
+This driver is known to work with the following cards:
+
+       * SMART (EISA)
+       * SMART-2/E (EISA)
+       * SMART-2/P
+       * SMART-2DH
+       * SMART-2SL
+       * SMART-221
+       * SMART-3100ES
+       * SMART-3200
+       * Integrated Smart Array Controller
+       * SA 4200
+       * SA 4250ES
+       * SA 431
+       * RAID LC2 Controller
+
+It should also work with some really old Disk array adapters, but I am
+unable to test against these cards:
+
+       * IDA
+       * IDA-2
+       * IAES
+
+
+EISA Controllers:
+-----------------
+
+If you want to use an EISA controller you'll have to supply some
+modprobe/lilo parameters.  If the driver is compiled into the kernel, must
+give it the controller's IO port address at boot time (it is not
+necessary to specify the IRQ).  For example, if you had two SMART-2/E
+controllers, in EISA slots 1 and 2 you'd give it a boot argument like
+this:
+
+       smart2=0x1000,0x2000
+
+If you were loading the driver as a module, you'd give load it like this:
+
+       modprobe cpqarray eisa=0x1000,0x2000
+
+You can use EISA and PCI adapters at the same time.
+
+
+Device Naming:
+--------------
+
+You need some entries in /dev for the ida device.  MAKEDEV in the /dev
+directory can make device nodes for you automatically.  The device setup is
+as follows:
+
+Major numbers:
+       72      ida0
+       73      ida1
+       74      ida2
+       75      ida3
+       76      ida4
+       77      ida5
+       78      ida6
+       79      ida7
+
+Minor numbers:
+        b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
+        |----+----| |----+----|
+             |           |
+             |           +-------- Partition ID (0=wholedev, 1-15 partition)
+             |
+             +-------------------- Logical Volume number
+
+The device naming scheme is:
+/dev/ida/c0d0          Controller 0, disk 0, whole device
+/dev/ida/c0d0p1                Controller 0, disk 0, partition 1
+/dev/ida/c0d0p2                Controller 0, disk 0, partition 2
+/dev/ida/c0d0p3                Controller 0, disk 0, partition 3
+
+/dev/ida/c1d1          Controller 1, disk 1, whole device
+/dev/ida/c1d1p1                Controller 1, disk 1, partition 1
+/dev/ida/c1d1p2                Controller 1, disk 1, partition 2
+/dev/ida/c1d1p3                Controller 1, disk 1, partition 3
+
+
+Changelog:
+==========
+
+10-28-2004 :   General cleanup, syntax fixes for in-kernel driver version.
+               James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com>
+
+
+1999 :         Original Document

diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6ccab88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+This file describes the floppy driver.
+
+FAQ list:
+=========
+
+ A FAQ list may be found in the fdutils package (see below), and also
+at <http://fdutils.linux.lu/faq.html>.
+
+
+LILO configuration options (Thinkpad users, read this)
+======================================================
+
+ The floppy driver is configured using the 'floppy=' option in
+lilo. This option can be typed at the boot prompt, or entered in the
+lilo configuration file.
+
+ Example: If your kernel is called linux-2.6.9, type the following line
+at the lilo boot prompt (if you have a thinkpad):
+
+ linux-2.6.9 floppy=thinkpad
+
+You may also enter the following line in /etc/lilo.conf, in the description
+of linux-2.6.9:
+
+ append = "floppy=thinkpad"
+
+ Several floppy related options may be given, example:
+
+ linux-2.6.9 floppy=daring floppy=two_fdc
+ append = "floppy=daring floppy=two_fdc"
+
+ If you give options both in the lilo config file and on the boot
+prompt, the option strings of both places are concatenated, the boot
+prompt options coming last. That's why there are also options to
+restore the default behavior.
+
+
+Module configuration options
+============================
+
+ If you use the floppy driver as a module, use the following syntax:
+modprobe floppy <options>
+
+Example:
+ modprobe floppy omnibook messages
+
+ If you need certain options enabled every time you load the floppy driver,
+you can put:
+
+ options floppy omnibook messages
+
+in /etc/modprobe.conf.
+
+
+ The floppy driver related options are:
+
+ floppy=asus_pci
+       Sets the bit mask to allow only units 0 and 1. (default)
+
+ floppy=daring
+       Tells the floppy driver that you have a well behaved floppy controller.
+       This allows more efficient and smoother operation, but may fail on
+       certain controllers. This may speed up certain operations.
+
+ floppy=0,daring
+       Tells the floppy driver that your floppy controller should be used
+       with caution.
+
+ floppy=one_fdc
+       Tells the floppy driver that you have only one floppy controller.
+       (default)
+
+ floppy=two_fdc
+ floppy=<address>,two_fdc
+       Tells the floppy driver that you have two floppy controllers.
+       The second floppy controller is assumed to be at <address>.
+       This option is not needed if the second controller is at address
+       0x370, and if you use the 'cmos' option.
+
+ floppy=thinkpad
+       Tells the floppy driver that you have a Thinkpad. Thinkpads use an
+       inverted convention for the disk change line.
+
+ floppy=0,thinkpad
+       Tells the floppy driver that you don't have a Thinkpad.
+
+ floppy=omnibook
+ floppy=nodma
+       Tells the floppy driver not to use Dma for data transfers.
+       This is needed on HP Omnibooks, which don't have a workable
+       DMA channel for the floppy driver. This option is also useful
+       if you frequently get "Unable to allocate DMA memory" messages.
+       Indeed, dma memory needs to be continuous in physical memory,
+       and is thus harder to find, whereas non-dma buffers may be
+       allocated in virtual memory. However, I advise against this if
+       you have an FDC without a FIFO (8272A or 82072). 82072A and
+       later are OK. You also need at least a 486 to use nodma.
+       If you use nodma mode, I suggest you also set the FIFO
+       threshold to 10 or lower, in order to limit the number of data
+       transfer interrupts.
+
+       If you have a FIFO-able FDC, the floppy driver automatically
+       falls back on non DMA mode if no DMA-able memory can be found.
+       If you want to avoid this, explicitly ask for 'yesdma'.
+
+ floppy=yesdma
+       Tells the floppy driver that a workable DMA channel is available.
+       (default)
+
+ floppy=nofifo
+       Disables the FIFO entirely. This is needed if you get "Bus
+       master arbitration error" messages from your Ethernet card (or
+       from other devices) while accessing the floppy.
+
+ floppy=usefifo
+       Enables the FIFO. (default)
+
+ floppy=<threshold>,fifo_depth
+       Sets the FIFO threshold. This is mostly relevant in DMA
+       mode. If this is higher, the floppy driver tolerates more
+       interrupt latency, but it triggers more interrupts (i.e. it
+       imposes more load on the rest of the system). If this is
+       lower, the interrupt latency should be lower too (faster
+       processor). The benefit of a lower threshold is less
+       interrupts.
+
+       To tune the fifo threshold, switch on over/underrun messages
+       using 'floppycontrol --messages'. Then access a floppy
+       disk. If you get a huge amount of "Over/Underrun - retrying"
+       messages, then the fifo threshold is too low. Try with a
+       higher value, until you only get an occasional Over/Underrun.
+       It is a good idea to compile the floppy driver as a module
+       when doing this tuning. Indeed, it allows to try different
+       fifo values without rebooting the machine for each test. Note
+       that you need to do 'floppycontrol --messages' every time you
+       re-insert the module.
+
+       Usually, tuning the fifo threshold should not be needed, as
+       the default (0xa) is reasonable.
+
+ floppy=<drive>,<type>,cmos
+       Sets the CMOS type of <drive> to <type>. This is mandatory if
+       you have more than two floppy drives (only two can be
+       described in the physical CMOS), or if your BIOS uses
+       non-standard CMOS types. The CMOS types are:
+
+               0 - Use the value of the physical CMOS
+               1 - 5 1/4 DD
+               2 - 5 1/4 HD
+               3 - 3 1/2 DD
+               4 - 3 1/2 HD
+               5 - 3 1/2 ED
+               6 - 3 1/2 ED
+              16 - unknown or not installed
+
+       (Note: there are two valid types for ED drives. This is because 5 was
+       initially chosen to represent floppy *tapes*, and 6 for ED drives.
+       AMI ignored this, and used 5 for ED drives. That's why the floppy
+       driver handles both.)
+
+ floppy=unexpected_interrupts
+       Print a warning message when an unexpected interrupt is received.
+       (default)
+
+ floppy=no_unexpected_interrupts
+ floppy=L40SX
+       Don't print a message when an unexpected interrupt is received. This
+       is needed on IBM L40SX laptops in certain video modes. (There seems
+       to be an interaction between video and floppy. The unexpected
+       interrupts affect only performance, and can be safely ignored.)
+
+ floppy=broken_dcl
+       Don't use the disk change line, but assume that the disk was
+       changed whenever the device node is reopened. Needed on some
+       boxes where the disk change line is broken or unsupported.
+       This should be regarded as a stopgap measure, indeed it makes
+       floppy operation less efficient due to unneeded cache
+       flushings, and slightly more unreliable. Please verify your
+       cable, connection and jumper settings if you have any DCL
+       problems. However, some older drives, and also some laptops
+       are known not to have a DCL.
+
+ floppy=debug
+       Print debugging messages.
+
+ floppy=messages
+       Print informational messages for some operations (disk change
+       notifications, warnings about over and underruns, and about
+       autodetection).
+
+ floppy=silent_dcl_clear
+       Uses a less noisy way to clear the disk change line (which
+       doesn't involve seeks). Implied by 'daring' option.
+
+ floppy=<nr>,irq
+       Sets the floppy IRQ to <nr> instead of 6.
+
+ floppy=<nr>,dma
+       Sets the floppy DMA channel to <nr> instead of 2.
+
+ floppy=slow
+       Use PS/2 stepping rate:
+        " PS/2 floppies have much slower step rates than regular floppies.
+          It's been recommended that take about 1/4 of the default speed
+          in some more extreme cases."
+
+
+Supporting utilities and additional documentation:
+==================================================
+
+ Additional parameters of the floppy driver can be configured at
+runtime. Utilities which do this can be found in the fdutils package.
+This package also contains a new version of mtools which allows to
+access high capacity disks (up to 1992K on a high density 3 1/2 disk!).
+It also contains additional documentation about the floppy driver.
+
+The latest version can be found at fdutils homepage:
+ http://fdutils.linux.lu
+
+The fdutils releases can be found at:
+ http://fdutils.linux.lu/download.html
+ http://www.tux.org/pub/knaff/fdutils/
+ ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/disk-management/
+
+Reporting problems about the floppy driver
+==========================================
+
+ If you have a question or a bug report about the floppy driver, mail
+me at Alain.Knaff@poboxes.com . If you post to Usenet, preferably use
+comp.os.linux.hardware. As the volume in these groups is rather high,
+be sure to include the word "floppy" (or "FLOPPY") in the subject
+line.  If the reported problem happens when mounting floppy disks, be
+sure to mention also the type of the filesystem in the subject line.
+
+ Be sure to read the FAQ before mailing/posting any bug reports!
+
+ Alain
+
+Changelog
+=========
+
+10-30-2004 :   Cleanup, updating, add reference to module configuration.
+               James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com>
+
+6-3-2000 :     Original Document

diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..aeb93ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+                      Network Block Device (TCP version)
+                                       
+   What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux
+   can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time
+   the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a
+   request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read.
+   This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless -
+   if you boot from floppy) to borrow disk space from another computer.
+   Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc. It should
+   even be possible to use NBD as a root filesystem (I've never tried),
+   but it requires a user-level program to be in the initrd to start.
+   It also allows you to run block-device in user land (making server
+   and client physically the same computer, communicating using loopback).
+   
+   Current state: It currently works. Network block device is stable.
+   I originally thought that it was impossible to swap over TCP. It
+   turned out not to be true - swapping over TCP now works and seems
+   to be deadlock-free, but it requires heavy patches into Linux's
+   network layer.
+   
+   For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server
+   tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/.
+
+   Howto: To setup nbd, you can simply do the following:
+
+   First, serve a device or file from a remote server:
+
+   nbd-server <port-number> <device-or-file-to-serve-to-client>
+
+   e.g.,
+       root@server1 # nbd-server 1234 /dev/sdb1
+
+       (serves sdb1 partition on TCP port 1234)
+
+   Then, on the local (client) system:
+
+   nbd-client <server-name-or-IP> <server-port-number> /dev/nb[0-n]
+
+   e.g.,
+       root@client1 # nbd-client server1 1234 /dev/nb0
+
+       (creates the nb0 device on client1)
+
+   The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client
+   system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact,
+   the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating
+   systems, including Windows.

diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..e431267
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
+
+               Linux and parallel port IDE devices
+
+PARIDE v1.03   (c) 1997-8  Grant Guenther <grant@torque.net>
+
+1. Introduction
+
+Owing to the simplicity and near universality of the parallel port interface
+to personal computers, many external devices such as portable hard-disk,
+CD-ROM, LS-120 and tape drives use the parallel port to connect to their
+host computer.  While some devices (notably scanners) use ad-hoc methods
+to pass commands and data through the parallel port interface, most 
+external devices are actually identical to an internal model, but with
+a parallel-port adapter chip added in.  Some of the original parallel port
+adapters were little more than mechanisms for multiplexing a SCSI bus.
+(The Iomega PPA-3 adapter used in the ZIP drives is an example of this
+approach).  Most current designs, however, take a different approach.
+The adapter chip reproduces a small ISA or IDE bus in the external device
+and the communication protocol provides operations for reading and writing
+device registers, as well as data block transfer functions.  Sometimes,
+the device being addressed via the parallel cable is a standard SCSI
+controller like an NCR 5380.  The "ditto" family of external tape
+drives use the ISA replicator to interface a floppy disk controller,
+which is then connected to a floppy-tape mechanism.  The vast majority
+of external parallel port devices, however, are now based on standard
+IDE type devices, which require no intermediate controller.  If one
+were to open up a parallel port CD-ROM drive, for instance, one would
+find a standard ATAPI CD-ROM drive, a power supply, and a single adapter
+that interconnected a standard PC parallel port cable and a standard
+IDE cable.  It is usually possible to exchange the CD-ROM device with
+any other device using the IDE interface. 
+
+The document describes the support in Linux for parallel port IDE
+devices.  It does not cover parallel port SCSI devices, "ditto" tape
+drives or scanners.  Many different devices are supported by the 
+parallel port IDE subsystem, including:
+
+       MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM
+       MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD
+       MicroSolutions backpack hard-drives
+       MicroSolutions backpack 8000t tape drive
+       SyQuest EZ-135, EZ-230 & SparQ drives
+       Avatar Shark
+       Imation Superdisk LS-120
+       Maxell Superdisk LS-120
+       FreeCom Power CD 
+       Hewlett-Packard 5GB and 8GB tape drives
+       Hewlett-Packard 7100 and 7200 CD-RW drives
+
+as well as most of the clone and no-name products on the market.
+
+To support such a wide range of devices, PARIDE, the parallel port IDE
+subsystem, is actually structured in three parts.   There is a base
+paride module which provides a registry and some common methods for
+accessing the parallel ports.  The second component is a set of 
+high-level drivers for each of the different types of supported devices: 
+
+       pd      IDE disk
+       pcd     ATAPI CD-ROM
+       pf      ATAPI disk
+       pt      ATAPI tape
+       pg      ATAPI generic
+
+(Currently, the pg driver is only used with CD-R drives).
+
+The high-level drivers function according to the relevant standards.
+The third component of PARIDE is a set of low-level protocol drivers
+for each of the parallel port IDE adapter chips.  Thanks to the interest
+and encouragement of Linux users from many parts of the world, 
+support is available for almost all known adapter protocols:
+
+        aten    ATEN EH-100                            (HK)
+        bpck    Microsolutions backpack                (US)
+        comm    DataStor (old-type) "commuter" adapter (TW)
+        dstr    DataStor EP-2000                       (TW)
+        epat    Shuttle EPAT                           (UK)
+        epia    Shuttle EPIA                           (UK)
+       fit2    FIT TD-2000                            (US)
+       fit3    FIT TD-3000                            (US)
+       friq    Freecom IQ cable                       (DE)
+        frpw    Freecom Power                          (DE)
+        kbic    KingByte KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A       (TW)
+       ktti    KT Technology PHd adapter              (SG)
+        on20    OnSpec 90c20                           (US)
+        on26    OnSpec 90c26                           (US)
+
+
+2. Using the PARIDE subsystem
+
+While configuring the Linux kernel, you may choose either to build
+the PARIDE drivers into your kernel, or to build them as modules.
+
+In either case, you will need to select "Parallel port IDE device support"
+as well as at least one of the high-level drivers and at least one
+of the parallel port communication protocols.  If you do not know
+what kind of parallel port adapter is used in your drive, you could
+begin by checking the file names and any text files on your DOS 
+installation floppy.  Alternatively, you can look at the markings on
+the adapter chip itself.  That's usually sufficient to identify the
+correct device.  
+
+You can actually select all the protocol modules, and allow the PARIDE
+subsystem to try them all for you.
+
+For the "brand-name" products listed above, here are the protocol
+and high-level drivers that you would use:
+
+       Manufacturer            Model           Driver  Protocol
+       
+       MicroSolutions          CD-ROM          pcd     bpck
+       MicroSolutions          PD drive        pf      bpck
+       MicroSolutions          hard-drive      pd      bpck
+       MicroSolutions          8000t tape      pt      bpck
+       SyQuest                 EZ, SparQ       pd      epat
+       Imation                 Superdisk       pf      epat
+       Maxell                  Superdisk       pf      friq
+       Avatar                  Shark           pd      epat
+       FreeCom                 CD-ROM          pcd     frpw
+       Hewlett-Packard         5GB Tape        pt      epat
+       Hewlett-Packard         7200e (CD)      pcd     epat
+       Hewlett-Packard         7200e (CD-R)    pg      epat
+
+2.1  Configuring built-in drivers
+
+We recommend that you get to know how the drivers work and how to
+configure them as loadable modules, before attempting to compile a
+kernel with the drivers built-in.
+
+If you built all of your PARIDE support directly into your kernel,
+and you have just a single parallel port IDE device, your kernel should
+locate it automatically for you.  If you have more than one device,
+you may need to give some command line options to your bootloader
+(eg: LILO), how to do that is beyond the scope of this document.
+
+The high-level drivers accept a number of command line parameters, all
+of which are documented in the source files in linux/drivers/block/paride.
+By default, each driver will automatically try all parallel ports it
+can find, and all protocol types that have been installed, until it finds
+a parallel port IDE adapter.  Once it finds one, the probe stops.  So,
+if you have more than one device, you will need to tell the drivers
+how to identify them.  This requires specifying the port address, the
+protocol identification number and, for some devices, the drive's
+chain ID.  While your system is booting, a number of messages are
+displayed on the console.  Like all such messages, they can be
+reviewed with the 'dmesg' command.  Among those messages will be
+some lines like:
+
+       paride: bpck registered as protocol 0
+       paride: epat registered as protocol 1
+
+The numbers will always be the same until you build a new kernel with
+different protocol selections.  You should note these numbers as you
+will need them to identify the devices.
+
+If you happen to be using a MicroSolutions backpack device, you will
+also need to know the unit ID number for each drive.  This is usually
+the last two digits of the drive's serial number (but read MicroSolutions'
+documentation about this).
+
+As an example, let's assume that you have a MicroSolutions PD/CD drive
+with unit ID number 36 connected to the parallel port at 0x378, a SyQuest 
+EZ-135 connected to the chained port on the PD/CD drive and also an 
+Imation Superdisk connected to port 0x278.  You could give the following 
+options on your boot command:
+
+       pd.drive0=0x378,1 pf.drive0=0x278,1 pf.drive1=0x378,0,36
+
+In the last option, pf.drive1 configures device /dev/pf1, the 0x378
+is the parallel port base address, the 0 is the protocol registration
+number and 36 is the chain ID.
+
+Please note:  while PARIDE will work both with and without the 
+PARPORT parallel port sharing system that is included by the
+"Parallel port support" option, PARPORT must be included and enabled
+if you want to use chains of devices on the same parallel port.
+
+2.2  Loading and configuring PARIDE as modules
+
+It is much faster and simpler to get to understand the PARIDE drivers
+if you use them as loadable kernel modules.   
+
+Note 1:  using these drivers with the "kerneld" automatic module loading
+system is not recommended for beginners, and is not documented here.  
+
+Note 2:  if you build PARPORT support as a loadable module, PARIDE must
+also be built as loadable modules, and PARPORT must be loaded before the
+PARIDE modules.
+
+To use PARIDE, you must begin by 
+
+       insmod paride
+
+this loads a base module which provides a registry for the protocols,
+among other tasks.
+
+Then, load as many of the protocol modules as you think you might need.
+As you load each module, it will register the protocols that it supports,
+and print a log message to your kernel log file and your console. For 
+example:
+
+       # insmod epat
+       paride: epat registered as protocol 0
+       # insmod kbic
+       paride: k951 registered as protocol 1
+        paride: k971 registered as protocol 2
+
+Finally, you can load high-level drivers for each kind of device that
+you have connected.  By default, each driver will autoprobe for a single 
+device, but you can support up to four similar devices by giving their
+individual co-ordinates when you load the driver.
+
+For example, if you had two no-name CD-ROM drives both using the
+KingByte KBIC-951A adapter, one on port 0x378 and the other on 0x3bc
+you could give the following command:
+
+       # insmod pcd drive0=0x378,1 drive1=0x3bc,1
+
+For most adapters, giving a port address and protocol number is sufficient,
+but check the source files in linux/drivers/block/paride for more 
+information.  (Hopefully someone will write some man pages one day !).
+
+As another example, here's what happens when PARPORT is installed, and
+a SyQuest EZ-135 is attached to port 0x378:
+
+       # insmod paride
+       paride: version 1.0 installed
+       # insmod epat
+       paride: epat registered as protocol 0
+       # insmod pd
+       pd: pd version 1.0, major 45, cluster 64, nice 0
+       pda: Sharing parport1 at 0x378
+       pda: epat 1.0, Shuttle EPAT chip c3 at 0x378, mode 5 (EPP-32), delay 1
+       pda: SyQuest EZ135A, 262144 blocks [128M], (512/16/32), removable media
+        pda: pda1
+
+Note that the last line is the output from the generic partition table
+scanner - in this case it reports that it has found a disk with one partition.
+
+2.3  Using a PARIDE device
+
+Once the drivers have been loaded, you can access PARIDE devices in the
+same way as their traditional counterparts.  You will probably need to
+create the device "special files".  Here is a simple script that you can
+cut to a file and execute:
+
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# mkd -- a script to create the device special files for the PARIDE subsystem
+#
+function mkdev {
+  mknod $1 $2 $3 $4 ; chmod 0660 $1 ; chown root:disk $1
+}
+#
+function pd {
+  D=$( printf \\$( printf "x%03x" $[ $1 + 97 ] ) )
+  mkdev pd$D b 45 $[ $1 * 16 ]
+  for P in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
+  do mkdev pd$D$P b 45 $[ $1 * 16 + $P ]
+  done
+}
+#
+cd /dev
+#
+for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do pd $u ; done
+for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pcd$u b 46 $u ; done 
+for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pf$u  b 47 $u ; done 
+for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pt$u  c 96 $u ; done 
+for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev npt$u c 96 $[ $u + 128 ] ; done 
+for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pg$u  c 97 $u ; done 
+#
+# end of mkd
+
+With the device files and drivers in place, you can access PARIDE devices
+like any other Linux device.   For example, to mount a CD-ROM in pcd0, use:
+
+       mount /dev/pcd0 /cdrom
+
+If you have a fresh Avatar Shark cartridge, and the drive is pda, you
+might do something like:
+
+       fdisk /dev/pda          -- make a new partition table with
+                                  partition 1 of type 83
+
+       mke2fs /dev/pda1        -- to build the file system
+
+       mkdir /shark            -- make a place to mount the disk
+
+       mount /dev/pda1 /shark
+
+Devices like the Imation superdisk work in the same way, except that
+they do not have a partition table.  For example to make a 120MB
+floppy that you could share with a DOS system:
+
+       mkdosfs /dev/pf0
+       mount /dev/pf0 /mnt
+
+
+2.4  The pf driver
+
+The pf driver is intended for use with parallel port ATAPI disk
+devices.  The most common devices in this category are PD drives
+and LS-120 drives.  Traditionally, media for these devices are not
+partitioned.  Consequently, the pf driver does not support partitioned
+media.  This may be changed in a future version of the driver. 
+
+2.5  Using the pt driver
+
+The pt driver for parallel port ATAPI tape drives is a minimal driver.
+It does not yet support many of the standard tape ioctl operations. 
+For best performance, a block size of 32KB should be used.  You will
+probably want to set the parallel port delay to 0, if you can.
+
+2.6  Using the pg driver
+
+The pg driver can be used in conjunction with the cdrecord program
+to create CD-ROMs.  Please get cdrecord version 1.6.1 or later
+from ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/ .  To record CD-R media 
+your parallel port should ideally be set to EPP mode, and the "port delay" 
+should be set to 0.  With those settings it is possible to record at 2x 
+speed without any buffer underruns.  If you cannot get the driver to work
+in EPP mode, try to use "bidirectional" or "PS/2" mode and 1x speeds only.
+
+
+3. Troubleshooting
+
+3.1  Use EPP mode if you can
+
+The most common problems that people report with the PARIDE drivers
+concern the parallel port CMOS settings.  At this time, none of the
+PARIDE protocol modules support ECP mode, or any ECP combination modes.
+If you are able to do so, please set your parallel port into EPP mode
+using your CMOS setup procedure.
+
+3.2  Check the port delay
+
+Some parallel ports cannot reliably transfer data at full speed.  To
+offset the errors, the PARIDE protocol modules introduce a "port
+delay" between each access to the i/o ports.  Each protocol sets
+a default value for this delay.  In most cases, the user can override
+the default and set it to 0 - resulting in somewhat higher transfer
+rates.  In some rare cases (especially with older 486 systems) the
+default delays are not long enough.  if you experience corrupt data
+transfers, or unexpected failures, you may wish to increase the
+port delay.   The delay can be programmed using the "driveN" parameters
+to each of the high-level drivers.  Please see the notes above, or
+read the comments at the beginning of the driver source files in
+linux/drivers/block/paride.
+
+3.3  Some drives need a printer reset
+
+There appear to be a number of "noname" external drives on the market
+that do not always power up correctly.  We have noticed this with some
+drives based on OnSpec and older Freecom adapters.  In these rare cases,
+the adapter can often be reinitialised by issuing a "printer reset" on
+the parallel port.  As the reset operation is potentially disruptive in 
+multiple device environments, the PARIDE drivers will not do it 
+automatically.  You can however, force a printer reset by doing:
+
+       insmod lp reset=1
+       rmmod lp
+
+If you have one of these marginal cases, you should probably build
+your paride drivers as modules, and arrange to do the printer reset
+before loading the PARIDE drivers. 
+
+3.4  Use the verbose option and dmesg if you need help
+
+While a lot of testing has gone into these drivers to make them work
+as smoothly as possible, problems will arise.  If you do have problems,
+please check all the obvious things first:  does the drive work in
+DOS with the manufacturer's drivers ?  If that doesn't yield any useful
+clues, then please make sure that only one drive is hooked to your system,
+and that either (a) PARPORT is enabled or (b) no other device driver
+is using your parallel port (check in /proc/ioports).  Then, load the
+appropriate drivers (you can load several protocol modules if you want)
+as in:
+
+       # insmod paride
+       # insmod epat
+       # insmod bpck
+       # insmod kbic
+       ...
+       # insmod pd verbose=1
+
+(using the correct driver for the type of device you have, of course).
+The verbose=1 parameter will cause the drivers to log a trace of their
+activity as they attempt to locate your drive.
+
+Use 'dmesg' to capture a log of all the PARIDE messages (any messages
+beginning with paride:, a protocol module's name or a driver's name) and
+include that with your bug report.  You can submit a bug report in one
+of two ways.  Either send it directly to the author of the PARIDE suite,
+by e-mail to grant@torque.net, or join the linux-parport mailing list
+and post your report there.
+
+3.5  For more information or help
+
+You can join the linux-parport mailing list by sending a mail message
+to 
+               linux-parport-request@torque.net
+
+with the single word 
+
+               subscribe
+
+in the body of the mail message (not in the subject line).   Please be
+sure that your mail program is correctly set up when you do this,  as
+the list manager is a robot that will subscribe you using the reply
+address in your mail headers.  REMOVE any anti-spam gimmicks you may
+have in your mail headers, when sending mail to the list server.
+
+You might also find some useful information on the linux-parport
+web pages (although they are not always up to date) at
+
+       http://www.torque.net/parport/
+
+

diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6c820ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+Using the RAM disk block device with Linux
+------------------------------------------
+
+Contents:
+
+       1) Overview
+       2) Kernel Command Line Parameters
+       3) Using "rdev -r"
+       4) An Example of Creating a Compressed RAM Disk
+
+
+1) Overview
+-----------
+
+The RAM disk driver is a way to use main system memory as a block device.  It
+is required for initrd, an initial filesystem used if you need to load modules
+in order to access the root filesystem (see Documentation/initrd.txt).  It can
+also be used for a temporary filesystem for crypto work, since the contents
+are erased on reboot.
+
+The RAM disk dynamically grows as more space is required. It does this by using
+RAM from the buffer cache. The driver marks the buffers it is using as dirty
+so that the VM subsystem does not try to reclaim them later.
+
+The RAM disk supports up to 16 RAM disks by default, and can be reconfigured
+to support an unlimited number of RAM disks (at your own risk).  Just change
+the configuration symbol BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT in the Block drivers config menu
+and (re)build the kernel.
+
+To use RAM disk support with your system, run './MAKEDEV ram' from the /dev
+directory.  RAM disks are all major number 1, and start with minor number 0
+for /dev/ram0, etc.  If used, modern kernels use /dev/ram0 for an initrd.
+
+The new RAM disk also has the ability to load compressed RAM disk images,
+allowing one to squeeze more programs onto an average installation or
+rescue floppy disk.
+
+
+2) Kernel Command Line Parameters
+---------------------------------
+
+       ramdisk_size=N
+       ==============
+
+This parameter tells the RAM disk driver to set up RAM disks of N k size.  The
+default is 4096 (4 MB) (8192 (8 MB) on S390).
+
+       ramdisk_blocksize=N
+       ===================
+
+This parameter tells the RAM disk driver how many bytes to use per block.  The
+default is 1024 (BLOCK_SIZE).
+
+
+3) Using "rdev -r"
+------------------
+
+The usage of the word (two bytes) that "rdev -r" sets in the kernel image is
+as follows. The low 11 bits (0 -> 10) specify an offset (in 1 k blocks) of up
+to 2 MB (2^11) of where to find the RAM disk (this used to be the size). Bit
+14 indicates that a RAM disk is to be loaded, and bit 15 indicates whether a
+prompt/wait sequence is to be given before trying to read the RAM disk. Since
+the RAM disk dynamically grows as data is being written into it, a size field
+is not required. Bits 11 to 13 are not currently used and may as well be zero.
+These numbers are no magical secrets, as seen below:
+
+./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_IMAGE_START_MASK     0x07FF
+./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_PROMPT_FLAG          0x8000
+./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_LOAD_FLAG            0x4000
+
+Consider a typical two floppy disk setup, where you will have the
+kernel on disk one, and have already put a RAM disk image onto disk #2.
+
+Hence you want to set bits 0 to 13 as 0, meaning that your RAM disk
+starts at an offset of 0 kB from the beginning of the floppy.
+The command line equivalent is: "ramdisk_start=0"
+
+You want bit 14 as one, indicating that a RAM disk is to be loaded.
+The command line equivalent is: "load_ramdisk=1"
+
+You want bit 15 as one, indicating that you want a prompt/keypress
+sequence so that you have a chance to switch floppy disks.
+The command line equivalent is: "prompt_ramdisk=1"
+
+Putting that together gives 2^15 + 2^14 + 0 = 49152 for an rdev word.
+So to create disk one of the set, you would do:
+
+       /usr/src/linux# cat arch/i386/boot/zImage > /dev/fd0
+       /usr/src/linux# rdev /dev/fd0 /dev/fd0
+       /usr/src/linux# rdev -r /dev/fd0 49152
+
+If you make a boot disk that has LILO, then for the above, you would use:
+       append = "ramdisk_start=0 load_ramdisk=1 prompt_ramdisk=1"
+Since the default start = 0 and the default prompt = 1, you could use:
+       append = "load_ramdisk=1"
+
+
+4) An Example of Creating a Compressed RAM Disk
+----------------------------------------------
+
+To create a RAM disk image, you will need a spare block device to
+construct it on. This can be the RAM disk device itself, or an
+unused disk partition (such as an unmounted swap partition). For this
+example, we will use the RAM disk device, "/dev/ram0".
+
+Note: This technique should not be done on a machine with less than 8 MB
+of RAM. If using a spare disk partition instead of /dev/ram0, then this
+restriction does not apply.
+
+a) Decide on the RAM disk size that you want. Say 2 MB for this example.
+   Create it by writing to the RAM disk device. (This step is not currently
+   required, but may be in the future.) It is wise to zero out the
+   area (esp. for disks) so that maximal compression is achieved for
+   the unused blocks of the image that you are about to create.
+
+       dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/ram0 bs=1k count=2048
+
+b) Make a filesystem on it. Say ext2fs for this example.
+
+       mke2fs -vm0 /dev/ram0 2048
+
+c) Mount it, copy the files you want to it (eg: /etc/* /dev/* ...)
+   and unmount it again.
+
+d) Compress the contents of the RAM disk. The level of compression
+   will be approximately 50% of the space used by the files. Unused
+   space on the RAM disk will compress to almost nothing.
+
+       dd if=/dev/ram0 bs=1k count=2048 | gzip -v9 > /tmp/ram_image.gz
+
+e) Put the kernel onto the floppy
+
+       dd if=zImage of=/dev/fd0 bs=1k
+
+f) Put the RAM disk image onto the floppy, after the kernel. Use an offset
+   that is slightly larger than the kernel, so that you can put another
+   (possibly larger) kernel onto the same floppy later without overlapping
+   the RAM disk image. An offset of 400 kB for kernels about 350 kB in
+   size would be reasonable. Make sure offset+size of ram_image.gz is
+   not larger than the total space on your floppy (usually 1440 kB).
+
+       dd if=/tmp/ram_image.gz of=/dev/fd0 bs=1k seek=400
+
+g) Use "rdev" to set the boot device, RAM disk offset, prompt flag, etc.
+   For prompt_ramdisk=1, load_ramdisk=1, ramdisk_start=400, one would
+   have 2^15 + 2^14 + 400 = 49552.
+
+       rdev /dev/fd0 /dev/fd0
+       rdev -r /dev/fd0 49552
+
+That is it. You now have your boot/root compressed RAM disk floppy. Some
+users may wish to combine steps (d) and (f) by using a pipe.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+                                               Paul Gortmaker 12/95
+
+Changelog:
+----------
+
+10-22-04 :     Updated to reflect changes in command line options, remove
+               obsolete references, general cleanup.
+               James Nelson (james4765@gmail.com)
+
+
+12-95 :                Original Document

diff --git a/Documentation/cciss.txt b/Documentation/cciss.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 89698e8..0000000
--- a/Documentation/cciss.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-This driver is for Compaq's SMART Array Controllers.
-
-Supported Cards:
-----------------
-
-This driver is known to work with the following cards:
-
-       * SA 5300
-       * SA 5i 
-       * SA 532
-       * SA 5312
-       * SA 641
-       * SA 642
-       * SA 6400
-       * SA 6400 U320 Expansion Module
-       * SA 6i
-       * SA P600
-       * SA P800
-       * SA E400
-       * SA P400i
-       * SA E200
-       * SA E200i
-       * SA E500
-       * SA P700m
-       * SA P212
-       * SA P410
-       * SA P410i
-       * SA P411
-       * SA P812
-       * SA P712m
-       * SA P711m
-
-Detecting drive failures:
--------------------------
-
-To get the status of logical volumes and to detect physical drive
-failures, you can use the cciss_vol_status program found here:
-http://cciss.sourceforge.net/#cciss_utils
-
-Device Naming:
---------------
-
-If nodes are not already created in the /dev/cciss directory, run as root:
-
-# cd /dev
-# ./MAKEDEV cciss
-
-You need some entries in /dev for the cciss device.  The MAKEDEV script
-can make device nodes for you automatically.  Currently the device setup
-is as follows:
-
-Major numbers:
-       104     cciss0  
-       105     cciss1  
-       106     cciss2
-       105     cciss3
-       108     cciss4
-       109     cciss5
-       110     cciss6
-       111     cciss7
-
-Minor numbers:
-        b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
-        |----+----| |----+----|
-             |           |
-             |           +-------- Partition ID (0=wholedev, 1-15 partition)
-             |
-             +-------------------- Logical Volume number
-
-The device naming scheme is:
-/dev/cciss/c0d0                        Controller 0, disk 0, whole device
-/dev/cciss/c0d0p1              Controller 0, disk 0, partition 1
-/dev/cciss/c0d0p2              Controller 0, disk 0, partition 2
-/dev/cciss/c0d0p3              Controller 0, disk 0, partition 3
-
-/dev/cciss/c1d1                        Controller 1, disk 1, whole device
-/dev/cciss/c1d1p1              Controller 1, disk 1, partition 1
-/dev/cciss/c1d1p2              Controller 1, disk 1, partition 2
-/dev/cciss/c1d1p3              Controller 1, disk 1, partition 3
-
-SCSI tape drive and medium changer support
-------------------------------------------
-
-SCSI sequential access devices and medium changer devices are supported and 
-appropriate device nodes are automatically created.  (e.g.  
-/dev/st0, /dev/st1, etc.  See the "st" man page for more details.) 
-You must enable "SCSI tape drive support for Smart Array 5xxx" and 
-"SCSI support" in your kernel configuration to be able to use SCSI
-tape drives with your Smart Array 5xxx controller.
-
-Additionally, note that the driver will not engage the SCSI core at init 
-time.  The driver must be directed to dynamically engage the SCSI core via 
-the /proc filesystem entry which the "block" side of the driver creates as 
-/proc/driver/cciss/cciss* at runtime.  This is because at driver init time, 
-the SCSI core may not yet be initialized (because the driver is a block 
-driver) and attempting to register it with the SCSI core in such a case 
-would cause a hang.  This is best done via an initialization script 
-(typically in /etc/init.d, but could vary depending on distribution). 
-For example:
-
-       for x in /proc/driver/cciss/cciss[0-9]*
-       do
-               echo "engage scsi" > $x
-       done
-
-Once the SCSI core is engaged by the driver, it cannot be disengaged 
-(except by unloading the driver, if it happens to be linked as a module.)
-
-Note also that if no sequential access devices or medium changers are
-detected, the SCSI core will not be engaged by the action of the above
-script.
-
-Hot plug support for SCSI tape drives
--------------------------------------
-
-Hot plugging of SCSI tape drives is supported, with some caveats.
-The cciss driver must be informed that changes to the SCSI bus
-have been made.  This may be done via the /proc filesystem.
-For example:
-
-       echo "rescan" > /proc/scsi/cciss0/1
-
-This causes the driver to query the adapter about changes to the
-physical SCSI buses and/or fibre channel arbitrated loop and the
-driver to make note of any new or removed sequential access devices
-or medium changers.  The driver will output messages indicating what 
-devices have been added or removed and the controller, bus, target and 
-lun used to address the device.  It then notifies the SCSI mid layer
-of these changes.
-
-Note that the naming convention of the /proc filesystem entries 
-contains a number in addition to the driver name.  (E.g. "cciss0" 
-instead of just "cciss" which you might expect.)
-
-Note: ONLY sequential access devices and medium changers are presented 
-as SCSI devices to the SCSI mid layer by the cciss driver.  Specifically, 
-physical SCSI disk drives are NOT presented to the SCSI mid layer.  The 
-physical SCSI disk drives are controlled directly by the array controller 
-hardware and it is important to prevent the kernel from attempting to directly
-access these devices too, as if the array controller were merely a SCSI 
-controller in the same way that we are allowing it to access SCSI tape drives.
-
-SCSI error handling for tape drives and medium changers
--------------------------------------------------------
-
-The linux SCSI mid layer provides an error handling protocol which
-kicks into gear whenever a SCSI command fails to complete within a
-certain amount of time (which can vary depending on the command).
-The cciss driver participates in this protocol to some extent.  The
-normal protocol is a four step process.  First the device is told
-to abort the command.  If that doesn't work, the device is reset.
-If that doesn't work, the SCSI bus is reset.  If that doesn't work
-the host bus adapter is reset.  Because the cciss driver is a block
-driver as well as a SCSI driver and only the tape drives and medium
-changers are presented to the SCSI mid layer, and unlike more 
-straightforward SCSI drivers, disk i/o continues through the block
-side during the SCSI error recovery process, the cciss driver only
-implements the first two of these actions, aborting the command, and
-resetting the device.  Additionally, most tape drives will not oblige 
-in aborting commands, and sometimes it appears they will not even 
-obey a reset command, though in most circumstances they will.  In
-the case that the command cannot be aborted and the device cannot be 
-reset, the device will be set offline.
-
-In the event the error handling code is triggered and a tape drive is
-successfully reset or the tardy command is successfully aborted, the 
-tape drive may still not allow i/o to continue until some command
-is issued which positions the tape to a known position.  Typically you
-must rewind the tape (by issuing "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind" for example)
-before i/o can proceed again to a tape drive which was reset.
-

diff --git a/Documentation/computone.txt b/Documentation/computone.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 5e2a0c7..0000000
--- a/Documentation/computone.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,522 +0,0 @@
-NOTE: This is an unmaintained driver.  It is not guaranteed to work due to
-changes made in the tty layer in 2.6.  If you wish to take over maintenance of
-this driver, contact Michael Warfield <mhw@wittsend.com>.
-
-Changelog:
-----------
-11-01-2001:    Original Document
-
-10-29-2004:    Minor misspelling & format fix, update status of driver.
-               James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com>
-
-Computone Intelliport II/Plus Multiport Serial Driver
------------------------------------------------------
-
-Release Notes For Linux Kernel 2.2 and higher.
-These notes are for the drivers which have already been integrated into the
-kernel and have been tested on Linux kernels 2.0, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4.
-
-Version: 1.2.14
-Date: 11/01/2001
-Historical Author: Andrew Manison <amanison@america.net>
-Primary Author: Doug McNash
-Support: support@computone.com
-Fixes and Updates: Mike Warfield <mhw@wittsend.com>
-
-This file assumes that you are using the Computone drivers which are
-integrated into the kernel sources.  For updating the drivers or installing
-drivers into kernels which do not already have Computone drivers, please
-refer to the instructions in the README.computone file in the driver patch.
-
-
-1. INTRODUCTION
-
-This driver supports the entire family of Intelliport II/Plus controllers
-with the exception of the MicroChannel controllers.  It does not support
-products previous to the Intelliport II.
-
-This driver was developed on the v2.0.x Linux tree and has been tested up
-to v2.4.14; it will probably not work with earlier v1.X kernels,.
-
-
-2. QUICK INSTALLATION
-
-Hardware - If you have an ISA card, find a free interrupt and io port. 
-                  List those in use with `cat /proc/interrupts` and 
-                  `cat /proc/ioports`.  Set the card dip switches to a free 
-                  address.  You may need to configure your BIOS to reserve an
-                  irq for an ISA card.  PCI and EISA parameters are set
-                  automagically.  Insert card into computer with the power off 
-                  before or after drivers installation.
-
-       Note the hardware address from the Computone ISA cards installed into
-               the system.  These are required for editing ip2.c or editing
-               /etc/modprobe.conf, or for specification on the modprobe
-               command line.
-
-       Note that the /etc/modules.conf should be used for older (pre-2.6)
-               kernels.
-
-Software -
-
-Module installation:
-
-a) Determine free irq/address to use if any (configure BIOS if need be)
-b) Run "make config" or "make menuconfig" or "make xconfig"
-   Select (m) module for CONFIG_COMPUTONE under character
-   devices.  CONFIG_PCI and CONFIG_MODULES also may need to be set.
-c) Set address on ISA cards then:
-   edit /usr/src/linux/drivers/char/ip2.c if needed 
-       or
-   edit /etc/modprobe.conf if needed (module).
-       or both to match this setting.
-d) Run "make modules"
-e) Run "make modules_install"
-f) Run "/sbin/depmod -a"
-g) install driver using `modprobe ip2 <options>` (options listed below)
-h) run ip2mkdev (either the script below or the binary version)
-
-
-Kernel installation:
-
-a) Determine free irq/address to use if any (configure BIOS if need be)
-b) Run "make config" or "make menuconfig" or "make xconfig"
-   Select (y) kernel for CONFIG_COMPUTONE under character
-   devices.  CONFIG_PCI may need to be set if you have PCI bus.
-c) Set address on ISA cards then:
-          edit /usr/src/linux/drivers/char/ip2.c  
-           (Optional - may be specified on kernel command line now)
-d) Run "make zImage" or whatever target you prefer.
-e) mv /usr/src/linux/arch/i386/boot/zImage to /boot.
-f) Add new config for this kernel into /etc/lilo.conf, run "lilo"
-       or copy to a floppy disk and boot from that floppy disk.
-g) Reboot using this kernel
-h) run ip2mkdev (either the script below or the binary version)
-
-Kernel command line options:
-
-When compiling the driver into the kernel, io and irq may be
-compiled into the driver by editing ip2.c and setting the values for
-io and irq in the appropriate array.  An alternative is to specify
-a command line parameter to the kernel at boot up.
-
-        ip2=io0,irq0,io1,irq1,io2,irq2,io3,irq3
-
-Note that this order is very different from the specifications for the
-modload parameters which have separate IRQ and IO specifiers.
-
-The io port also selects PCI (1) and EISA (2) boards.
-
-        io=0    No board
-        io=1    PCI board
-        io=2    EISA board
-        else    ISA board io address
-
-You only need to specify the boards which are present.
-
-        Examples:
-
-                2 PCI boards:
-
-                        ip2=1,0,1,0
-
-                1 ISA board at 0x310 irq 5:
-
-                        ip2=0x310,5
-
-This can be added to and "append" option in lilo.conf similar to this:
-
-        append="ip2=1,0,1,0"
-
-
-3. INSTALLATION
-
-Previously, the driver sources were packaged with a set of patch files
-to update the character drivers' makefile and configuration file, and other 
-kernel source files. A build script (ip2build) was included which applies 
-the patches if needed, and build any utilities needed.
-What you receive may be a single patch file in conventional kernel
-patch format build script. That form can also be applied by
-running patch -p1 < ThePatchFile.  Otherwise run ip2build.
- 
-The driver can be installed as a module (recommended) or built into the 
-kernel. This is selected as for other drivers through the `make config`
-command from the root of the Linux source tree. If the driver is built 
-into the kernel you will need to edit the file ip2.c to match the boards 
-you are installing. See that file for instructions. If the driver is 
-installed as a module the configuration can also be specified on the
-modprobe command line as follows:
-
-       modprobe ip2 irq=irq1,irq2,irq3,irq4 io=addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4
-
-where irqnum is one of the valid Intelliport II interrupts (3,4,5,7,10,11,
-12,15) and addr1-4 are the base addresses for up to four controllers. If 
-the irqs are not specified the driver uses the default in ip2.c (which 
-selects polled mode). If no base addresses are specified the defaults in 
-ip2.c are used. If you are autoloading the driver module with kerneld or
-kmod the base addresses and interrupt number must also be set in ip2.c
-and recompile or just insert and options line in /etc/modprobe.conf or both.
-The options line is equivalent to the command line and takes precedence over
-what is in ip2.c. 
-
-/etc/modprobe.conf sample:
-       options ip2 io=1,0x328 irq=1,10
-       alias char-major-71 ip2
-       alias char-major-72 ip2
-       alias char-major-73 ip2
-
-The equivalent in ip2.c:
-
-static int io[IP2_MAX_BOARDS]= { 1, 0x328, 0, 0 };
-static int irq[IP2_MAX_BOARDS] = { 1, 10, -1, -1 }; 
-
-The equivalent for the kernel command line (in lilo.conf):
-
-        append="ip2=1,1,0x328,10"
-
-
-Note:  Both io and irq should be updated to reflect YOUR system.  An "io"
-       address of 1 or 2 indicates a PCI or EISA card in the board table.
-       The PCI or EISA irq will be assigned automatically.
-
-Specifying an invalid or in-use irq will default the driver into
-running in polled mode for that card.  If all irq entries are 0 then
-all cards will operate in polled mode.
-
-If you select the driver as part of the kernel run :
-
-       make zlilo (or whatever you do to create a bootable kernel)
-
-If you selected a module run :
-
-       make modules && make modules_install
-
-The utility ip2mkdev (see 5 and 7 below) creates all the device nodes
-required by the driver.  For a device to be created it must be configured
-in the driver and the board must be installed. Only devices corresponding
-to real IntelliPort II ports are created. With multiple boards and expansion
-boxes this will leave gaps in the sequence of device names. ip2mkdev uses
-Linux tty naming conventions: ttyF0 - ttyF255 for normal devices, and
-cuf0 - cuf255 for callout devices.
-
-
-4. USING THE DRIVERS
-
-As noted above, the driver implements the ports in accordance with Linux
-conventions, and the devices should be interchangeable with the standard
-serial devices. (This is a key point for problem reporting: please make
-sure that what you are trying do works on the ttySx/cuax ports first; then 
-tell us what went wrong with the ip2 ports!)
-
-Higher speeds can be obtained using the setserial utility which remaps 
-38,400 bps (extb) to 57,600 bps, 115,200 bps, or a custom speed. 
-Intelliport II installations using the PowerPort expansion module can
-use the custom speed setting to select the highest speeds: 153,600 bps,
-230,400 bps, 307,200 bps, 460,800bps and 921,600 bps. The base for
-custom baud rate configuration is fixed at 921,600 for cards/expansion
-modules with ST654's and 115200 for those with Cirrus CD1400's.  This
-corresponds to the maximum bit rates those chips are capable.  
-For example if the baud base is 921600 and the baud divisor is 18 then
-the custom rate is 921600/18 = 51200 bps.  See the setserial man page for
-complete details. Of course if stty accepts the higher rates now you can
-use that as well as the standard ioctls().
-
-
-5. ip2mkdev and assorted utilities...
-
-Several utilities, including the source for a binary ip2mkdev utility are
-available under .../drivers/char/ip2.  These can be build by changing to
-that directory and typing "make" after the kernel has be built.  If you do
-not wish to compile the binary utilities, the shell script below can be
-cut out and run as "ip2mkdev" to create the necessary device files.  To
-use the ip2mkdev script, you must have procfs enabled and the proc file
-system mounted on /proc.
-
-
-6. NOTES
-
-This is a release version of the driver, but it is impossible to test it
-in all configurations of Linux. If there is any anomalous behaviour that 
-does not match the standard serial port's behaviour please let us know.
-
-
-7. ip2mkdev shell script
-
-Previously, this script was simply attached here.  It is now attached as a
-shar archive to make it easier to extract the script from the documentation.
-To create the ip2mkdev shell script change to a convenient directory (/tmp
-works just fine) and run the following command:
-
-       unshar Documentation/computone.txt
-               (This file)
-
-You should now have a file ip2mkdev in your current working directory with
-permissions set to execute.  Running that script with then create the
-necessary devices for the Computone boards, interfaces, and ports which
-are present on you system at the time it is run.
-
-
-#!/bin/sh
-# This is a shell archive (produced by GNU sharutils 4.2.1).
-# To extract the files from this archive, save it to some FILE, remove
-# everything before the `!/bin/sh' line above, then type `sh FILE'.
-#
-# Made on 2001-10-29 10:32 EST by <mhw@alcove.wittsend.com>.
-# Source directory was `/home2/src/tmp'.
-#
-# Existing files will *not* be overwritten unless `-c' is specified.
-#
-# This shar contains:
-# length mode       name
-# ------ ---------- ------------------------------------------
-#   4251 -rwxr-xr-x ip2mkdev
-#
-save_IFS="${IFS}"
-IFS="${IFS}:"
-gettext_dir=FAILED
-locale_dir=FAILED
-first_param="$1"
-for dir in $PATH
-do
-  if test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/gettext \
-     && ($dir/gettext --version >/dev/null 2>&1)
-  then
-    set `$dir/gettext --version 2>&1`
-    if test "$3" = GNU
-    then
-      gettext_dir=$dir
-    fi
-  fi
-  if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/shar \
-     && ($dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir >/dev/null 2>&1)
-  then
-    locale_dir=`$dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir`
-  fi
-done
-IFS="$save_IFS"
-if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED || test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED
-then
-  echo=echo
-else
-  TEXTDOMAINDIR=$locale_dir
-  export TEXTDOMAINDIR
-  TEXTDOMAIN=sharutils
-  export TEXTDOMAIN
-  echo="$gettext_dir/gettext -s"
-fi
-if touch -am -t 200112312359.59 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 200112312359.59 -a -f $$.touch; then
-  shar_touch='touch -am -t $1$2$3$4$5$6.$7 "$8"'
-elif touch -am 123123592001.59 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 123123592001.59 -a ! -f 123123592001.5 -a -f $$.touch; then
-  shar_touch='touch -am $3$4$5$6$1$2.$7 "$8"'
-elif touch -am 1231235901 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 1231235901 -a -f $$.touch; then
-  shar_touch='touch -am $3$4$5$6$2 "$8"'
-else
-  shar_touch=:
-  echo
-  $echo 'WARNING: not restoring timestamps.  Consider getting and'
-  $echo "installing GNU \`touch', distributed in GNU File Utilities..."
-  echo
-fi
-rm -f 200112312359.59 123123592001.59 123123592001.5 1231235901 $$.touch
-#
-if mkdir _sh17581; then
-  $echo 'x -' 'creating lock directory'
-else
-  $echo 'failed to create lock directory'
-  exit 1
-fi
-# ============= ip2mkdev ==============
-if test -f 'ip2mkdev' && test "$first_param" != -c; then
-  $echo 'x -' SKIPPING 'ip2mkdev' '(file already exists)'
-else
-  $echo 'x -' extracting 'ip2mkdev' '(text)'
-  sed 's/^X//' << 'SHAR_EOF' > 'ip2mkdev' &&
-#!/bin/sh -
-#
-#      ip2mkdev
-#
-#      Make or remove devices as needed for Computone Intelliport drivers
-#
-#      First rule!  If the dev file exists and you need it, don't mess
-#      with it.  That prevents us from screwing up open ttys, ownership
-#      and permissions on a running system!
-#
-#      This script will NOT remove devices that no longer exist if their
-#      board or interface box has been removed.  If you want to get rid
-#      of them, you can manually do an "rm -f /dev/ttyF* /dev/cuaf*"
-#      before running this script.  Running this script will then recreate
-#      all the valid devices.
-#
-#      Michael H. Warfield
-#      /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/
-#      mhw@wittsend.com
-#
-#      Updated 10/29/2000 for version 1.2.13 naming convention
-#              under devfs.    /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/
-#
-#      Updated 03/09/2000 for devfs support in ip2 drivers. /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/
-#
-X
-if test -d /dev/ip2 ; then
-#      This is devfs mode...  We don't do anything except create symlinks
-#      from the real devices to the old names!
-X      cd /dev
-X      echo "Creating symbolic links to devfs devices"
-X      for i in `ls ip2` ; do
-X              if test ! -L ip2$i ; then
-X                      # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device)
-X                      rm -f ip2$i
-X                      ln -s ip2/$i ip2$i
-X              fi
-X      done
-X      for i in `( cd tts ; ls F* )` ; do
-X              if test ! -L tty$i ; then
-X                      # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device)
-X                      rm -f tty$i
-X                      ln -s tts/$i tty$i
-X              fi
-X      done
-X      for i in `( cd cua ; ls F* )` ; do
-X              DEVNUMBER=`expr $i : 'F\(.*\)'`
-X              if test ! -L cuf$DEVNUMBER ; then
-X                      # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device)
-X                      rm -f cuf$DEVNUMBER
-X                      ln -s cua/$i cuf$DEVNUMBER
-X              fi
-X      done
-X      exit 0
-fi
-X
-if test ! -f /proc/tty/drivers
-then
-X      echo "\
-Unable to check driver status.
-Make sure proc file system is mounted."
-X
-X      exit 255
-fi
-X
-if test ! -f /proc/tty/driver/ip2
-then
-X      echo "\
-Unable to locate ip2 proc file.
-Attempting to load driver"
-X
-X      if /sbin/insmod ip2
-X      then
-X              if test ! -f /proc/tty/driver/ip2
-X              then
-X                      echo "\
-Unable to locate ip2 proc file after loading driver.
-Driver initialization failure or driver version error.
-"
-X              exit 255
-X              fi
-X      else
-X              echo "Unable to load ip2 driver."
-X              exit 255
-X      fi
-fi
-X
-# Ok...  So we got the driver loaded and we can locate the procfs files.
-# Next we need our major numbers.
-X
-TTYMAJOR=`sed -e '/^ip2/!d' -e '/\/dev\/tt/!d' -e 's/.*tt[^    ]*[     ]*\([0-9]*\)[   ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/drivers`
-CUAMAJOR=`sed -e '/^ip2/!d' -e '/\/dev\/cu/!d' -e 's/.*cu[^    ]*[     ]*\([0-9]*\)[   ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/drivers`
-BRDMAJOR=`sed -e '/^Driver: /!d' -e 's/.*IMajor=\([0-9]*\)[    ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/driver/ip2`
-X
-echo "\
-TTYMAJOR = $TTYMAJOR
-CUAMAJOR = $CUAMAJOR
-BRDMAJOR = $BRDMAJOR
-"
-X
-# Ok...  Now we should know our major numbers, if appropriate...
-# Now we need our boards and start the device loops.
-X
-grep '^Board [0-9]:' /proc/tty/driver/ip2 | while read token number type alltherest
-do
-X      # The test for blank "type" will catch the stats lead-in lines
-X      # if they exist in the file
-X      if test "$type" = "vacant" -o "$type" = "Vacant" -o "$type" = ""
-X      then
-X              continue
-X      fi
-X
-X      BOARDNO=`expr "$number" : '\([0-9]\):'`
-X      PORTS=`expr "$alltherest" : '.*ports=\([0-9]*\)' | tr ',' ' '`
-X      MINORS=`expr "$alltherest" : '.*minors=\([0-9,]*\)' | tr ',' ' '`
-X
-X      if test "$BOARDNO" = "" -o "$PORTS" = ""
-X      then
-#      This may be a bug.  We should at least get this much information
-X              echo "Unable to process board line"
-X              continue
-X      fi
-X
-X      if test "$MINORS" = ""
-X      then
-#      Silently skip this one.  This board seems to have no boxes
-X              continue
-X      fi
-X
-X      echo "board $BOARDNO: $type ports = $PORTS; port numbers = $MINORS"
-X
-X      if test "$BRDMAJOR" != ""
-X      then
-X              BRDMINOR=`expr $BOARDNO \* 4`
-X              STSMINOR=`expr $BRDMINOR + 1`
-X              if test ! -c /dev/ip2ipl$BOARDNO ; then
-X                      mknod /dev/ip2ipl$BOARDNO c $BRDMAJOR $BRDMINOR
-X              fi
-X              if test ! -c /dev/ip2stat$BOARDNO ; then
-X                      mknod /dev/ip2stat$BOARDNO c $BRDMAJOR $STSMINOR
-X              fi
-X      fi
-X
-X      if test "$TTYMAJOR" != ""
-X      then
-X              PORTNO=$BOARDBASE
-X
-X              for PORTNO in $MINORS
-X              do
-X                      if test ! -c /dev/ttyF$PORTNO ; then
-X                              # We got the hardware but no device - make it
-X                              mknod /dev/ttyF$PORTNO c $TTYMAJOR $PORTNO
-X                      fi      
-X              done
-X      fi
-X
-X      if test "$CUAMAJOR" != ""
-X      then
-X              PORTNO=$BOARDBASE
-X
-X              for PORTNO in $MINORS
-X              do
-X                      if test ! -c /dev/cuf$PORTNO ; then
-X                              # We got the hardware but no device - make it
-X                              mknod /dev/cuf$PORTNO c $CUAMAJOR $PORTNO
-X                      fi      
-X              done
-X      fi
-done
-X
-Xexit 0
-SHAR_EOF
-  (set 20 01 10 29 10 32 01 'ip2mkdev'; eval "$shar_touch") &&
-  chmod 0755 'ip2mkdev' ||
-  $echo 'restore of' 'ip2mkdev' 'failed'
-  if ( md5sum --help 2>&1 | grep 'sage: md5sum \[' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-  && ( md5sum --version 2>&1 | grep -v 'textutils 1.12' ) >/dev/null; then
-    md5sum -c << SHAR_EOF >/dev/null 2>&1 \
-    || $echo 'ip2mkdev:' 'MD5 check failed'
-cb5717134509f38bad9fde6b1f79b4a4  ip2mkdev
-SHAR_EOF
-  else
-    shar_count="`LC_ALL= LC_CTYPE= LANG= wc -c < 'ip2mkdev'`"
-    test 4251 -eq "$shar_count" ||
-    $echo 'ip2mkdev:' 'original size' '4251,' 'current size' "$shar_count!"
-  fi
-fi
-rm -fr _sh17581
-exit 0

diff --git a/Documentation/cpqarray.txt b/Documentation/cpqarray.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index c7154e2..0000000
--- a/Documentation/cpqarray.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-This driver is for Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers.
-
-Supported Cards:
-----------------
-
-This driver is known to work with the following cards:
-
-       * SMART (EISA)
-       * SMART-2/E (EISA)
-       * SMART-2/P
-       * SMART-2DH
-       * SMART-2SL
-       * SMART-221
-       * SMART-3100ES
-       * SMART-3200
-       * Integrated Smart Array Controller
-       * SA 4200
-       * SA 4250ES
-       * SA 431
-       * RAID LC2 Controller
-
-It should also work with some really old Disk array adapters, but I am
-unable to test against these cards:
-
-       * IDA
-       * IDA-2
-       * IAES
-
-
-EISA Controllers:
------------------
-
-If you want to use an EISA controller you'll have to supply some
-modprobe/lilo parameters.  If the driver is compiled into the kernel, must
-give it the controller's IO port address at boot time (it is not
-necessary to specify the IRQ).  For example, if you had two SMART-2/E
-controllers, in EISA slots 1 and 2 you'd give it a boot argument like
-this:
-
-       smart2=0x1000,0x2000
-
-If you were loading the driver as a module, you'd give load it like this:
-
-       modprobe cpqarray eisa=0x1000,0x2000
-
-You can use EISA and PCI adapters at the same time.
-
-
-Device Naming:
---------------
-
-You need some entries in /dev for the ida device.  MAKEDEV in the /dev
-directory can make device nodes for you automatically.  The device setup is
-as follows:
-
-Major numbers:
-       72      ida0
-       73      ida1
-       74      ida2
-       75      ida3
-       76      ida4
-       77      ida5
-       78      ida6
-       79      ida7
-
-Minor numbers:
-        b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
-        |----+----| |----+----|
-             |           |
-             |           +-------- Partition ID (0=wholedev, 1-15 partition)
-             |
-             +-------------------- Logical Volume number
-
-The device naming scheme is:
-/dev/ida/c0d0          Controller 0, disk 0, whole device
-/dev/ida/c0d0p1                Controller 0, disk 0, partition 1
-/dev/ida/c0d0p2                Controller 0, disk 0, partition 2
-/dev/ida/c0d0p3                Controller 0, disk 0, partition 3
-
-/dev/ida/c1d1          Controller 1, disk 1, whole device
-/dev/ida/c1d1p1                Controller 1, disk 1, partition 1
-/dev/ida/c1d1p2                Controller 1, disk 1, partition 2
-/dev/ida/c1d1p3                Controller 1, disk 1, partition 3
-
-
-Changelog:
-==========
-
-10-28-2004 :   General cleanup, syntax fixes for in-kernel driver version.
-               James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com>
-
-
-1999 :         Original Document

diff --git a/Documentation/digiepca.txt b/Documentation/digiepca.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index f2560e2..0000000
--- a/Documentation/digiepca.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-NOTE:  This driver is obsolete.  Digi provides a 2.6 driver (dgdm) at
-http://www.digi.com for PCI cards.  They no longer maintain this driver,
-and have no 2.6 driver for ISA cards.
-
-This driver requires a number of user-space tools.  They can be acquired from
-http://www.digi.com, but only works with 2.4 kernels.
-
-
-The Digi Intl. epca driver. 
-----------------------------
-The Digi Intl. epca driver for Linux supports the following boards:
-
-Digi PC/Xem, PC/Xr, PC/Xe, PC/Xi, PC/Xeve 
-Digi EISA/Xem, PCI/Xem, PCI/Xr 
-
-Limitations:
-------------
-Currently the driver only autoprobes for supported PCI boards. 
-
-The Linux MAKEDEV command does not support generating the Digiboard
-Devices.  Users executing digiConfig to setup EISA and PC series cards
-will have their device nodes automatically constructed (cud?? for ~CLOCAL,
-and ttyD?? for CLOCAL).  Users wishing to boot their board from the LILO
-prompt, or those users booting PCI cards may use buildDIGI to construct 
-the necessary nodes. 
-
-Notes:
-------
-This driver may be configured via LILO.  For users who have already configured
-their driver using digiConfig, configuring from LILO will override previous 
-settings.  Multiple boards may be configured by issuing multiple LILO command 
-lines.  For examples see the bottom of this document.
-
-Device names start at 0 and continue up.  Beware of this as previous Digi 
-drivers started device names with 1.
-
-PCI boards are auto-detected and configured by the driver.  PCI boards will
-be allocated device numbers (internally) beginning with the lowest PCI slot
-first.  In other words a PCI card in slot 3 will always have higher device
-nodes than a PCI card in slot 1. 
-
-LILO config examples:
----------------------
-Using LILO's APPEND command, a string of comma separated identifiers or 
-integers can be used to configure supported boards.  The six values in order 
-are:
-
-   Enable/Disable this card or Override,
-   Type of card: PC/Xe (AccelePort) (0), PC/Xeve (1), PC/Xem or PC/Xr (2), 
-                 EISA/Xem (3), PC/64Xe (4), PC/Xi (5), 
-   Enable/Disable alternate pin arrangement,
-   Number of ports on this card,
-   I/O Port where card is configured (in HEX if using string identifiers),
-   Base of memory window (in HEX if using string identifiers), 
-
-NOTE : PCI boards are auto-detected and configured.  Do not attempt to 
-configure PCI boards with the LILO append command.  If you wish to override
-previous configuration data (As set by digiConfig), but you do not wish to
-configure any specific card (Example if there are PCI cards in the system) 
-the following override command will accomplish this:
--> append="digi=2"
-
-Samples:
-   append="digiepca=E,PC/Xe,D,16,200,D0000"
-                  or
-   append="digi=1,0,0,16,512,851968"
-
-Supporting Tools:
------------------
-Supporting tools include digiDload, digiConfig, buildPCI, and ditty.  See
-drivers/char/README.epca for more details.  Note,
-this driver REQUIRES that digiDload be executed prior to it being used. 
-Failure to do this will result in an ENODEV error.
-
-Documentation:
---------------
-Complete documentation for this product may be found in the tool package. 
-
-Sources of information and support:
------------------------------------
-Digi Intl. support site for this product:
-
-->  http://www.digi.com
-
-Acknowledgments:
-----------------
-Much of this work (And even text) was derived from a similar document 
-supporting the original public domain DigiBoard driver Copyright (C)
-1994,1995 Troy De Jongh.  Many thanks to Christoph Lameter 
-(christoph@lameter.com) and Mike McLagan (mike.mclagan@linux.org) who authored 
-and contributed to the original document. 
-
-Changelog:
-----------
-10-29-04:      Update status of driver, remove dead links in document
-               James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com>
-
-2000 (?)       Original Document

diff --git a/Documentation/floppy.txt b/Documentation/floppy.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 6ccab88..0000000
--- a/Documentation/floppy.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-This file describes the floppy driver.
-
-FAQ list:
-=========
-
- A FAQ list may be found in the fdutils package (see below), and also
-at <http://fdutils.linux.lu/faq.html>.
-
-
-LILO configuration options (Thinkpad users, read this)
-======================================================
-
- The floppy driver is configured using the 'floppy=' option in
-lilo. This option can be typed at the boot prompt, or entered in the
-lilo configuration file.
-
- Example: If your kernel is called linux-2.6.9, type the following line
-at the lilo boot prompt (if you have a thinkpad):
-
- linux-2.6.9 floppy=thinkpad
-
-You may also enter the following line in /etc/lilo.conf, in the description
-of linux-2.6.9:
-
- append = "floppy=thinkpad"
-
- Several floppy related options may be given, example:
-
- linux-2.6.9 floppy=daring floppy=two_fdc
- append = "floppy=daring floppy=two_fdc"
-
- If you give options both in the lilo config file and on the boot
-prompt, the option strings of both places are concatenated, the boot
-prompt options coming last. That's why there are also options to
-restore the default behavior.
-
-
-Module configuration options
-============================
-
- If you use the floppy driver as a module, use the following syntax:
-modprobe floppy <options>
-
-Example:
- modprobe floppy omnibook messages
-
- If you need certain options enabled every time you load the floppy driver,
-you can put:
-
- options floppy omnibook messages
-
-in /etc/modprobe.conf.
-
-
- The floppy driver related options are:
-
- floppy=asus_pci
-       Sets the bit mask to allow only units 0 and 1. (default)
-
- floppy=daring
-       Tells the floppy driver that you have a well behaved floppy controller.
-       This allows more efficient and smoother operation, but may fail on
-       certain controllers. This may speed up certain operations.
-
- floppy=0,daring
-       Tells the floppy driver that your floppy controller should be used
-       with caution.
-
- floppy=one_fdc
-       Tells the floppy driver that you have only one floppy controller.
-       (default)
-
- floppy=two_fdc
- floppy=<address>,two_fdc
-       Tells the floppy driver that you have two floppy controllers.
-       The second floppy controller is assumed to be at <address>.
-       This option is not needed if the second controller is at address
-       0x370, and if you use the 'cmos' option.
-
- floppy=thinkpad
-       Tells the floppy driver that you have a Thinkpad. Thinkpads use an
-       inverted convention for the disk change line.
-
- floppy=0,thinkpad
-       Tells the floppy driver that you don't have a Thinkpad.
-
- floppy=omnibook
- floppy=nodma
-       Tells the floppy driver not to use Dma for data transfers.
-       This is needed on HP Omnibooks, which don't have a workable
-       DMA channel for the floppy driver. This option is also useful
-       if you frequently get "Unable to allocate DMA memory" messages.
-       Indeed, dma memory needs to be continuous in physical memory,
-       and is thus harder to find, whereas non-dma buffers may be
-       allocated in virtual memory. However, I advise against this if
-       you have an FDC without a FIFO (8272A or 82072). 82072A and
-       later are OK. You also need at least a 486 to use nodma.
-       If you use nodma mode, I suggest you also set the FIFO
-       threshold to 10 or lower, in order to limit the number of data
-       transfer interrupts.
-
-       If you have a FIFO-able FDC, the floppy driver automatically
-       falls back on non DMA mode if no DMA-able memory can be found.
-       If you want to avoid this, explicitly ask for 'yesdma'.
-
- floppy=yesdma
-       Tells the floppy driver that a workable DMA channel is available.
-       (default)
-
- floppy=nofifo
-       Disables the FIFO entirely. This is needed if you get "Bus
-       master arbitration error" messages from your Ethernet card (or
-       from other devices) while accessing the floppy.
-
- floppy=usefifo
-       Enables the FIFO. (default)
-
- floppy=<threshold>,fifo_depth
-       Sets the FIFO threshold. This is mostly relevant in DMA
-       mode. If this is higher, the floppy driver tolerates more
-       interrupt latency, but it triggers more interrupts (i.e. it
-       imposes more load on the rest of the system). If this is
-       lower, the interrupt latency should be lower too (faster
-       processor). The benefit of a lower threshold is less
-       interrupts.
-
-       To tune the fifo threshold, switch on over/underrun messages
-       using 'floppycontrol --messages'. Then access a floppy
-       disk. If you get a huge amount of "Over/Underrun - retrying"
-       messages, then the fifo threshold is too low. Try with a
-       higher value, until you only get an occasional Over/Underrun.
-       It is a good idea to compile the floppy driver as a module
-       when doing this tuning. Indeed, it allows to try different
-       fifo values without rebooting the machine for each test. Note
-       that you need to do 'floppycontrol --messages' every time you
-       re-insert the module.
-
-       Usually, tuning the fifo threshold should not be needed, as
-       the default (0xa) is reasonable.
-
- floppy=<drive>,<type>,cmos
-       Sets the CMOS type of <drive> to <type>. This is mandatory if
-       you have more than two floppy drives (only two can be
-       described in the physical CMOS), or if your BIOS uses
-       non-standard CMOS types. The CMOS types are:
-
-               0 - Use the value of the physical CMOS
-               1 - 5 1/4 DD
-               2 - 5 1/4 HD
-               3 - 3 1/2 DD
-               4 - 3 1/2 HD
-               5 - 3 1/2 ED
-               6 - 3 1/2 ED
-              16 - unknown or not installed
-
-       (Note: there are two valid types for ED drives. This is because 5 was
-       initially chosen to represent floppy *tapes*, and 6 for ED drives.
-       AMI ignored this, and used 5 for ED drives. That's why the floppy
-       driver handles both.)
-
- floppy=unexpected_interrupts
-       Print a warning message when an unexpected interrupt is received.
-       (default)
-
- floppy=no_unexpected_interrupts
- floppy=L40SX
-       Don't print a message when an unexpected interrupt is received. This
-       is needed on IBM L40SX laptops in certain video modes. (There seems
-       to be an interaction between video and floppy. The unexpected
-       interrupts affect only performance, and can be safely ignored.)
-
- floppy=broken_dcl
-       Don't use the disk change line, but assume that the disk was
-       changed whenever the device node is reopened. Needed on some
-       boxes where the disk change line is broken or unsupported.
-       This should be regarded as a stopgap measure, indeed it makes
-       floppy operation less efficient due to unneeded cache
-       flushings, and slightly more unreliable. Please verify your
-       cable, connection and jumper settings if you have any DCL
-       problems. However, some older drives, and also some laptops
-       are known not to have a DCL.
-
- floppy=debug
-       Print debugging messages.
-
- floppy=messages
-       Print informational messages for some operations (disk change
-       notifications, warnings about over and underruns, and about
-       autodetection).
-
- floppy=silent_dcl_clear
-       Uses a less noisy way to clear the disk change line (which
-       doesn't involve seeks). Implied by 'daring' option.
-
- floppy=<nr>,irq
-       Sets the floppy IRQ to <nr> instead of 6.
-
- floppy=<nr>,dma
-       Sets the floppy DMA channel to <nr> instead of 2.
-
- floppy=slow
-       Use PS/2 stepping rate:
-        " PS/2 floppies have much slower step rates than regular floppies.
-          It's been recommended that take about 1/4 of the default speed
-          in some more extreme cases."
-
-
-Supporting utilities and additional documentation:
-==================================================
-
- Additional parameters of the floppy driver can be configured at
-runtime. Utilities which do this can be found in the fdutils package.
-This package also contains a new version of mtools which allows to
-access high capacity disks (up to 1992K on a high density 3 1/2 disk!).
-It also contains additional documentation about the floppy driver.
-
-The latest version can be found at fdutils homepage:
- http://fdutils.linux.lu
-
-The fdutils releases can be found at:
- http://fdutils.linux.lu/download.html
- http://www.tux.org/pub/knaff/fdutils/
- ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/disk-management/
-
-Reporting problems about the floppy driver
-==========================================
-
- If you have a question or a bug report about the floppy driver, mail
-me at Alain.Knaff@poboxes.com . If you post to Usenet, preferably use
-comp.os.linux.hardware. As the volume in these groups is rather high,
-be sure to include the word "floppy" (or "FLOPPY") in the subject
-line.  If the reported problem happens when mounting floppy disks, be
-sure to mention also the type of the filesystem in the subject line.
-
- Be sure to read the FAQ before mailing/posting any bug reports!
-
- Alain
-
-Changelog
-=========
-
-10-30-2004 :   Cleanup, updating, add reference to module configuration.
-               James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com>
-
-6-3-2000 :     Original Document

diff --git a/Documentation/hayes-esp.txt b/Documentation/hayes-esp.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 09b5d58..0000000
--- a/Documentation/hayes-esp.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-HAYES ESP DRIVER VERSION 2.1
-
-A big thanks to the people at Hayes, especially Alan Adamson.  Their support
-has enabled me to provide enhancements to the driver.
-
-Please report your experiences with this driver to me (arobinso@nyx.net).  I
-am looking for both positive and negative feedback.
-
-*** IMPORTANT CHANGES FOR 2.1 ***
-Support for PIO mode.  Five situations will cause PIO mode to be used:
-1) A multiport card is detected.  PIO mode will always be used.  (8 port cards
-do not support DMA).
-2) The DMA channel is set to an invalid value (anything other than 1 or 3).
-3) The DMA buffer/channel could not be allocated.  The port will revert to PIO
-mode until it is reopened.
-4) Less than a specified number of bytes need to be transferred to/from the
-FIFOs.  PIO mode will be used for that transfer only.
-5) A port needs to do a DMA transfer and another port is already using the
-DMA channel.  PIO mode will be used for that transfer only.
-
-Since the Hayes ESP seems to conflict with other cards (notably sound cards)
-when using DMA, DMA is turned off by default.  To use DMA, it must be turned
-on explicitly, either with the "dma=" option described below or with
-setserial.  A multiport card can be forced into DMA mode by using setserial;
-however, most multiport cards don't support DMA.
-
-The latest version of setserial allows the enhanced configuration of the ESP
-card to be viewed and modified.
-***
-
-This package contains the files needed to compile a module to support the Hayes
-ESP card.  The drivers are basically a modified version of the serial drivers.
-
-Features:
-
-- Uses the enhanced mode of the ESP card, allowing a wider range of
-  interrupts and features than compatibility mode
-- Uses DMA and 16 bit PIO mode to transfer data to and from the ESP's FIFOs,
-  reducing CPU load
-- Supports primary and secondary ports
-
-
-If the driver is compiled as a module, the IRQs to use can be specified by
-using the irq= option.  The format is:
-
-irq=[0x100],[0x140],[0x180],[0x200],[0x240],[0x280],[0x300],[0x380]
-
-The address in brackets is the base address of the card.  The IRQ of
-nonexistent cards can be set to 0.  If an IRQ of a card that does exist is set
-to 0, the driver will attempt to guess at the correct IRQ.  For example, to set
-the IRQ of the card at address 0x300 to 12, the insmod command would be:
-
-insmod esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,12,0
-
-The custom divisor can be set by using the divisor= option.  The format is the
-same as for the irq= option.  Each divisor value is a series of hex digits,
-with each digit representing the divisor to use for a corresponding port.  The
-divisor value is constructed RIGHT TO LEFT.  Specifying a nonzero divisor value
-will automatically set the spd_cust flag.  To calculate the divisor to use for
-a certain baud rate, divide the port's base baud (generally 921600) by the
-desired rate.  For example, to set the divisor of the primary port at 0x300 to
-4 and the divisor of the secondary port at 0x308 to 8, the insmod command would
-be:
-
-insmod esp divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x84,0
-
-The dma= option can be used to set the DMA channel.  The channel can be either
-1 or 3.  Specifying any other value will force the driver to use PIO mode.
-For example, to set the DMA channel to 3, the insmod command would be:
-
-insmod esp dma=3
-
-The rx_trigger= and tx_trigger= options can be used to set the FIFO trigger
-levels.  They specify when the ESP card should send an interrupt.  Larger
-values will decrease the number of interrupts; however, a value too high may
-result in data loss.  Valid values are 1 through 1023, with 768 being the
-default.  For example, to set the receive trigger level to 512 bytes and the
-transmit trigger level to 700 bytes, the insmod command would be:
-
-insmod esp rx_trigger=512 tx_trigger=700
-
-The flow_off= and flow_on= options can be used to set the hardware flow off/
-flow on levels.  The flow on level must be lower than the flow off level, and
-the flow off level should be higher than rx_trigger.  Valid values are 1
-through 1023, with 1016 being the default flow off level and 944 being the
-default flow on level.  For example, to set the flow off level to 1000 bytes
-and the flow on level to 935 bytes, the insmod command would be:
-
-insmod esp flow_off=1000 flow_on=935
-
-The rx_timeout= option can be used to set the receive timeout value.  This
-value indicates how long after receiving the last character that the ESP card
-should wait before signalling an interrupt.  Valid values are 0 though 255,
-with 128 being the default.  A value too high will increase latency, and a
-value too low will cause unnecessary interrupts.  For example, to set the
-receive timeout to 255, the insmod command would be:
-
-insmod esp rx_timeout=255
-
-The pio_threshold= option sets the threshold (in number of characters) for
-using PIO mode instead of DMA mode.  For example, if this value is 32,
-transfers of 32 bytes or less will always use PIO mode.
-
-insmod esp pio_threshold=32
-
-Multiple options can be listed on the insmod command line by separating each
-option with a space.  For example:
-
-insmod esp dma=3 trigger=512
-
-The esp module can be automatically loaded when needed.  To cause this to
-happen, add the following lines to /etc/modprobe.conf (replacing the last line
-with options for your configuration):
-
-alias char-major-57 esp
-alias char-major-58 esp
-options esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,3,0 divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x4,0
-
-You may also need to run 'depmod -a'.
-
-Devices must be created manually.  To create the devices, note the output from
-the module after it is inserted.  The output will appear in the location where
-kernel messages usually appear (usually /var/adm/messages).  Create two devices
-for each 'tty' mentioned, one with major of 57 and the other with major of 58.
-The minor number should be the same as the tty number reported.  The commands
-would be (replace ? with the tty number):
-
-mknod /dev/ttyP? c 57 ?
-mknod /dev/cup? c 58 ?
-
-For example, if the following line appears:
-
-Oct 24 18:17:23 techno kernel: ttyP8 at 0x0140 (irq = 3) is an ESP primary port
-
-...two devices should be created:
-
-mknod /dev/ttyP8 c 57 8
-mknod /dev/cup8 c 58 8
-
-You may need to set the permissions on the devices:
-
-chmod 666 /dev/ttyP*
-chmod 666 /dev/cup*
-
-The ESP module and the serial module should not conflict (they can be used at
-the same time).  After the ESP module has been loaded the ports on the ESP card
-will no longer be accessible by the serial driver.
-
-If I/O errors are experienced when accessing the port, check for IRQ and DMA
-conflicts ('cat /proc/interrupts' and 'cat /proc/dma' for a list of IRQs and
-DMAs currently in use).
-
-Enjoy!
-Andrew J. Robinson <arobinso@nyx.net>

diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index b880ce5..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ioctl-number.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-Ioctl Numbers
-19 October 1999
-Michael Elizabeth Chastain
-<mec@shout.net>
-
-If you are adding new ioctl's to the kernel, you should use the _IO
-macros defined in <linux/ioctl.h>:
-
-    _IO    an ioctl with no parameters
-    _IOW   an ioctl with write parameters (copy_from_user)
-    _IOR   an ioctl with read parameters  (copy_to_user)
-    _IOWR  an ioctl with both write and read parameters.
-
-'Write' and 'read' are from the user's point of view, just like the
-system calls 'write' and 'read'.  For example, a SET_FOO ioctl would
-be _IOW, although the kernel would actually read data from user space;
-a GET_FOO ioctl would be _IOR, although the kernel would actually write
-data to user space.
-
-The first argument to _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR is an identifying letter
-or number from the table below.  Because of the large number of drivers,
-many drivers share a partial letter with other drivers.
-
-If you are writing a driver for a new device and need a letter, pick an
-unused block with enough room for expansion: 32 to 256 ioctl commands.
-You can register the block by patching this file and submitting the
-patch to Linus Torvalds.  Or you can e-mail me at <mec@shout.net> and
-I'll register one for you.
-
-The second argument to _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR is a sequence number
-to distinguish ioctls from each other.  The third argument to _IOW,
-_IOR, or _IOWR is the type of the data going into the kernel or coming
-out of the kernel (e.g.  'int' or 'struct foo').  NOTE!  Do NOT use
-sizeof(arg) as the third argument as this results in your ioctl thinking
-it passes an argument of type size_t.
-
-Some devices use their major number as the identifier; this is OK, as
-long as it is unique.  Some devices are irregular and don't follow any
-convention at all.
-
-Following this convention is good because:
-
-(1) Keeping the ioctl's globally unique helps error checking:
-    if a program calls an ioctl on the wrong device, it will get an
-    error rather than some unexpected behaviour.
-
-(2) The 'strace' build procedure automatically finds ioctl numbers
-    defined with _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR.
-
-(3) 'strace' can decode numbers back into useful names when the
-    numbers are unique.
-
-(4) People looking for ioctls can grep for them more easily when
-    this convention is used to define the ioctl numbers.
-
-(5) When following the convention, the driver code can use generic
-    code to copy the parameters between user and kernel space.
-
-This table lists ioctls visible from user land for Linux/i386.  It contains
-most drivers up to 2.3.14, but I know I am missing some.
-
-Code   Seq#    Include File            Comments
-========================================================
-0x00   00-1F   linux/fs.h              conflict!
-0x00   00-1F   scsi/scsi_ioctl.h       conflict!
-0x00   00-1F   linux/fb.h              conflict!
-0x00   00-1F   linux/wavefront.h       conflict!
-0x02   all     linux/fd.h
-0x03   all     linux/hdreg.h
-0x04   D2-DC   linux/umsdos_fs.h       Dead since 2.6.11, but don't reuse these.
-0x06   all     linux/lp.h
-0x09   all     linux/md.h
-0x12   all     linux/fs.h
-               linux/blkpg.h
-0x1b   all     InfiniBand Subsystem    <http://www.openib.org/>
-0x20   all     drivers/cdrom/cm206.h
-0x22   all     scsi/sg.h
-'#'    00-3F   IEEE 1394 Subsystem     Block for the entire subsystem
-'1'    00-1F   <linux/timepps.h>       PPS kit from Ulrich Windl
-                                       <ftp://ftp.de.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/ntp/PPS/>
-'8'    all                             SNP8023 advanced NIC card
-                                       <mailto:mcr@solidum.com>
-'A'    00-1F   linux/apm_bios.h
-'B'    C0-FF                           advanced bbus
-                                       <mailto:maassen@uni-freiburg.de>
-'C'    all     linux/soundcard.h
-'D'    all     asm-s390/dasd.h
-'E'    all     linux/input.h
-'F'    all     linux/fb.h
-'H'    all     linux/hiddev.h
-'I'    all     linux/isdn.h
-'J'    00-1F   drivers/scsi/gdth_ioctl.h
-'K'    all     linux/kd.h
-'L'    00-1F   linux/loop.h
-'L'    20-2F   driver/usb/misc/vstusb.h
-'L'    E0-FF   linux/ppdd.h            encrypted disk device driver
-                                       <http://linux01.gwdg.de/~alatham/ppdd.html>
-'M'    all     linux/soundcard.h
-'N'    00-1F   drivers/usb/scanner.h
-'P'    all     linux/soundcard.h
-'Q'    all     linux/soundcard.h
-'R'    00-1F   linux/random.h
-'S'    all     linux/cdrom.h           conflict!
-'S'    80-81   scsi/scsi_ioctl.h       conflict!
-'S'    82-FF   scsi/scsi.h             conflict!
-'T'    all     linux/soundcard.h       conflict!
-'T'    all     asm-i386/ioctls.h       conflict!
-'U'    00-EF   linux/drivers/usb/usb.h
-'V'    all     linux/vt.h
-'W'    00-1F   linux/watchdog.h        conflict!
-'W'    00-1F   linux/wanrouter.h       conflict!
-'X'    all     linux/xfs_fs.h
-'Y'    all     linux/cyclades.h
-'['    00-07   linux/usb/usbtmc.h      USB Test and Measurement Devices
-                                       <mailto:gregkh@suse.de>
-'a'    all                             ATM on linux
-                                       <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/linux-atm/magic.html>
-'b'    00-FF                           bit3 vme host bridge
-                                       <mailto:natalia@nikhefk.nikhef.nl>
-'c'    00-7F   linux/comstats.h        conflict!
-'c'    00-7F   linux/coda.h            conflict!
-'c'    80-9F   asm-s390/chsc.h
-'d'    00-FF   linux/char/drm/drm/h    conflict!
-'d'    00-DF   linux/video_decoder.h   conflict!
-'d'    F0-FF   linux/digi1.h
-'e'    all     linux/digi1.h           conflict!
-'e'    00-1F   linux/video_encoder.h   conflict!
-'e'    00-1F   net/irda/irtty.h        conflict!
-'f'    00-1F   linux/ext2_fs.h
-'h'    00-7F                           Charon filesystem
-                                       <mailto:zapman@interlan.net>
-'i'    00-3F   linux/i2o.h
-'j'    00-3F   linux/joystick.h
-'l'    00-3F   linux/tcfs_fs.h         transparent cryptographic file system
-                                       <http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs>
-'l'    40-7F   linux/udf_fs_i.h        in development:
-                                       <http://sourceforge.net/projects/linux-udf/>
-'m'    all     linux/mtio.h            conflict!
-'m'    all     linux/soundcard.h       conflict!
-'m'    all     linux/synclink.h        conflict!
-'m'    00-1F   net/irda/irmod.h        conflict!
-'n'    00-7F   linux/ncp_fs.h
-'n'    E0-FF   video/matrox.h          matroxfb
-'o'    00-1F   fs/ocfs2/ocfs2_fs.h     OCFS2
-'p'    00-0F   linux/phantom.h         conflict! (OpenHaptics needs this)
-'p'    00-3F   linux/mc146818rtc.h     conflict!
-'p'    40-7F   linux/nvram.h
-'p'    80-9F                           user-space parport
-                                       <mailto:tim@cyberelk.net>
-'q'    00-1F   linux/serio.h
-'q'    80-FF                           Internet PhoneJACK, Internet LineJACK
-                                       <http://www.quicknet.net>
-'r'    00-1F   linux/msdos_fs.h
-'s'    all     linux/cdk.h
-'t'    00-7F   linux/if_ppp.h
-'t'    80-8F   linux/isdn_ppp.h
-'u'    00-1F   linux/smb_fs.h
-'v'    00-1F   linux/ext2_fs.h         conflict!
-'v'    all     linux/videodev.h        conflict!
-'w'    all                             CERN SCI driver
-'y'    00-1F                           packet based user level communications
-                                       <mailto:zapman@interlan.net>
-'z'    00-3F                           CAN bus card
-                                       <mailto:hdstich@connectu.ulm.circular.de>
-'z'    40-7F                           CAN bus card
-                                       <mailto:oe@port.de>
-0x80   00-1F   linux/fb.h
-0x81   00-1F   linux/videotext.h
-0x89   00-06   asm-i386/sockios.h
-0x89   0B-DF   linux/sockios.h
-0x89   E0-EF   linux/sockios.h         SIOCPROTOPRIVATE range
-0x89   F0-FF   linux/sockios.h         SIOCDEVPRIVATE range
-0x8B   all     linux/wireless.h
-0x8C   00-3F                           WiNRADiO driver
-                                       <http://www.proximity.com.au/~brian/winradio/>
-0x90   00      drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h
-0x93   60-7F   linux/auto_fs.h
-0x99   00-0F                           537-Addinboard driver
-                                       <mailto:buk@buks.ipn.de>
-0xA0   all     linux/sdp/sdp.h         Industrial Device Project
-                                       <mailto:kenji@bitgate.com>
-0xA3   80-8F   Port ACL                in development:
-                                       <mailto:tlewis@mindspring.com>
-0xA3   90-9F   linux/dtlk.h
-0xAB   00-1F   linux/nbd.h
-0xAC   00-1F   linux/raw.h
-0xAD   00      Netfilter device        in development:
-                                       <mailto:rusty@rustcorp.com.au>  
-0xAE   all     linux/kvm.h             Kernel-based Virtual Machine
-                                       <mailto:kvm-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
-0xB0   all     RATIO devices           in development:
-                                       <mailto:vgo@ratio.de>
-0xB1   00-1F   PPPoX                   <mailto:mostrows@styx.uwaterloo.ca>
-0xCB   00-1F   CBM serial IEC bus      in development:
-                                       <mailto:michael.klein@puffin.lb.shuttle.de>
-0xDD   00-3F   ZFCP device driver      see drivers/s390/scsi/
-                                       <mailto:aherrman@de.ibm.com>
-0xF3   00-3F   video/sisfb.h           sisfb (in development)
-                                       <mailto:thomas@winischhofer.net>
-0xF4   00-1F   video/mbxfb.h           mbxfb
-                                       <mailto:raph@8d.com>

diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX b/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d2fe4d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+00-INDEX
+       - this file
+cdrom.txt
+       - summary of CDROM ioctl calls
+hdio.txt
+       - summary of HDIO_ ioctl calls
+ioctl-decoding.txt
+       - how to decode the bits of an IOCTL code
+ioctl-number.txt
+       - how to implement and register device/driver ioctl calls

diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..b880ce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+Ioctl Numbers
+19 October 1999
+Michael Elizabeth Chastain
+<mec@shout.net>
+
+If you are adding new ioctl's to the kernel, you should use the _IO
+macros defined in <linux/ioctl.h>:
+
+    _IO    an ioctl with no parameters
+    _IOW   an ioctl with write parameters (copy_from_user)
+    _IOR   an ioctl with read parameters  (copy_to_user)
+    _IOWR  an ioctl with both write and read parameters.
+
+'Write' and 'read' are from the user's point of view, just like the
+system calls 'write' and 'read'.  For example, a SET_FOO ioctl would
+be _IOW, although the kernel would actually read data from user space;
+a GET_FOO ioctl would be _IOR, although the kernel would actually write
+data to user space.
+
+The first argument to _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR is an identifying letter
+or number from the table below.  Because of the large number of drivers,
+many drivers share a partial letter with other drivers.
+
+If you are writing a driver for a new device and need a letter, pick an
+unused block with enough room for expansion: 32 to 256 ioctl commands.
+You can register the block by patching this file and submitting the
+patch to Linus Torvalds.  Or you can e-mail me at <mec@shout.net> and
+I'll register one for you.
+
+The second argument to _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR is a sequence number
+to distinguish ioctls from each other.  The third argument to _IOW,
+_IOR, or _IOWR is the type of the data going into the kernel or coming
+out of the kernel (e.g.  'int' or 'struct foo').  NOTE!  Do NOT use
+sizeof(arg) as the third argument as this results in your ioctl thinking
+it passes an argument of type size_t.
+
+Some devices use their major number as the identifier; this is OK, as
+long as it is unique.  Some devices are irregular and don't follow any
+convention at all.
+
+Following this convention is good because:
+
+(1) Keeping the ioctl's globally unique helps error checking:
+    if a program calls an ioctl on the wrong device, it will get an
+    error rather than some unexpected behaviour.
+
+(2) The 'strace' build procedure automatically finds ioctl numbers
+    defined with _IO, _IOW, _IOR, or _IOWR.
+
+(3) 'strace' can decode numbers back into useful names when the
+    numbers are unique.
+
+(4) People looking for ioctls can grep for them more easily when
+    this convention is used to define the ioctl numbers.
+
+(5) When following the convention, the driver code can use generic
+    code to copy the parameters between user and kernel space.
+
+This table lists ioctls visible from user land for Linux/i386.  It contains
+most drivers up to 2.3.14, but I know I am missing some.
+
+Code   Seq#    Include File            Comments
+========================================================
+0x00   00-1F   linux/fs.h              conflict!
+0x00   00-1F   scsi/scsi_ioctl.h       conflict!
+0x00   00-1F   linux/fb.h              conflict!
+0x00   00-1F   linux/wavefront.h       conflict!
+0x02   all     linux/fd.h
+0x03   all     linux/hdreg.h
+0x04   D2-DC   linux/umsdos_fs.h       Dead since 2.6.11, but don't reuse these.
+0x06   all     linux/lp.h
+0x09   all     linux/md.h
+0x12   all     linux/fs.h
+               linux/blkpg.h
+0x1b   all     InfiniBand Subsystem    <http://www.openib.org/>
+0x20   all     drivers/cdrom/cm206.h
+0x22   all     scsi/sg.h
+'#'    00-3F   IEEE 1394 Subsystem     Block for the entire subsystem
+'1'    00-1F   <linux/timepps.h>       PPS kit from Ulrich Windl
+                                       <ftp://ftp.de.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/ntp/PPS/>
+'8'    all                             SNP8023 advanced NIC card
+                                       <mailto:mcr@solidum.com>
+'A'    00-1F   linux/apm_bios.h
+'B'    C0-FF                           advanced bbus
+                                       <mailto:maassen@uni-freiburg.de>
+'C'    all     linux/soundcard.h
+'D'    all     asm-s390/dasd.h
+'E'    all     linux/input.h
+'F'    all     linux/fb.h
+'H'    all     linux/hiddev.h
+'I'    all     linux/isdn.h
+'J'    00-1F   drivers/scsi/gdth_ioctl.h
+'K'    all     linux/kd.h
+'L'    00-1F   linux/loop.h
+'L'    20-2F   driver/usb/misc/vstusb.h
+'L'    E0-FF   linux/ppdd.h            encrypted disk device driver
+                                       <http://linux01.gwdg.de/~alatham/ppdd.html>
+'M'    all     linux/soundcard.h
+'N'    00-1F   drivers/usb/scanner.h
+'P'    all     linux/soundcard.h
+'Q'    all     linux/soundcard.h
+'R'    00-1F   linux/random.h
+'S'    all     linux/cdrom.h           conflict!
+'S'    80-81   scsi/scsi_ioctl.h       conflict!
+'S'    82-FF   scsi/scsi.h             conflict!
+'T'    all     linux/soundcard.h       conflict!
+'T'    all     asm-i386/ioctls.h       conflict!
+'U'    00-EF   linux/drivers/usb/usb.h
+'V'    all     linux/vt.h
+'W'    00-1F   linux/watchdog.h        conflict!
+'W'    00-1F   linux/wanrouter.h       conflict!
+'X'    all     linux/xfs_fs.h
+'Y'    all     linux/cyclades.h
+'['    00-07   linux/usb/usbtmc.h      USB Test and Measurement Devices
+                                       <mailto:gregkh@suse.de>
+'a'    all                             ATM on linux
+                                       <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/linux-atm/magic.html>
+'b'    00-FF                           bit3 vme host bridge
+                                       <mailto:natalia@nikhefk.nikhef.nl>
+'c'    00-7F   linux/comstats.h        conflict!
+'c'    00-7F   linux/coda.h            conflict!
+'c'    80-9F   asm-s390/chsc.h
+'d'    00-FF   linux/char/drm/drm/h    conflict!
+'d'    00-DF   linux/video_decoder.h   conflict!
+'d'    F0-FF   linux/digi1.h
+'e'    all     linux/digi1.h           conflict!
+'e'    00-1F   linux/video_encoder.h   conflict!
+'e'    00-1F   net/irda/irtty.h        conflict!
+'f'    00-1F   linux/ext2_fs.h
+'h'    00-7F                           Charon filesystem
+                                       <mailto:zapman@interlan.net>
+'i'    00-3F   linux/i2o.h
+'j'    00-3F   linux/joystick.h
+'l'    00-3F   linux/tcfs_fs.h         transparent cryptographic file system
+                                       <http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs>
+'l'    40-7F   linux/udf_fs_i.h        in development:
+                                       <http://sourceforge.net/projects/linux-udf/>
+'m'    all     linux/mtio.h            conflict!
+'m'    all     linux/soundcard.h       conflict!
+'m'    all     linux/synclink.h        conflict!
+'m'    00-1F   net/irda/irmod.h        conflict!
+'n'    00-7F   linux/ncp_fs.h
+'n'    E0-FF   video/matrox.h          matroxfb
+'o'    00-1F   fs/ocfs2/ocfs2_fs.h     OCFS2
+'p'    00-0F   linux/phantom.h         conflict! (OpenHaptics needs this)
+'p'    00-3F   linux/mc146818rtc.h     conflict!
+'p'    40-7F   linux/nvram.h
+'p'    80-9F                           user-space parport
+                                       <mailto:tim@cyberelk.net>
+'q'    00-1F   linux/serio.h
+'q'    80-FF                           Internet PhoneJACK, Internet LineJACK
+                                       <http://www.quicknet.net>
+'r'    00-1F   linux/msdos_fs.h
+'s'    all     linux/cdk.h
+'t'    00-7F   linux/if_ppp.h
+'t'    80-8F   linux/isdn_ppp.h
+'u'    00-1F   linux/smb_fs.h
+'v'    00-1F   linux/ext2_fs.h         conflict!
+'v'    all     linux/videodev.h        conflict!
+'w'    all                             CERN SCI driver
+'y'    00-1F                           packet based user level communications
+                                       <mailto:zapman@interlan.net>
+'z'    00-3F                           CAN bus card
+                                       <mailto:hdstich@connectu.ulm.circular.de>
+'z'    40-7F                           CAN bus card
+                                       <mailto:oe@port.de>
+0x80   00-1F   linux/fb.h
+0x81   00-1F   linux/videotext.h
+0x89   00-06   asm-i386/sockios.h
+0x89   0B-DF   linux/sockios.h
+0x89   E0-EF   linux/sockios.h         SIOCPROTOPRIVATE range
+0x89   F0-FF   linux/sockios.h         SIOCDEVPRIVATE range
+0x8B   all     linux/wireless.h
+0x8C   00-3F                           WiNRADiO driver
+                                       <http://www.proximity.com.au/~brian/winradio/>
+0x90   00      drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h
+0x93   60-7F   linux/auto_fs.h
+0x99   00-0F                           537-Addinboard driver
+                                       <mailto:buk@buks.ipn.de>
+0xA0   all     linux/sdp/sdp.h         Industrial Device Project
+                                       <mailto:kenji@bitgate.com>
+0xA3   80-8F   Port ACL                in development:
+                                       <mailto:tlewis@mindspring.com>
+0xA3   90-9F   linux/dtlk.h
+0xAB   00-1F   linux/nbd.h
+0xAC   00-1F   linux/raw.h
+0xAD   00      Netfilter device        in development:
+                                       <mailto:rusty@rustcorp.com.au>  
+0xAE   all     linux/kvm.h             Kernel-based Virtual Machine
+                                       <mailto:kvm-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
+0xB0   all     RATIO devices           in development:
+                                       <mailto:vgo@ratio.de>
+0xB1   00-1F   PPPoX                   <mailto:mostrows@styx.uwaterloo.ca>
+0xCB   00-1F   CBM serial IEC bus      in development:
+                                       <mailto:michael.klein@puffin.lb.shuttle.de>
+0xDD   00-3F   ZFCP device driver      see drivers/s390/scsi/
+                                       <mailto:aherrman@de.ibm.com>
+0xF3   00-3F   video/sisfb.h           sisfb (in development)
+                                       <mailto:thomas@winischhofer.net>
+0xF4   00-1F   video/mbxfb.h           mbxfb
+                                       <mailto:raph@8d.com>

diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index c600c4ffc6573a1b8cbf7ae811c31a047dbb1cfc..9fa6508892c287ce68e5449c894ae2fab2c7bbf9 100644 (file)
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
 
        digiepca=       [HW,SERIAL]
                        See drivers/char/README.epca and
 
        digiepca=       [HW,SERIAL]
                        See drivers/char/README.epca and

-                       Documentation/digiepca.txt.
+                       Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt.

 
        disable_mtrr_cleanup [X86]
        enable_mtrr_cleanup [X86]
 
        disable_mtrr_cleanup [X86]
        enable_mtrr_cleanup [X86]


@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        See header of drivers/scsi/fdomain.c.
 
        floppy=         [HW]
                        See header of drivers/scsi/fdomain.c.
 
        floppy=         [HW]

-                       See Documentation/floppy.txt.
+                       See Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt.

 
        force_pal_cache_flush
                        [IA-64] Avoid check_sal_cache_flush which may hang on
 
        force_pal_cache_flush
                        [IA-64] Avoid check_sal_cache_flush which may hang on


@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        the same attribute, the last one is used.
 
        load_ramdisk=   [RAM] List of ramdisks to load from floppy
                        the same attribute, the last one is used.
 
        load_ramdisk=   [RAM] List of ramdisks to load from floppy

-                       See Documentation/ramdisk.txt.
+                       See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.

 
        lockd.nlm_grace_period=P  [NFS] Assign grace period.
                        Format: <integer>
 
        lockd.nlm_grace_period=P  [NFS] Assign grace period.
                        Format: <integer>


@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
 
        pcd.            [PARIDE]
                        See header of drivers/block/paride/pcd.c.
 
        pcd.            [PARIDE]
                        See header of drivers/block/paride/pcd.c.

-                       See also Documentation/paride.txt.
+                       See also Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt.

 
        pci=option[,option...]  [PCI] various PCI subsystem options:
                off             [X86] don't probe for the PCI bus
 
        pci=option[,option...]  [PCI] various PCI subsystem options:
                off             [X86] don't probe for the PCI bus


@@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
        pcmv=           [HW,PCMCIA] BadgePAD 4
 
        pd.             [PARIDE]
        pcmv=           [HW,PCMCIA] BadgePAD 4
 
        pd.             [PARIDE]

-                       See Documentation/paride.txt.
+                       See Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt.

 
        pdcchassis=     [PARISC,HW] Disable/Enable PDC Chassis Status codes at
                        boot time.
 
        pdcchassis=     [PARISC,HW] Disable/Enable PDC Chassis Status codes at
                        boot time.


@@ -1705,10 +1705,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        See arch/parisc/kernel/pdc_chassis.c
 
        pf.             [PARIDE]
                        See arch/parisc/kernel/pdc_chassis.c
 
        pf.             [PARIDE]

-                       See Documentation/paride.txt.
+                       See Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt.

 
        pg.             [PARIDE]
 
        pg.             [PARIDE]

-                       See Documentation/paride.txt.
+                       See Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt.

 
        pirq=           [SMP,APIC] Manual mp-table setup
                        See Documentation/x86/i386/IO-APIC.txt.
 
        pirq=           [SMP,APIC] Manual mp-table setup
                        See Documentation/x86/i386/IO-APIC.txt.


@@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
 
        prompt_ramdisk= [RAM] List of RAM disks to prompt for floppy disk
                        before loading.
 
        prompt_ramdisk= [RAM] List of RAM disks to prompt for floppy disk
                        before loading.

-                       See Documentation/ramdisk.txt.
+                       See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.

 
        psmouse.proto=  [HW,MOUSE] Highest PS2 mouse protocol extension to
                        probe for; one of (bare|imps|exps|lifebook|any).
 
        psmouse.proto=  [HW,MOUSE] Highest PS2 mouse protocol extension to
                        probe for; one of (bare|imps|exps|lifebook|any).


@@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        <io>,<mss_io>,<mss_irq>,<mss_dma>,<mpu_io>,<mpu_irq>
 
        pt.             [PARIDE]
                        <io>,<mss_io>,<mss_irq>,<mss_dma>,<mpu_io>,<mpu_irq>
 
        pt.             [PARIDE]

-                       See Documentation/paride.txt.
+                       See Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt.

 
        pty.legacy_count=
                        [KNL] Number of legacy pty's. Overwrites compiled-in
 
        pty.legacy_count=
                        [KNL] Number of legacy pty's. Overwrites compiled-in


@@ -1812,10 +1812,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        See Documentation/md.txt.
 
        ramdisk_blocksize=      [RAM]
                        See Documentation/md.txt.
 
        ramdisk_blocksize=      [RAM]

-                       See Documentation/ramdisk.txt.
+                       See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.

 
        ramdisk_size=   [RAM] Sizes of RAM disks in kilobytes
 
        ramdisk_size=   [RAM] Sizes of RAM disks in kilobytes

-                       See Documentation/ramdisk.txt.
+                       See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.

 
        rcupdate.blimit=        [KNL,BOOT]
                        Set maximum number of finished RCU callbacks to process
 
        rcupdate.blimit=        [KNL,BOOT]
                        Set maximum number of finished RCU callbacks to process


@@ -2147,7 +2147,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
                        See Documentation/sonypi.txt
 
        specialix=      [HW,SERIAL] Specialix multi-serial port adapter
                        See Documentation/sonypi.txt
 
        specialix=      [HW,SERIAL] Specialix multi-serial port adapter

-                       See Documentation/specialix.txt.
+                       See Documentation/serial/specialix.txt.

 
        spia_io_base=   [HW,MTD]
        spia_fio_base=
 
        spia_io_base=   [HW,MTD]
        spia_fio_base=

diff --git a/Documentation/moxa-smartio b/Documentation/moxa-smartio
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 5337e80..0000000
--- a/Documentation/moxa-smartio
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,523 +0,0 @@
-=============================================================================
-          MOXA Smartio/Industio Family Device Driver Installation Guide
-                   for Linux Kernel 2.4.x, 2.6.x
-              Copyright (C) 2008, Moxa Inc.
-=============================================================================
-Date: 01/21/2008
-
-Content
-
-1. Introduction
-2. System Requirement
-3. Installation
-   3.1 Hardware installation
-   3.2 Driver files
-   3.3 Device naming convention
-   3.4 Module driver configuration
-   3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x and 2.6.x.
-   3.6 Custom configuration
-   3.7 Verify driver installation
-4. Utilities
-5. Setserial
-6. Troubleshooting
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-1. Introduction
-
-   The Smartio/Industio/UPCI family Linux driver supports following multiport
-   boards.
-
-    - 2 ports multiport board
-       CP-102U, CP-102UL, CP-102UF
-       CP-132U-I, CP-132UL,
-       CP-132, CP-132I, CP132S, CP-132IS,
-       CI-132, CI-132I, CI-132IS,
-       (C102H, C102HI, C102HIS, C102P, CP-102, CP-102S)
-
-    - 4 ports multiport board
-       CP-104EL,
-       CP-104UL, CP-104JU,
-       CP-134U, CP-134U-I,
-       C104H/PCI, C104HS/PCI,
-       CP-114, CP-114I, CP-114S, CP-114IS, CP-114UL,
-       C104H, C104HS,
-       CI-104J, CI-104JS,
-       CI-134, CI-134I, CI-134IS,
-       (C114HI, CT-114I, C104P)
-       POS-104UL,
-       CB-114,
-       CB-134I
-
-    - 8 ports multiport board
-       CP-118EL, CP-168EL,
-       CP-118U, CP-168U,
-       C168H/PCI,
-       C168H, C168HS,
-       (C168P),
-       CB-108
-
-   This driver and installation procedure have been developed upon Linux Kernel
-   2.4.x and 2.6.x. This driver supports Intel x86 hardware platform. In order
-   to maintain compatibility, this version has also been properly tested with
-   RedHat, Mandrake, Fedora and S.u.S.E Linux. However, if compatibility problem
-   occurs, please contact Moxa at support@moxa.com.tw.
-
-   In addition to device driver, useful utilities are also provided in this
-   version. They are
-    - msdiag     Diagnostic program for displaying installed Moxa
-                 Smartio/Industio boards.
-    - msmon      Monitor program to observe data count and line status signals.
-    - msterm     A simple terminal program which is useful in testing serial
-                ports.
-    - io-irq.exe Configuration program to setup ISA boards. Please note that
-                 this program can only be executed under DOS.
-
-   All the drivers and utilities are published in form of source code under
-   GNU General Public License in this version. Please refer to GNU General
-   Public License announcement in each source code file for more detail.
-
-   In Moxa's Web sites, you may always find latest driver at http://web.moxa.com.
-
-   This version of driver can be installed as Loadable Module (Module driver)
-   or built-in into kernel (Static driver). You may refer to following
-   installation procedure for suitable one. Before you install the driver,
-   please refer to hardware installation procedure in the User's Manual.
-
-   We assume the user should be familiar with following documents.
-   - Serial-HOWTO
-   - Kernel-HOWTO
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-2. System Requirement
-   - Hardware platform: Intel x86 machine
-   - Kernel version: 2.4.x or 2.6.x
-   - gcc version 2.72 or later
-   - Maximum 4 boards can be installed in combination
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-3. Installation
-
-   3.1 Hardware installation
-   3.2 Driver files
-   3.3 Device naming convention
-   3.4 Module driver configuration
-   3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x, 2.6.x.
-   3.6 Custom configuration
-   3.7 Verify driver installation
-
-
-   3.1 Hardware installation
-
-       There are two types of buses, ISA and PCI, for Smartio/Industio
-       family multiport board.
-
-       ISA board
-       ---------
-       You'll have to configure CAP address, I/O address, Interrupt Vector
-       as well as IRQ before installing this driver. Please refer to hardware
-       installation procedure in User's Manual before proceed any further.
-       Please make sure the JP1 is open after the ISA board is set properly.
-
-       PCI/UPCI board
-       --------------
-       You may need to adjust IRQ usage in BIOS to avoid from IRQ conflict
-       with other ISA devices. Please refer to hardware installation
-       procedure in User's Manual in advance.
-
-       PCI IRQ Sharing
-       -----------
-       Each port within the same multiport board shares the same IRQ. Up to
-       4 Moxa Smartio/Industio PCI Family multiport boards can be installed
-       together on one system and they can share the same IRQ.
-
-
-   3.2 Driver files
-
-       The driver file may be obtained from ftp, CD-ROM or floppy disk. The
-       first step, anyway, is to copy driver file "mxser.tgz" into specified
-       directory. e.g. /moxa. The execute commands as below.
-
-       # cd /
-       # mkdir moxa
-       # cd /moxa
-       # tar xvf /dev/fd0
-
-       or
-
-       # cd /
-       # mkdir moxa
-       # cd /moxa
-       # cp /mnt/cdrom/<driver directory>/mxser.tgz .
-       # tar xvfz mxser.tgz
-
-
-   3.3 Device naming convention
-
-       You may find all the driver and utilities files in /moxa/mxser.
-       Following installation procedure depends on the model you'd like to
-       run the driver. If you prefer module driver, please refer to 3.4.
-       If static driver is required, please refer to 3.5.
-
-       Dialin and callout port
-       -----------------------
-       This driver remains traditional serial device properties. There are
-       two special file name for each serial port. One is dial-in port
-       which is named "ttyMxx". For callout port, the naming convention
-       is "cumxx".
-
-       Device naming when more than 2 boards installed
-       -----------------------------------------------
-       Naming convention for each Smartio/Industio multiport board is
-       pre-defined as below.
-
-       Board Num.       Dial-in Port         Callout port
-       1st board       ttyM0  - ttyM7        cum0  - cum7
-       2nd board       ttyM8  - ttyM15       cum8  - cum15
-       3rd board       ttyM16 - ttyM23       cum16 - cum23
-       4th board       ttyM24 - ttym31       cum24 - cum31
-
-
-       !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-       Under Kernel 2.6 the cum Device is Obsolete. So use ttyM*
-       device instead.
-       !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-       Board sequence
-       --------------
-       This driver will activate ISA boards according to the parameter set
-       in the driver. After all specified ISA board activated, PCI board
-       will be installed in the system automatically driven.
-       Therefore the board number is sorted by the CAP address of ISA boards.
-       For PCI boards, their sequence will be after ISA boards and C168H/PCI
-       has higher priority than C104H/PCI boards.
-
-   3.4 Module driver configuration
-       Module driver is easiest way to install. If you prefer static driver
-       installation, please skip this paragraph.
-
-
-       ------------- Prepare to use the MOXA driver--------------------
-       3.4.1 Create tty device with correct major number
-          Before using MOXA driver, your system must have the tty devices
-          which are created with driver's major number. We offer one shell
-          script "msmknod" to simplify the procedure.
-          This step is only needed to be executed once. But you still
-          need to do this procedure when:
-          a. You change the driver's major number. Please refer the "3.7"
-             section.
-          b. Your total installed MOXA boards number is changed. Maybe you
-             add/delete one MOXA board.
-          c. You want to change the tty name. This needs to modify the
-             shell script "msmknod"
-
-          The procedure is:
-         # cd /moxa/mxser/driver
-         # ./msmknod
-
-          This shell script will require the major number for dial-in
-          device and callout device to create tty device. You also need
-          to specify the total installed MOXA board number. Default major
-          numbers for dial-in device and callout device are 30, 35. If
-          you need to change to other number, please refer section "3.7"
-          for more detailed procedure.
-          Msmknod will delete any special files occupying the same device
-          naming.
-
-       3.4.2 Build the MOXA driver and utilities
-          Before using the MOXA driver and utilities, you need compile the
-          all the source code. This step is only need to be executed once.
-          But you still re-compile the source code if you modify the source
-          code. For example, if you change the driver's major number (see
-          "3.7" section), then you need to do this step again.
-
-          Find "Makefile" in /moxa/mxser, then run
-
-         # make clean; make install
-
-          !!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-         For Red Hat 9, Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS3/ES3/WS3 & Fedora Core1:
-         # make clean; make installsp1
-
-         For Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS4/ES4/WS4:
-         # make clean; make installsp2
-          !!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-         The driver files "mxser.o" and utilities will be properly compiled
-         and copied to system directories respectively.
-
-       ------------- Load MOXA driver--------------------
-       3.4.3 Load the MOXA driver
-
-         # modprobe mxser <argument>
-
-         will activate the module driver. You may run "lsmod" to check
-         if "mxser" is activated. If the MOXA board is ISA board, the
-          <argument> is needed. Please refer to section "3.4.5" for more
-          information.
-
-
-       ------------- Load MOXA driver on boot --------------------
-       3.4.4 For the above description, you may manually execute
-          "modprobe mxser" to activate this driver and run
-         "rmmod mxser" to remove it.
-          However, it's better to have a boot time configuration to
-          eliminate manual operation. Boot time configuration can be
-          achieved by rc file. We offer one "rc.mxser" file to simplify
-          the procedure under "moxa/mxser/driver".
-
-          But if you use ISA board, please modify the "modprobe ..." command
-          to add the argument (see "3.4.5" section). After modifying the
-          rc.mxser, please try to execute "/moxa/mxser/driver/rc.mxser"
-          manually to make sure the modification is ok. If any error
-          encountered, please try to modify again. If the modification is
-          completed, follow the below step.
-
-         Run following command for setting rc files.
-
-         # cd /moxa/mxser/driver
-         # cp ./rc.mxser /etc/rc.d
-         # cd /etc/rc.d
-
-         Check "rc.serial" is existed or not. If "rc.serial" doesn't exist,
-         create it by vi, run "chmod 755 rc.serial" to change the permission.
-         Add "/etc/rc.d/rc.mxser" in last line,
-
-          Reboot and check if moxa.o activated by "lsmod" command.
-
-       3.4.5. If you'd like to drive Smartio/Industio ISA boards in the system,
-          you'll have to add parameter to specify CAP address of given
-         board while activating "mxser.o". The format for parameters are
-         as follows.
-
-         modprobe mxser ioaddr=0x???,0x???,0x???,0x???
-                               |      |     |    |
-                               |      |     |    +- 4th ISA board
-                               |      |     +------ 3rd ISA board
-                               |      +------------ 2nd ISA board
-                               +------------------- 1st ISA board
-
-   3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x and 2.6.x
-
-       Note: To use static driver, you must install the linux kernel
-             source package.
-
-       3.5.1 Backup the built-in driver in the kernel.
-          # cd /usr/src/linux/drivers/char
-          # mv mxser.c mxser.c.old
-
-          For Red Hat 7.x user, you need to create link:
-          # cd /usr/src
-          # ln -s linux-2.4 linux
-
-       3.5.2 Create link
-         # cd /usr/src/linux/drivers/char
-         # ln -s /moxa/mxser/driver/mxser.c mxser.c
-
-       3.5.3 Add CAP address list for ISA boards. For PCI boards user,
-          please skip this step.
-
-         In module mode, the CAP address for ISA board is given by
-         parameter. In static driver configuration, you'll have to
-         assign it within driver's source code. If you will not
-         install any ISA boards, you may skip to next portion.
-         The instructions to modify driver source code are as
-         below.
-         a. # cd /moxa/mxser/driver
-            # vi mxser.c
-         b. Find the array mxserBoardCAP[] as below.
-
-            static int mxserBoardCAP[]
-            = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
-
-         c. Change the address within this array using vi. For
-            example, to driver 2 ISA boards with CAP address
-            0x280 and 0x180 as 1st and 2nd board. Just to change
-            the source code as follows.
-
-            static int mxserBoardCAP[]
-            = {0x280, 0x180, 0x00, 0x00};
-
-       3.5.4 Setup kernel configuration
-
-          Configure the kernel:
-
-            # cd /usr/src/linux
-            # make menuconfig
-
-          You will go into a menu-driven system. Please select [Character
-          devices][Non-standard serial port support], enable the [Moxa
-          SmartIO support] driver with "[*]" for built-in (not "[M]"), then
-          select [Exit] to exit this program.
-
-       3.5.5 Rebuild kernel
-         The following are for Linux kernel rebuilding, for your
-          reference only.
-         For appropriate details, please refer to the Linux document.
-
-          a. cd /usr/src/linux
-          b. make clean             /* take a few minutes */
-          c. make dep               /* take a few minutes */
-          d. make bzImage           /* take probably 10-20 minutes */
-          e. make install           /* copy boot image to correct position */
-          f. Please make sure the boot kernel (vmlinuz) is in the
-             correct position.
-          g. If you use 'lilo' utility, you should check /etc/lilo.conf
-             'image' item specified the path which is the 'vmlinuz' path,
-             or you will load wrong (or old) boot kernel image (vmlinuz).
-             After checking /etc/lilo.conf, please run "lilo".
-
-         Note that if the result of "make bzImage" is ERROR, then you have to
-         go back to Linux configuration Setup. Type "make menuconfig" in
-          directory /usr/src/linux.
-
-
-       3.5.6 Make tty device and special file
-          # cd /moxa/mxser/driver
-          # ./msmknod
-
-       3.5.7 Make utility
-         # cd /moxa/mxser/utility
-         # make clean; make install
-
-       3.5.8 Reboot
-
-
-
-   3.6 Custom configuration
-       Although this driver already provides you default configuration, you
-       still can change the device name and major number. The instruction to
-       change these parameters are shown as below.
-
-       Change Device name
-       ------------------
-       If you'd like to use other device names instead of default naming
-       convention, all you have to do is to modify the internal code
-       within the shell script "msmknod". First, you have to open "msmknod"
-       by vi. Locate each line contains "ttyM" and "cum" and change them
-       to the device name you desired. "msmknod" creates the device names
-       you need next time executed.
-
-       Change Major number
-       -------------------
-       If major number 30 and 35 had been occupied, you may have to select
-       2 free major numbers for this driver. There are 3 steps to change
-       major numbers.
-
-       3.6.1 Find free major numbers
-         In /proc/devices, you may find all the major numbers occupied
-         in the system. Please select 2 major numbers that are available.
-         e.g. 40, 45.
-       3.6.2 Create special files
-         Run /moxa/mxser/driver/msmknod to create special files with
-         specified major numbers.
-       3.6.3 Modify driver with new major number
-         Run vi to open /moxa/mxser/driver/mxser.c. Locate the line
-         contains "MXSERMAJOR". Change the content as below.
-         #define         MXSERMAJOR              40
-         #define         MXSERCUMAJOR            45
-       3.6.4 Run "make clean; make install" in /moxa/mxser/driver.
-
-   3.7 Verify driver installation
-       You may refer to /var/log/messages to check the latest status
-       log reported by this driver whenever it's activated.
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-4. Utilities
-   There are 3 utilities contained in this driver. They are msdiag, msmon and
-   msterm. These 3 utilities are released in form of source code. They should
-   be compiled into executable file and copied into /usr/bin.
-
-   Before using these utilities, please load driver (refer 3.4 & 3.5) and
-   make sure you had run the "msmknod" utility.
-
-   msdiag - Diagnostic
-   --------------------
-   This utility provides the function to display what Moxa Smartio/Industio
-   board found by driver in the system.
-
-   msmon - Port Monitoring
-   -----------------------
-   This utility gives the user a quick view about all the MOXA ports'
-   activities. One can easily learn each port's total received/transmitted
-   (Rx/Tx) character count since the time when the monitoring is started.
-   Rx/Tx throughputs per second are also reported in interval basis (e.g.
-   the last 5 seconds) and in average basis (since the time the monitoring
-   is started). You can reset all ports' count by <HOME> key. <+> <->
-   (plus/minus) keys to change the displaying time interval. Press <ENTER>
-   on the port, that cursor stay, to view the port's communication
-   parameters, signal status, and input/output queue.
-
-   msterm - Terminal Emulation
-   ---------------------------
-   This utility provides data sending and receiving ability of all tty ports,
-   especially for MOXA ports. It is quite useful for testing simple
-   application, for example, sending AT command to a modem connected to the
-   port or used as a terminal for login purpose. Note that this is only a
-   dumb terminal emulation without handling full screen operation.
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5. Setserial
-
-   Supported Setserial parameters are listed as below.
-
-   uart                  set UART type(16450-->disable FIFO, 16550A-->enable FIFO)
-   close_delay   set the amount of time(in 1/100 of a second) that DTR
-                 should be kept low while being closed.
-   closing_wait   set the amount of time(in 1/100 of a second) that the
-                 serial port should wait for data to be drained while
-                 being closed, before the receiver is disable.
-   spd_hi        Use  57.6kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
-   spd_vhi       Use  115.2kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
-   spd_shi       Use  230.4kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
-   spd_warp      Use  460.8kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
-   spd_normal    Use  38.4kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
-   spd_cust      Use  the custom divisor to set the speed when  the
-                 application requests 38.4kb.
-   divisor       This option set the custom divison.
-   baud_base     This option set the base baud rate.
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-6. Troubleshooting
-
-   The boot time error messages and solutions are stated as clearly as
-   possible. If all the possible solutions fail, please contact our technical
-   support team to get more help.
-
-
-   Error msg: More than 4 Moxa Smartio/Industio family boards found. Fifth board
-              and after are ignored.
-   Solution:
-   To avoid this problem, please unplug fifth and after board, because Moxa
-   driver supports up to 4 boards.
-
-   Error msg: Request_irq fail, IRQ(?) may be conflict with another device.
-   Solution:
-   Other PCI or ISA devices occupy the assigned IRQ. If you are not sure
-   which device causes the situation, please check /proc/interrupts to find
-   free IRQ and simply change another free IRQ for Moxa board.
-
-   Error msg: Board #: C1xx Series(CAP=xxx) interrupt number invalid.
-   Solution:
-   Each port within the same multiport board shares the same IRQ. Please set
-   one IRQ (IRQ doesn't equal to zero) for one Moxa board.
-
-   Error msg: No interrupt vector be set for Moxa ISA board(CAP=xxx).
-   Solution:
-   Moxa ISA board needs an interrupt vector.Please refer to user's manual
-   "Hardware Installation" chapter to set interrupt vector.
-
-   Error msg: Couldn't install MOXA Smartio/Industio family driver!
-   Solution:
-   Load Moxa driver fail, the major number may conflict with other devices.
-   Please refer to previous section 3.7 to change a free major number for
-   Moxa driver.
-
-   Error msg: Couldn't install MOXA Smartio/Industio family callout driver!
-   Solution:
-   Load Moxa callout driver fail, the callout device major number may
-   conflict with other devices. Please refer to previous section 3.7 to
-   change a free callout device major number for Moxa driver.
-
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-

diff --git a/Documentation/nbd.txt b/Documentation/nbd.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index aeb93ff..0000000
--- a/Documentation/nbd.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-                      Network Block Device (TCP version)
-                                       
-   What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux
-   can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time
-   the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a
-   request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read.
-   This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless -
-   if you boot from floppy) to borrow disk space from another computer.
-   Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc. It should
-   even be possible to use NBD as a root filesystem (I've never tried),
-   but it requires a user-level program to be in the initrd to start.
-   It also allows you to run block-device in user land (making server
-   and client physically the same computer, communicating using loopback).
-   
-   Current state: It currently works. Network block device is stable.
-   I originally thought that it was impossible to swap over TCP. It
-   turned out not to be true - swapping over TCP now works and seems
-   to be deadlock-free, but it requires heavy patches into Linux's
-   network layer.
-   
-   For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server
-   tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/.
-
-   Howto: To setup nbd, you can simply do the following:
-
-   First, serve a device or file from a remote server:
-
-   nbd-server <port-number> <device-or-file-to-serve-to-client>
-
-   e.g.,
-       root@server1 # nbd-server 1234 /dev/sdb1
-
-       (serves sdb1 partition on TCP port 1234)
-
-   Then, on the local (client) system:
-
-   nbd-client <server-name-or-IP> <server-port-number> /dev/nb[0-n]
-
-   e.g.,
-       root@client1 # nbd-client server1 1234 /dev/nb0
-
-       (creates the nb0 device on client1)
-
-   The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client
-   system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact,
-   the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating
-   systems, including Windows.

diff --git a/Documentation/paride.txt b/Documentation/paride.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index e431267..0000000
--- a/Documentation/paride.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,417 +0,0 @@
-
-               Linux and parallel port IDE devices
-
-PARIDE v1.03   (c) 1997-8  Grant Guenther <grant@torque.net>
-
-1. Introduction
-
-Owing to the simplicity and near universality of the parallel port interface
-to personal computers, many external devices such as portable hard-disk,
-CD-ROM, LS-120 and tape drives use the parallel port to connect to their
-host computer.  While some devices (notably scanners) use ad-hoc methods
-to pass commands and data through the parallel port interface, most 
-external devices are actually identical to an internal model, but with
-a parallel-port adapter chip added in.  Some of the original parallel port
-adapters were little more than mechanisms for multiplexing a SCSI bus.
-(The Iomega PPA-3 adapter used in the ZIP drives is an example of this
-approach).  Most current designs, however, take a different approach.
-The adapter chip reproduces a small ISA or IDE bus in the external device
-and the communication protocol provides operations for reading and writing
-device registers, as well as data block transfer functions.  Sometimes,
-the device being addressed via the parallel cable is a standard SCSI
-controller like an NCR 5380.  The "ditto" family of external tape
-drives use the ISA replicator to interface a floppy disk controller,
-which is then connected to a floppy-tape mechanism.  The vast majority
-of external parallel port devices, however, are now based on standard
-IDE type devices, which require no intermediate controller.  If one
-were to open up a parallel port CD-ROM drive, for instance, one would
-find a standard ATAPI CD-ROM drive, a power supply, and a single adapter
-that interconnected a standard PC parallel port cable and a standard
-IDE cable.  It is usually possible to exchange the CD-ROM device with
-any other device using the IDE interface. 
-
-The document describes the support in Linux for parallel port IDE
-devices.  It does not cover parallel port SCSI devices, "ditto" tape
-drives or scanners.  Many different devices are supported by the 
-parallel port IDE subsystem, including:
-
-       MicroSolutions backpack CD-ROM
-       MicroSolutions backpack PD/CD
-       MicroSolutions backpack hard-drives
-       MicroSolutions backpack 8000t tape drive
-       SyQuest EZ-135, EZ-230 & SparQ drives
-       Avatar Shark
-       Imation Superdisk LS-120
-       Maxell Superdisk LS-120
-       FreeCom Power CD 
-       Hewlett-Packard 5GB and 8GB tape drives
-       Hewlett-Packard 7100 and 7200 CD-RW drives
-
-as well as most of the clone and no-name products on the market.
-
-To support such a wide range of devices, PARIDE, the parallel port IDE
-subsystem, is actually structured in three parts.   There is a base
-paride module which provides a registry and some common methods for
-accessing the parallel ports.  The second component is a set of 
-high-level drivers for each of the different types of supported devices: 
-
-       pd      IDE disk
-       pcd     ATAPI CD-ROM
-       pf      ATAPI disk
-       pt      ATAPI tape
-       pg      ATAPI generic
-
-(Currently, the pg driver is only used with CD-R drives).
-
-The high-level drivers function according to the relevant standards.
-The third component of PARIDE is a set of low-level protocol drivers
-for each of the parallel port IDE adapter chips.  Thanks to the interest
-and encouragement of Linux users from many parts of the world, 
-support is available for almost all known adapter protocols:
-
-        aten    ATEN EH-100                            (HK)
-        bpck    Microsolutions backpack                (US)
-        comm    DataStor (old-type) "commuter" adapter (TW)
-        dstr    DataStor EP-2000                       (TW)
-        epat    Shuttle EPAT                           (UK)
-        epia    Shuttle EPIA                           (UK)
-       fit2    FIT TD-2000                            (US)
-       fit3    FIT TD-3000                            (US)
-       friq    Freecom IQ cable                       (DE)
-        frpw    Freecom Power                          (DE)
-        kbic    KingByte KBIC-951A and KBIC-971A       (TW)
-       ktti    KT Technology PHd adapter              (SG)
-        on20    OnSpec 90c20                           (US)
-        on26    OnSpec 90c26                           (US)
-
-
-2. Using the PARIDE subsystem
-
-While configuring the Linux kernel, you may choose either to build
-the PARIDE drivers into your kernel, or to build them as modules.
-
-In either case, you will need to select "Parallel port IDE device support"
-as well as at least one of the high-level drivers and at least one
-of the parallel port communication protocols.  If you do not know
-what kind of parallel port adapter is used in your drive, you could
-begin by checking the file names and any text files on your DOS 
-installation floppy.  Alternatively, you can look at the markings on
-the adapter chip itself.  That's usually sufficient to identify the
-correct device.  
-
-You can actually select all the protocol modules, and allow the PARIDE
-subsystem to try them all for you.
-
-For the "brand-name" products listed above, here are the protocol
-and high-level drivers that you would use:
-
-       Manufacturer            Model           Driver  Protocol
-       
-       MicroSolutions          CD-ROM          pcd     bpck
-       MicroSolutions          PD drive        pf      bpck
-       MicroSolutions          hard-drive      pd      bpck
-       MicroSolutions          8000t tape      pt      bpck
-       SyQuest                 EZ, SparQ       pd      epat
-       Imation                 Superdisk       pf      epat
-       Maxell                  Superdisk       pf      friq
-       Avatar                  Shark           pd      epat
-       FreeCom                 CD-ROM          pcd     frpw
-       Hewlett-Packard         5GB Tape        pt      epat
-       Hewlett-Packard         7200e (CD)      pcd     epat
-       Hewlett-Packard         7200e (CD-R)    pg      epat
-
-2.1  Configuring built-in drivers
-
-We recommend that you get to know how the drivers work and how to
-configure them as loadable modules, before attempting to compile a
-kernel with the drivers built-in.
-
-If you built all of your PARIDE support directly into your kernel,
-and you have just a single parallel port IDE device, your kernel should
-locate it automatically for you.  If you have more than one device,
-you may need to give some command line options to your bootloader
-(eg: LILO), how to do that is beyond the scope of this document.
-
-The high-level drivers accept a number of command line parameters, all
-of which are documented in the source files in linux/drivers/block/paride.
-By default, each driver will automatically try all parallel ports it
-can find, and all protocol types that have been installed, until it finds
-a parallel port IDE adapter.  Once it finds one, the probe stops.  So,
-if you have more than one device, you will need to tell the drivers
-how to identify them.  This requires specifying the port address, the
-protocol identification number and, for some devices, the drive's
-chain ID.  While your system is booting, a number of messages are
-displayed on the console.  Like all such messages, they can be
-reviewed with the 'dmesg' command.  Among those messages will be
-some lines like:
-
-       paride: bpck registered as protocol 0
-       paride: epat registered as protocol 1
-
-The numbers will always be the same until you build a new kernel with
-different protocol selections.  You should note these numbers as you
-will need them to identify the devices.
-
-If you happen to be using a MicroSolutions backpack device, you will
-also need to know the unit ID number for each drive.  This is usually
-the last two digits of the drive's serial number (but read MicroSolutions'
-documentation about this).
-
-As an example, let's assume that you have a MicroSolutions PD/CD drive
-with unit ID number 36 connected to the parallel port at 0x378, a SyQuest 
-EZ-135 connected to the chained port on the PD/CD drive and also an 
-Imation Superdisk connected to port 0x278.  You could give the following 
-options on your boot command:
-
-       pd.drive0=0x378,1 pf.drive0=0x278,1 pf.drive1=0x378,0,36
-
-In the last option, pf.drive1 configures device /dev/pf1, the 0x378
-is the parallel port base address, the 0 is the protocol registration
-number and 36 is the chain ID.
-
-Please note:  while PARIDE will work both with and without the 
-PARPORT parallel port sharing system that is included by the
-"Parallel port support" option, PARPORT must be included and enabled
-if you want to use chains of devices on the same parallel port.
-
-2.2  Loading and configuring PARIDE as modules
-
-It is much faster and simpler to get to understand the PARIDE drivers
-if you use them as loadable kernel modules.   
-
-Note 1:  using these drivers with the "kerneld" automatic module loading
-system is not recommended for beginners, and is not documented here.  
-
-Note 2:  if you build PARPORT support as a loadable module, PARIDE must
-also be built as loadable modules, and PARPORT must be loaded before the
-PARIDE modules.
-
-To use PARIDE, you must begin by 
-
-       insmod paride
-
-this loads a base module which provides a registry for the protocols,
-among other tasks.
-
-Then, load as many of the protocol modules as you think you might need.
-As you load each module, it will register the protocols that it supports,
-and print a log message to your kernel log file and your console. For 
-example:
-
-       # insmod epat
-       paride: epat registered as protocol 0
-       # insmod kbic
-       paride: k951 registered as protocol 1
-        paride: k971 registered as protocol 2
-
-Finally, you can load high-level drivers for each kind of device that
-you have connected.  By default, each driver will autoprobe for a single 
-device, but you can support up to four similar devices by giving their
-individual co-ordinates when you load the driver.
-
-For example, if you had two no-name CD-ROM drives both using the
-KingByte KBIC-951A adapter, one on port 0x378 and the other on 0x3bc
-you could give the following command:
-
-       # insmod pcd drive0=0x378,1 drive1=0x3bc,1
-
-For most adapters, giving a port address and protocol number is sufficient,
-but check the source files in linux/drivers/block/paride for more 
-information.  (Hopefully someone will write some man pages one day !).
-
-As another example, here's what happens when PARPORT is installed, and
-a SyQuest EZ-135 is attached to port 0x378:
-
-       # insmod paride
-       paride: version 1.0 installed
-       # insmod epat
-       paride: epat registered as protocol 0
-       # insmod pd
-       pd: pd version 1.0, major 45, cluster 64, nice 0
-       pda: Sharing parport1 at 0x378
-       pda: epat 1.0, Shuttle EPAT chip c3 at 0x378, mode 5 (EPP-32), delay 1
-       pda: SyQuest EZ135A, 262144 blocks [128M], (512/16/32), removable media
-        pda: pda1
-
-Note that the last line is the output from the generic partition table
-scanner - in this case it reports that it has found a disk with one partition.
-
-2.3  Using a PARIDE device
-
-Once the drivers have been loaded, you can access PARIDE devices in the
-same way as their traditional counterparts.  You will probably need to
-create the device "special files".  Here is a simple script that you can
-cut to a file and execute:
-
-#!/bin/bash
-#
-# mkd -- a script to create the device special files for the PARIDE subsystem
-#
-function mkdev {
-  mknod $1 $2 $3 $4 ; chmod 0660 $1 ; chown root:disk $1
-}
-#
-function pd {
-  D=$( printf \\$( printf "x%03x" $[ $1 + 97 ] ) )
-  mkdev pd$D b 45 $[ $1 * 16 ]
-  for P in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
-  do mkdev pd$D$P b 45 $[ $1 * 16 + $P ]
-  done
-}
-#
-cd /dev
-#
-for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do pd $u ; done
-for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pcd$u b 46 $u ; done 
-for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pf$u  b 47 $u ; done 
-for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pt$u  c 96 $u ; done 
-for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev npt$u c 96 $[ $u + 128 ] ; done 
-for u in 0 1 2 3 ; do mkdev pg$u  c 97 $u ; done 
-#
-# end of mkd
-
-With the device files and drivers in place, you can access PARIDE devices
-like any other Linux device.   For example, to mount a CD-ROM in pcd0, use:
-
-       mount /dev/pcd0 /cdrom
-
-If you have a fresh Avatar Shark cartridge, and the drive is pda, you
-might do something like:
-
-       fdisk /dev/pda          -- make a new partition table with
-                                  partition 1 of type 83
-
-       mke2fs /dev/pda1        -- to build the file system
-
-       mkdir /shark            -- make a place to mount the disk
-
-       mount /dev/pda1 /shark
-
-Devices like the Imation superdisk work in the same way, except that
-they do not have a partition table.  For example to make a 120MB
-floppy that you could share with a DOS system:
-
-       mkdosfs /dev/pf0
-       mount /dev/pf0 /mnt
-
-
-2.4  The pf driver
-
-The pf driver is intended for use with parallel port ATAPI disk
-devices.  The most common devices in this category are PD drives
-and LS-120 drives.  Traditionally, media for these devices are not
-partitioned.  Consequently, the pf driver does not support partitioned
-media.  This may be changed in a future version of the driver. 
-
-2.5  Using the pt driver
-
-The pt driver for parallel port ATAPI tape drives is a minimal driver.
-It does not yet support many of the standard tape ioctl operations. 
-For best performance, a block size of 32KB should be used.  You will
-probably want to set the parallel port delay to 0, if you can.
-
-2.6  Using the pg driver
-
-The pg driver can be used in conjunction with the cdrecord program
-to create CD-ROMs.  Please get cdrecord version 1.6.1 or later
-from ftp://ftp.fokus.gmd.de/pub/unix/cdrecord/ .  To record CD-R media 
-your parallel port should ideally be set to EPP mode, and the "port delay" 
-should be set to 0.  With those settings it is possible to record at 2x 
-speed without any buffer underruns.  If you cannot get the driver to work
-in EPP mode, try to use "bidirectional" or "PS/2" mode and 1x speeds only.
-
-
-3. Troubleshooting
-
-3.1  Use EPP mode if you can
-
-The most common problems that people report with the PARIDE drivers
-concern the parallel port CMOS settings.  At this time, none of the
-PARIDE protocol modules support ECP mode, or any ECP combination modes.
-If you are able to do so, please set your parallel port into EPP mode
-using your CMOS setup procedure.
-
-3.2  Check the port delay
-
-Some parallel ports cannot reliably transfer data at full speed.  To
-offset the errors, the PARIDE protocol modules introduce a "port
-delay" between each access to the i/o ports.  Each protocol sets
-a default value for this delay.  In most cases, the user can override
-the default and set it to 0 - resulting in somewhat higher transfer
-rates.  In some rare cases (especially with older 486 systems) the
-default delays are not long enough.  if you experience corrupt data
-transfers, or unexpected failures, you may wish to increase the
-port delay.   The delay can be programmed using the "driveN" parameters
-to each of the high-level drivers.  Please see the notes above, or
-read the comments at the beginning of the driver source files in
-linux/drivers/block/paride.
-
-3.3  Some drives need a printer reset
-
-There appear to be a number of "noname" external drives on the market
-that do not always power up correctly.  We have noticed this with some
-drives based on OnSpec and older Freecom adapters.  In these rare cases,
-the adapter can often be reinitialised by issuing a "printer reset" on
-the parallel port.  As the reset operation is potentially disruptive in 
-multiple device environments, the PARIDE drivers will not do it 
-automatically.  You can however, force a printer reset by doing:
-
-       insmod lp reset=1
-       rmmod lp
-
-If you have one of these marginal cases, you should probably build
-your paride drivers as modules, and arrange to do the printer reset
-before loading the PARIDE drivers. 
-
-3.4  Use the verbose option and dmesg if you need help
-
-While a lot of testing has gone into these drivers to make them work
-as smoothly as possible, problems will arise.  If you do have problems,
-please check all the obvious things first:  does the drive work in
-DOS with the manufacturer's drivers ?  If that doesn't yield any useful
-clues, then please make sure that only one drive is hooked to your system,
-and that either (a) PARPORT is enabled or (b) no other device driver
-is using your parallel port (check in /proc/ioports).  Then, load the
-appropriate drivers (you can load several protocol modules if you want)
-as in:
-
-       # insmod paride
-       # insmod epat
-       # insmod bpck
-       # insmod kbic
-       ...
-       # insmod pd verbose=1
-
-(using the correct driver for the type of device you have, of course).
-The verbose=1 parameter will cause the drivers to log a trace of their
-activity as they attempt to locate your drive.
-
-Use 'dmesg' to capture a log of all the PARIDE messages (any messages
-beginning with paride:, a protocol module's name or a driver's name) and
-include that with your bug report.  You can submit a bug report in one
-of two ways.  Either send it directly to the author of the PARIDE suite,
-by e-mail to grant@torque.net, or join the linux-parport mailing list
-and post your report there.
-
-3.5  For more information or help
-
-You can join the linux-parport mailing list by sending a mail message
-to 
-               linux-parport-request@torque.net
-
-with the single word 
-
-               subscribe
-
-in the body of the mail message (not in the subject line).   Please be
-sure that your mail program is correctly set up when you do this,  as
-the list manager is a robot that will subscribe you using the reply
-address in your mail headers.  REMOVE any anti-spam gimmicks you may
-have in your mail headers, when sending mail to the list server.
-
-You might also find some useful information on the linux-parport
-web pages (although they are not always up to date) at
-
-       http://www.torque.net/parport/
-
-

diff --git a/Documentation/ramdisk.txt b/Documentation/ramdisk.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 6c820ba..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ramdisk.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-Using the RAM disk block device with Linux
-------------------------------------------
-
-Contents:
-
-       1) Overview
-       2) Kernel Command Line Parameters
-       3) Using "rdev -r"
-       4) An Example of Creating a Compressed RAM Disk
-
-
-1) Overview
------------
-
-The RAM disk driver is a way to use main system memory as a block device.  It
-is required for initrd, an initial filesystem used if you need to load modules
-in order to access the root filesystem (see Documentation/initrd.txt).  It can
-also be used for a temporary filesystem for crypto work, since the contents
-are erased on reboot.
-
-The RAM disk dynamically grows as more space is required. It does this by using
-RAM from the buffer cache. The driver marks the buffers it is using as dirty
-so that the VM subsystem does not try to reclaim them later.
-
-The RAM disk supports up to 16 RAM disks by default, and can be reconfigured
-to support an unlimited number of RAM disks (at your own risk).  Just change
-the configuration symbol BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT in the Block drivers config menu
-and (re)build the kernel.
-
-To use RAM disk support with your system, run './MAKEDEV ram' from the /dev
-directory.  RAM disks are all major number 1, and start with minor number 0
-for /dev/ram0, etc.  If used, modern kernels use /dev/ram0 for an initrd.
-
-The new RAM disk also has the ability to load compressed RAM disk images,
-allowing one to squeeze more programs onto an average installation or
-rescue floppy disk.
-
-
-2) Kernel Command Line Parameters
----------------------------------
-
-       ramdisk_size=N
-       ==============
-
-This parameter tells the RAM disk driver to set up RAM disks of N k size.  The
-default is 4096 (4 MB) (8192 (8 MB) on S390).
-
-       ramdisk_blocksize=N
-       ===================
-
-This parameter tells the RAM disk driver how many bytes to use per block.  The
-default is 1024 (BLOCK_SIZE).
-
-
-3) Using "rdev -r"
-------------------
-
-The usage of the word (two bytes) that "rdev -r" sets in the kernel image is
-as follows. The low 11 bits (0 -> 10) specify an offset (in 1 k blocks) of up
-to 2 MB (2^11) of where to find the RAM disk (this used to be the size). Bit
-14 indicates that a RAM disk is to be loaded, and bit 15 indicates whether a
-prompt/wait sequence is to be given before trying to read the RAM disk. Since
-the RAM disk dynamically grows as data is being written into it, a size field
-is not required. Bits 11 to 13 are not currently used and may as well be zero.
-These numbers are no magical secrets, as seen below:
-
-./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_IMAGE_START_MASK     0x07FF
-./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_PROMPT_FLAG          0x8000
-./arch/i386/kernel/setup.c:#define RAMDISK_LOAD_FLAG            0x4000
-
-Consider a typical two floppy disk setup, where you will have the
-kernel on disk one, and have already put a RAM disk image onto disk #2.
-
-Hence you want to set bits 0 to 13 as 0, meaning that your RAM disk
-starts at an offset of 0 kB from the beginning of the floppy.
-The command line equivalent is: "ramdisk_start=0"
-
-You want bit 14 as one, indicating that a RAM disk is to be loaded.
-The command line equivalent is: "load_ramdisk=1"
-
-You want bit 15 as one, indicating that you want a prompt/keypress
-sequence so that you have a chance to switch floppy disks.
-The command line equivalent is: "prompt_ramdisk=1"
-
-Putting that together gives 2^15 + 2^14 + 0 = 49152 for an rdev word.
-So to create disk one of the set, you would do:
-
-       /usr/src/linux# cat arch/i386/boot/zImage > /dev/fd0
-       /usr/src/linux# rdev /dev/fd0 /dev/fd0
-       /usr/src/linux# rdev -r /dev/fd0 49152
-
-If you make a boot disk that has LILO, then for the above, you would use:
-       append = "ramdisk_start=0 load_ramdisk=1 prompt_ramdisk=1"
-Since the default start = 0 and the default prompt = 1, you could use:
-       append = "load_ramdisk=1"
-
-
-4) An Example of Creating a Compressed RAM Disk
-----------------------------------------------
-
-To create a RAM disk image, you will need a spare block device to
-construct it on. This can be the RAM disk device itself, or an
-unused disk partition (such as an unmounted swap partition). For this
-example, we will use the RAM disk device, "/dev/ram0".
-
-Note: This technique should not be done on a machine with less than 8 MB
-of RAM. If using a spare disk partition instead of /dev/ram0, then this
-restriction does not apply.
-
-a) Decide on the RAM disk size that you want. Say 2 MB for this example.
-   Create it by writing to the RAM disk device. (This step is not currently
-   required, but may be in the future.) It is wise to zero out the
-   area (esp. for disks) so that maximal compression is achieved for
-   the unused blocks of the image that you are about to create.
-
-       dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/ram0 bs=1k count=2048
-
-b) Make a filesystem on it. Say ext2fs for this example.
-
-       mke2fs -vm0 /dev/ram0 2048
-
-c) Mount it, copy the files you want to it (eg: /etc/* /dev/* ...)
-   and unmount it again.
-
-d) Compress the contents of the RAM disk. The level of compression
-   will be approximately 50% of the space used by the files. Unused
-   space on the RAM disk will compress to almost nothing.
-
-       dd if=/dev/ram0 bs=1k count=2048 | gzip -v9 > /tmp/ram_image.gz
-
-e) Put the kernel onto the floppy
-
-       dd if=zImage of=/dev/fd0 bs=1k
-
-f) Put the RAM disk image onto the floppy, after the kernel. Use an offset
-   that is slightly larger than the kernel, so that you can put another
-   (possibly larger) kernel onto the same floppy later without overlapping
-   the RAM disk image. An offset of 400 kB for kernels about 350 kB in
-   size would be reasonable. Make sure offset+size of ram_image.gz is
-   not larger than the total space on your floppy (usually 1440 kB).
-
-       dd if=/tmp/ram_image.gz of=/dev/fd0 bs=1k seek=400
-
-g) Use "rdev" to set the boot device, RAM disk offset, prompt flag, etc.
-   For prompt_ramdisk=1, load_ramdisk=1, ramdisk_start=400, one would
-   have 2^15 + 2^14 + 400 = 49552.
-
-       rdev /dev/fd0 /dev/fd0
-       rdev -r /dev/fd0 49552
-
-That is it. You now have your boot/root compressed RAM disk floppy. Some
-users may wish to combine steps (d) and (f) by using a pipe.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-                                               Paul Gortmaker 12/95
-
-Changelog:
-----------
-
-10-22-04 :     Updated to reflect changes in command line options, remove
-               obsolete references, general cleanup.
-               James Nelson (james4765@gmail.com)
-
-
-12-95 :                Original Document

diff --git a/Documentation/riscom8.txt b/Documentation/riscom8.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 14f61fd..0000000
--- a/Documentation/riscom8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-* NOTE - this is an unmaintained driver.  The original author cannot be located.
-
-SDL Communications is now SBS Technologies, and does not have any
-information on these ancient ISA cards on their website.
-
-James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com> - 12-12-2004
-
-       This is the README for RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver
-       (C) 1994-1996 D.Gorodchanin
-       See file LICENSE for terms and conditions.
-
-NOTE: English is not my native language. 
-      I'm sorry for any mistakes in this text.
-
-Misc. notes for RISCom/8 serial driver, in no particular order :)
-
-1) This driver can support up to 4 boards at time.
-   Use string "riscom8=0xXXX,0xXXX,0xXXX,0xXXX" at LILO prompt, for
-   setting I/O base addresses for boards. If you compile driver
-   as module use modprobe options "iobase=0xXXX iobase1=0xXXX iobase2=..."
-
-2) The driver partially supports famous 'setserial' program, you can use almost
-   any of its options, excluding port & irq settings.
-
-3) There are some misc. defines at the beginning of riscom8.c, please read the 
-   comments and try to change some of them in case of problems.
-
-4) I consider the current state of the driver as BETA.
-
-5) SDL Communications WWW page is http://www.sdlcomm.com.
-
-6) You can use the MAKEDEV program to create RISCom/8 /dev/ttyL* entries.
-
-7) Minor numbers for first board are 0-7, for second 8-15, etc.
-
-22 Apr 1996.

diff --git a/Documentation/rocket.txt b/Documentation/rocket.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 1d85829..0000000
--- a/Documentation/rocket.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-Comtrol(tm) RocketPort(R)/RocketModem(TM) Series 
-Device Driver for the Linux Operating System
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-PRODUCT OVERVIEW
-----------------
-
-This driver provides a loadable kernel driver for the Comtrol RocketPort
-and RocketModem PCI boards. These boards provide, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 
-high-speed serial ports or modems.  This driver supports up to a combination
-of four RocketPort or RocketModems boards in one machine simultaneously.
-This file assumes that you are using the RocketPort driver which is
-integrated into the kernel sources.  
-
-The driver can also be installed as an external module using the usual 
-"make;make install" routine.  This external module driver, obtainable 
-from the Comtrol website listed below, is useful for updating the driver
-or installing it into kernels which do not have the driver configured
-into them.  Installations instructions for the external module
-are in the included README and HW_INSTALL files.
-
-RocketPort ISA and RocketModem II PCI boards currently are only supported by
-this driver in module form.
-
-The RocketPort ISA board requires I/O ports to be configured by the DIP
-switches on the board.  See the section "ISA Rocketport Boards" below for
-information on how to set the DIP switches.
-
-You pass the I/O port to the driver using the following module parameters:
-
-board1 :       I/O port for the first ISA board
-board2 :       I/O port for the second ISA board
-board3 :       I/O port for the third ISA board
-board4 :       I/O port for the fourth ISA board
-
-There is a set of utilities and scripts provided with the external driver
-( downloadable from http://www.comtrol.com ) that ease the configuration and
-setup of the ISA cards.
-
-The RocketModem II PCI boards require firmware to be loaded into the card
-before it will function.  The driver has only been tested as a module for this
-board.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
------------------------
-
-RocketPort/RocketModem PCI cards require no driver configuration, they are 
-automatically detected and configured.
-
-The RocketPort driver can be installed as a module (recommended) or built 
-into the kernel. This is selected, as for other drivers, through the `make config`
-command from the root of the Linux source tree during the kernel build process. 
-
-The RocketPort/RocketModem serial ports installed by this driver are assigned
-device major number 46, and will be named /dev/ttyRx, where x is the port number 
-starting at zero (ex. /dev/ttyR0, /devttyR1, ...).  If you have multiple cards
-installed in the system, the mapping of port names to serial ports is displayed
-in the system log at /var/log/messages.
-
-If installed as a module, the module must be loaded.  This can be done
-manually by entering "modprobe rocket".  To have the module loaded automatically
-upon system boot, edit the /etc/modprobe.conf file and add the line
-"alias char-major-46 rocket".
-
-In order to use the ports, their device names (nodes) must be created with mknod.
-This is only required once, the system will retain the names once created.  To 
-create the RocketPort/RocketModem device names, use the command 
-"mknod /dev/ttyRx c 46 x" where x is the port number starting at zero.  For example:
-
->mknod /dev/ttyR0 c 46 0
->mknod /dev/ttyR1 c 46 1
->mknod /dev/ttyR2 c 46 2  
-
-The Linux script MAKEDEV will create the first 16 ttyRx device names (nodes)
-for you:
-
->/dev/MAKEDEV ttyR
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-ISA Rocketport Boards
----------------------
-
-You must assign and configure the I/O addresses used by the ISA Rocketport
-card before installing and using it.  This is done by setting a set of DIP
-switches on the Rocketport board.
-
-
-SETTING THE I/O ADDRESS
------------------------
-
-Before installing RocketPort(R) or RocketPort RA boards, you must find
-a range of I/O addresses for it to use. The first RocketPort card
-requires a 68-byte contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one
-of the following: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h,
-0x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h.  This I/O address must be reflected in the DIP
-switches of *all* of the Rocketport cards.
-
-The second, third, and fourth RocketPort cards require a 64-byte
-contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one of the following
-I/O addresses: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x1C0h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h,
-0x2C0h, 0x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h, 0x3C0h.  The I/O address used by the
-second, third, and fourth Rocketport cards (if present) are set via
-software control.  The DIP switch settings for the I/O address must be
-set to the value of the first Rocketport cards.
-
-In order to distinguish each of the card from the others, each card
-must have a unique board ID set on the dip switches.  The first
-Rocketport board must be set with the DIP switches corresponding to
-the first board, the second board must be set with the DIP switches
-corresponding to the second board, etc.  IMPORTANT: The board ID is
-the only place where the DIP switch settings should differ between the
-various Rocketport boards in a system.
-
-The I/O address range used by any of the RocketPort cards must not
-conflict with any other cards in the system, including other
-RocketPort cards.  Below, you will find a list of commonly used I/O
-address ranges which may be in use by other devices in your system.
-On a Linux system, "cat /proc/ioports" will also be helpful in
-identifying what I/O addresses are being used by devices on your
-system.
-
-Remember, the FIRST RocketPort uses 68 I/O addresses.  So, if you set it
-for 0x100, it will occupy 0x100 to 0x143.  This would mean that you
-CAN NOT set the second, third or fourth board for address 0x140 since
-the first 4 bytes of that range are used by the first board.  You would
-need to set the second, third, or fourth board to one of the next available
-blocks such as 0x180.
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-RocketPort and RocketPort RA SW1 Settings:
-
-          +-------------------------------+
-          | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
-          +-------+-------+---------------+
-          | Unused| Card  | I/O Port Block|
-          +-------------------------------+
-
-DIP Switches                             DIP Switches
-7    8                                   6    5
-===================                      ===================
-On   On   UNUSED, MUST BE ON.            On   On   First Card    <==== Default
-                                         On   Off  Second Card
-                                         Off  On   Third Card
-                                         Off  Off  Fourth Card
-
-DIP Switches         I/O Address Range
-4    3    2    1     Used by the First Card
-=====================================
-On   Off  On   Off   100-143
-On   Off  Off  On    140-183
-On   Off  Off  Off   180-1C3       <==== Default
-Off  On   On   Off   200-243
-Off  On   Off  On    240-283
-Off  On   Off  Off   280-2C3
-Off  Off  On   Off   300-343
-Off  Off  Off  On    340-383
-Off  Off  Off  Off   380-3C3
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-REPORTING BUGS
---------------
-
-For technical support, please provide the following
-information: Driver version, kernel release, distribution of
-kernel, and type of board you are using. Error messages and log
-printouts port configuration details are especially helpful.
-
-USA
-    Phone: (612) 494-4100
-      FAX: (612) 494-4199
-    email: support@comtrol.com
-
-Comtrol Europe
-    Phone: +44 (0) 1 869 323-220
-      FAX: +44 (0) 1 869 323-211
-    email: support@comtrol.co.uk
-
-Web:   http://www.comtrol.com
-FTP:   ftp.comtrol.com
-
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX b/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..07dcdb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+00-INDEX
+       - this file.
+README.cycladesZ
+       - info on Cyclades-Z firmware loading.
+computone.txt
+       - info on Computone Intelliport II/Plus Multiport Serial Driver.
+digiepca.txt
+       - info on Digi Intl. {PC,PCI,EISA}Xx and Xem series cards.
+hayes-esp.txt
+       - info on using the Hayes ESP serial driver.
+moxa-smartio
+       - file with info on installing/using Moxa multiport serial driver.
+riscom8.txt
+       - notes on using the RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver.
+rocket.txt
+       - info on the Comtrol RocketPort multiport serial driver.
+specialix.txt
+       - info on hardware/driver for specialix IO8+ multiport serial card.
+stallion.txt
+       - info on using the Stallion multiport serial driver.
+sx.txt
+       - info on the Specialix SX/SI multiport serial driver.
+tty.txt
+       - guide to the locking policies of the tty layer.

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ b/Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..024a694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+The Cyclades-Z must have firmware loaded onto the card before it will
+operate.  This operation should be performed during system startup,
+
+The firmware, loader program and the latest device driver code are
+available from Cyclades at
+    ftp://ftp.cyclades.com/pub/cyclades/cyclades-z/linux/
+

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/computone.txt b/Documentation/serial/computone.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c57ea47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/computone.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+NOTE: This is an unmaintained driver.  It is not guaranteed to work due to
+changes made in the tty layer in 2.6.  If you wish to take over maintenance of
+this driver, contact Michael Warfield <mhw@wittsend.com>.
+
+Changelog:
+----------
+11-01-2001:    Original Document
+
+10-29-2004:    Minor misspelling & format fix, update status of driver.
+               James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com>
+
+Computone Intelliport II/Plus Multiport Serial Driver
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+Release Notes For Linux Kernel 2.2 and higher.
+These notes are for the drivers which have already been integrated into the
+kernel and have been tested on Linux kernels 2.0, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4.
+
+Version: 1.2.14
+Date: 11/01/2001
+Historical Author: Andrew Manison <amanison@america.net>
+Primary Author: Doug McNash
+Support: support@computone.com
+Fixes and Updates: Mike Warfield <mhw@wittsend.com>
+
+This file assumes that you are using the Computone drivers which are
+integrated into the kernel sources.  For updating the drivers or installing
+drivers into kernels which do not already have Computone drivers, please
+refer to the instructions in the README.computone file in the driver patch.
+
+
+1. INTRODUCTION
+
+This driver supports the entire family of Intelliport II/Plus controllers
+with the exception of the MicroChannel controllers.  It does not support
+products previous to the Intelliport II.
+
+This driver was developed on the v2.0.x Linux tree and has been tested up
+to v2.4.14; it will probably not work with earlier v1.X kernels,.
+
+
+2. QUICK INSTALLATION
+
+Hardware - If you have an ISA card, find a free interrupt and io port. 
+                  List those in use with `cat /proc/interrupts` and 
+                  `cat /proc/ioports`.  Set the card dip switches to a free 
+                  address.  You may need to configure your BIOS to reserve an
+                  irq for an ISA card.  PCI and EISA parameters are set
+                  automagically.  Insert card into computer with the power off 
+                  before or after drivers installation.
+
+       Note the hardware address from the Computone ISA cards installed into
+               the system.  These are required for editing ip2.c or editing
+               /etc/modprobe.conf, or for specification on the modprobe
+               command line.
+
+       Note that the /etc/modules.conf should be used for older (pre-2.6)
+               kernels.
+
+Software -
+
+Module installation:
+
+a) Determine free irq/address to use if any (configure BIOS if need be)
+b) Run "make config" or "make menuconfig" or "make xconfig"
+   Select (m) module for CONFIG_COMPUTONE under character
+   devices.  CONFIG_PCI and CONFIG_MODULES also may need to be set.
+c) Set address on ISA cards then:
+   edit /usr/src/linux/drivers/char/ip2.c if needed 
+       or
+   edit /etc/modprobe.conf if needed (module).
+       or both to match this setting.
+d) Run "make modules"
+e) Run "make modules_install"
+f) Run "/sbin/depmod -a"
+g) install driver using `modprobe ip2 <options>` (options listed below)
+h) run ip2mkdev (either the script below or the binary version)
+
+
+Kernel installation:
+
+a) Determine free irq/address to use if any (configure BIOS if need be)
+b) Run "make config" or "make menuconfig" or "make xconfig"
+   Select (y) kernel for CONFIG_COMPUTONE under character
+   devices.  CONFIG_PCI may need to be set if you have PCI bus.
+c) Set address on ISA cards then:
+          edit /usr/src/linux/drivers/char/ip2.c  
+           (Optional - may be specified on kernel command line now)
+d) Run "make zImage" or whatever target you prefer.
+e) mv /usr/src/linux/arch/i386/boot/zImage to /boot.
+f) Add new config for this kernel into /etc/lilo.conf, run "lilo"
+       or copy to a floppy disk and boot from that floppy disk.
+g) Reboot using this kernel
+h) run ip2mkdev (either the script below or the binary version)
+
+Kernel command line options:
+
+When compiling the driver into the kernel, io and irq may be
+compiled into the driver by editing ip2.c and setting the values for
+io and irq in the appropriate array.  An alternative is to specify
+a command line parameter to the kernel at boot up.
+
+        ip2=io0,irq0,io1,irq1,io2,irq2,io3,irq3
+
+Note that this order is very different from the specifications for the
+modload parameters which have separate IRQ and IO specifiers.
+
+The io port also selects PCI (1) and EISA (2) boards.
+
+        io=0    No board
+        io=1    PCI board
+        io=2    EISA board
+        else    ISA board io address
+
+You only need to specify the boards which are present.
+
+        Examples:
+
+                2 PCI boards:
+
+                        ip2=1,0,1,0
+
+                1 ISA board at 0x310 irq 5:
+
+                        ip2=0x310,5
+
+This can be added to and "append" option in lilo.conf similar to this:
+
+        append="ip2=1,0,1,0"
+
+
+3. INSTALLATION
+
+Previously, the driver sources were packaged with a set of patch files
+to update the character drivers' makefile and configuration file, and other 
+kernel source files. A build script (ip2build) was included which applies 
+the patches if needed, and build any utilities needed.
+What you receive may be a single patch file in conventional kernel
+patch format build script. That form can also be applied by
+running patch -p1 < ThePatchFile.  Otherwise run ip2build.
+ 
+The driver can be installed as a module (recommended) or built into the 
+kernel. This is selected as for other drivers through the `make config`
+command from the root of the Linux source tree. If the driver is built 
+into the kernel you will need to edit the file ip2.c to match the boards 
+you are installing. See that file for instructions. If the driver is 
+installed as a module the configuration can also be specified on the
+modprobe command line as follows:
+
+       modprobe ip2 irq=irq1,irq2,irq3,irq4 io=addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4
+
+where irqnum is one of the valid Intelliport II interrupts (3,4,5,7,10,11,
+12,15) and addr1-4 are the base addresses for up to four controllers. If 
+the irqs are not specified the driver uses the default in ip2.c (which 
+selects polled mode). If no base addresses are specified the defaults in 
+ip2.c are used. If you are autoloading the driver module with kerneld or
+kmod the base addresses and interrupt number must also be set in ip2.c
+and recompile or just insert and options line in /etc/modprobe.conf or both.
+The options line is equivalent to the command line and takes precedence over
+what is in ip2.c. 
+
+/etc/modprobe.conf sample:
+       options ip2 io=1,0x328 irq=1,10
+       alias char-major-71 ip2
+       alias char-major-72 ip2
+       alias char-major-73 ip2
+
+The equivalent in ip2.c:
+
+static int io[IP2_MAX_BOARDS]= { 1, 0x328, 0, 0 };
+static int irq[IP2_MAX_BOARDS] = { 1, 10, -1, -1 }; 
+
+The equivalent for the kernel command line (in lilo.conf):
+
+        append="ip2=1,1,0x328,10"
+
+
+Note:  Both io and irq should be updated to reflect YOUR system.  An "io"
+       address of 1 or 2 indicates a PCI or EISA card in the board table.
+       The PCI or EISA irq will be assigned automatically.
+
+Specifying an invalid or in-use irq will default the driver into
+running in polled mode for that card.  If all irq entries are 0 then
+all cards will operate in polled mode.
+
+If you select the driver as part of the kernel run :
+
+       make zlilo (or whatever you do to create a bootable kernel)
+
+If you selected a module run :
+
+       make modules && make modules_install
+
+The utility ip2mkdev (see 5 and 7 below) creates all the device nodes
+required by the driver.  For a device to be created it must be configured
+in the driver and the board must be installed. Only devices corresponding
+to real IntelliPort II ports are created. With multiple boards and expansion
+boxes this will leave gaps in the sequence of device names. ip2mkdev uses
+Linux tty naming conventions: ttyF0 - ttyF255 for normal devices, and
+cuf0 - cuf255 for callout devices.
+
+
+4. USING THE DRIVERS
+
+As noted above, the driver implements the ports in accordance with Linux
+conventions, and the devices should be interchangeable with the standard
+serial devices. (This is a key point for problem reporting: please make
+sure that what you are trying do works on the ttySx/cuax ports first; then 
+tell us what went wrong with the ip2 ports!)
+
+Higher speeds can be obtained using the setserial utility which remaps 
+38,400 bps (extb) to 57,600 bps, 115,200 bps, or a custom speed. 
+Intelliport II installations using the PowerPort expansion module can
+use the custom speed setting to select the highest speeds: 153,600 bps,
+230,400 bps, 307,200 bps, 460,800bps and 921,600 bps. The base for
+custom baud rate configuration is fixed at 921,600 for cards/expansion
+modules with ST654's and 115200 for those with Cirrus CD1400's.  This
+corresponds to the maximum bit rates those chips are capable.  
+For example if the baud base is 921600 and the baud divisor is 18 then
+the custom rate is 921600/18 = 51200 bps.  See the setserial man page for
+complete details. Of course if stty accepts the higher rates now you can
+use that as well as the standard ioctls().
+
+
+5. ip2mkdev and assorted utilities...
+
+Several utilities, including the source for a binary ip2mkdev utility are
+available under .../drivers/char/ip2.  These can be build by changing to
+that directory and typing "make" after the kernel has be built.  If you do
+not wish to compile the binary utilities, the shell script below can be
+cut out and run as "ip2mkdev" to create the necessary device files.  To
+use the ip2mkdev script, you must have procfs enabled and the proc file
+system mounted on /proc.
+
+
+6. NOTES
+
+This is a release version of the driver, but it is impossible to test it
+in all configurations of Linux. If there is any anomalous behaviour that 
+does not match the standard serial port's behaviour please let us know.
+
+
+7. ip2mkdev shell script
+
+Previously, this script was simply attached here.  It is now attached as a
+shar archive to make it easier to extract the script from the documentation.
+To create the ip2mkdev shell script change to a convenient directory (/tmp
+works just fine) and run the following command:
+
+       unshar Documentation/serial/computone.txt
+               (This file)
+
+You should now have a file ip2mkdev in your current working directory with
+permissions set to execute.  Running that script with then create the
+necessary devices for the Computone boards, interfaces, and ports which
+are present on you system at the time it is run.
+
+
+#!/bin/sh
+# This is a shell archive (produced by GNU sharutils 4.2.1).
+# To extract the files from this archive, save it to some FILE, remove
+# everything before the `!/bin/sh' line above, then type `sh FILE'.
+#
+# Made on 2001-10-29 10:32 EST by <mhw@alcove.wittsend.com>.
+# Source directory was `/home2/src/tmp'.
+#
+# Existing files will *not* be overwritten unless `-c' is specified.
+#
+# This shar contains:
+# length mode       name
+# ------ ---------- ------------------------------------------
+#   4251 -rwxr-xr-x ip2mkdev
+#
+save_IFS="${IFS}"
+IFS="${IFS}:"
+gettext_dir=FAILED
+locale_dir=FAILED
+first_param="$1"
+for dir in $PATH
+do
+  if test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/gettext \
+     && ($dir/gettext --version >/dev/null 2>&1)
+  then
+    set `$dir/gettext --version 2>&1`
+    if test "$3" = GNU
+    then
+      gettext_dir=$dir
+    fi
+  fi
+  if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED && test -f $dir/shar \
+     && ($dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir >/dev/null 2>&1)
+  then
+    locale_dir=`$dir/shar --print-text-domain-dir`
+  fi
+done
+IFS="$save_IFS"
+if test "$locale_dir" = FAILED || test "$gettext_dir" = FAILED
+then
+  echo=echo
+else
+  TEXTDOMAINDIR=$locale_dir
+  export TEXTDOMAINDIR
+  TEXTDOMAIN=sharutils
+  export TEXTDOMAIN
+  echo="$gettext_dir/gettext -s"
+fi
+if touch -am -t 200112312359.59 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 200112312359.59 -a -f $$.touch; then
+  shar_touch='touch -am -t $1$2$3$4$5$6.$7 "$8"'
+elif touch -am 123123592001.59 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 123123592001.59 -a ! -f 123123592001.5 -a -f $$.touch; then
+  shar_touch='touch -am $3$4$5$6$1$2.$7 "$8"'
+elif touch -am 1231235901 $$.touch >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -f 1231235901 -a -f $$.touch; then
+  shar_touch='touch -am $3$4$5$6$2 "$8"'
+else
+  shar_touch=:
+  echo
+  $echo 'WARNING: not restoring timestamps.  Consider getting and'
+  $echo "installing GNU \`touch', distributed in GNU File Utilities..."
+  echo
+fi
+rm -f 200112312359.59 123123592001.59 123123592001.5 1231235901 $$.touch
+#
+if mkdir _sh17581; then
+  $echo 'x -' 'creating lock directory'
+else
+  $echo 'failed to create lock directory'
+  exit 1
+fi
+# ============= ip2mkdev ==============
+if test -f 'ip2mkdev' && test "$first_param" != -c; then
+  $echo 'x -' SKIPPING 'ip2mkdev' '(file already exists)'
+else
+  $echo 'x -' extracting 'ip2mkdev' '(text)'
+  sed 's/^X//' << 'SHAR_EOF' > 'ip2mkdev' &&
+#!/bin/sh -
+#
+#      ip2mkdev
+#
+#      Make or remove devices as needed for Computone Intelliport drivers
+#
+#      First rule!  If the dev file exists and you need it, don't mess
+#      with it.  That prevents us from screwing up open ttys, ownership
+#      and permissions on a running system!
+#
+#      This script will NOT remove devices that no longer exist if their
+#      board or interface box has been removed.  If you want to get rid
+#      of them, you can manually do an "rm -f /dev/ttyF* /dev/cuaf*"
+#      before running this script.  Running this script will then recreate
+#      all the valid devices.
+#
+#      Michael H. Warfield
+#      /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/
+#      mhw@wittsend.com
+#
+#      Updated 10/29/2000 for version 1.2.13 naming convention
+#              under devfs.    /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/
+#
+#      Updated 03/09/2000 for devfs support in ip2 drivers. /\/\|=mhw=|\/\/
+#
+X
+if test -d /dev/ip2 ; then
+#      This is devfs mode...  We don't do anything except create symlinks
+#      from the real devices to the old names!
+X      cd /dev
+X      echo "Creating symbolic links to devfs devices"
+X      for i in `ls ip2` ; do
+X              if test ! -L ip2$i ; then
+X                      # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device)
+X                      rm -f ip2$i
+X                      ln -s ip2/$i ip2$i
+X              fi
+X      done
+X      for i in `( cd tts ; ls F* )` ; do
+X              if test ! -L tty$i ; then
+X                      # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device)
+X                      rm -f tty$i
+X                      ln -s tts/$i tty$i
+X              fi
+X      done
+X      for i in `( cd cua ; ls F* )` ; do
+X              DEVNUMBER=`expr $i : 'F\(.*\)'`
+X              if test ! -L cuf$DEVNUMBER ; then
+X                      # Remove it incase it wasn't a symlink (old device)
+X                      rm -f cuf$DEVNUMBER
+X                      ln -s cua/$i cuf$DEVNUMBER
+X              fi
+X      done
+X      exit 0
+fi
+X
+if test ! -f /proc/tty/drivers
+then
+X      echo "\
+Unable to check driver status.
+Make sure proc file system is mounted."
+X
+X      exit 255
+fi
+X
+if test ! -f /proc/tty/driver/ip2
+then
+X      echo "\
+Unable to locate ip2 proc file.
+Attempting to load driver"
+X
+X      if /sbin/insmod ip2
+X      then
+X              if test ! -f /proc/tty/driver/ip2
+X              then
+X                      echo "\
+Unable to locate ip2 proc file after loading driver.
+Driver initialization failure or driver version error.
+"
+X              exit 255
+X              fi
+X      else
+X              echo "Unable to load ip2 driver."
+X              exit 255
+X      fi
+fi
+X
+# Ok...  So we got the driver loaded and we can locate the procfs files.
+# Next we need our major numbers.
+X
+TTYMAJOR=`sed -e '/^ip2/!d' -e '/\/dev\/tt/!d' -e 's/.*tt[^    ]*[     ]*\([0-9]*\)[   ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/drivers`
+CUAMAJOR=`sed -e '/^ip2/!d' -e '/\/dev\/cu/!d' -e 's/.*cu[^    ]*[     ]*\([0-9]*\)[   ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/drivers`
+BRDMAJOR=`sed -e '/^Driver: /!d' -e 's/.*IMajor=\([0-9]*\)[    ]*.*/\1/' < /proc/tty/driver/ip2`
+X
+echo "\
+TTYMAJOR = $TTYMAJOR
+CUAMAJOR = $CUAMAJOR
+BRDMAJOR = $BRDMAJOR
+"
+X
+# Ok...  Now we should know our major numbers, if appropriate...
+# Now we need our boards and start the device loops.
+X
+grep '^Board [0-9]:' /proc/tty/driver/ip2 | while read token number type alltherest
+do
+X      # The test for blank "type" will catch the stats lead-in lines
+X      # if they exist in the file
+X      if test "$type" = "vacant" -o "$type" = "Vacant" -o "$type" = ""
+X      then
+X              continue
+X      fi
+X
+X      BOARDNO=`expr "$number" : '\([0-9]\):'`
+X      PORTS=`expr "$alltherest" : '.*ports=\([0-9]*\)' | tr ',' ' '`
+X      MINORS=`expr "$alltherest" : '.*minors=\([0-9,]*\)' | tr ',' ' '`
+X
+X      if test "$BOARDNO" = "" -o "$PORTS" = ""
+X      then
+#      This may be a bug.  We should at least get this much information
+X              echo "Unable to process board line"
+X              continue
+X      fi
+X
+X      if test "$MINORS" = ""
+X      then
+#      Silently skip this one.  This board seems to have no boxes
+X              continue
+X      fi
+X
+X      echo "board $BOARDNO: $type ports = $PORTS; port numbers = $MINORS"
+X
+X      if test "$BRDMAJOR" != ""
+X      then
+X              BRDMINOR=`expr $BOARDNO \* 4`
+X              STSMINOR=`expr $BRDMINOR + 1`
+X              if test ! -c /dev/ip2ipl$BOARDNO ; then
+X                      mknod /dev/ip2ipl$BOARDNO c $BRDMAJOR $BRDMINOR
+X              fi
+X              if test ! -c /dev/ip2stat$BOARDNO ; then
+X                      mknod /dev/ip2stat$BOARDNO c $BRDMAJOR $STSMINOR
+X              fi
+X      fi
+X
+X      if test "$TTYMAJOR" != ""
+X      then
+X              PORTNO=$BOARDBASE
+X
+X              for PORTNO in $MINORS
+X              do
+X                      if test ! -c /dev/ttyF$PORTNO ; then
+X                              # We got the hardware but no device - make it
+X                              mknod /dev/ttyF$PORTNO c $TTYMAJOR $PORTNO
+X                      fi      
+X              done
+X      fi
+X
+X      if test "$CUAMAJOR" != ""
+X      then
+X              PORTNO=$BOARDBASE
+X
+X              for PORTNO in $MINORS
+X              do
+X                      if test ! -c /dev/cuf$PORTNO ; then
+X                              # We got the hardware but no device - make it
+X                              mknod /dev/cuf$PORTNO c $CUAMAJOR $PORTNO
+X                      fi      
+X              done
+X      fi
+done
+X
+Xexit 0
+SHAR_EOF
+  (set 20 01 10 29 10 32 01 'ip2mkdev'; eval "$shar_touch") &&
+  chmod 0755 'ip2mkdev' ||
+  $echo 'restore of' 'ip2mkdev' 'failed'
+  if ( md5sum --help 2>&1 | grep 'sage: md5sum \[' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+  && ( md5sum --version 2>&1 | grep -v 'textutils 1.12' ) >/dev/null; then
+    md5sum -c << SHAR_EOF >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+    || $echo 'ip2mkdev:' 'MD5 check failed'
+cb5717134509f38bad9fde6b1f79b4a4  ip2mkdev
+SHAR_EOF
+  else
+    shar_count="`LC_ALL= LC_CTYPE= LANG= wc -c < 'ip2mkdev'`"
+    test 4251 -eq "$shar_count" ||
+    $echo 'ip2mkdev:' 'original size' '4251,' 'current size' "$shar_count!"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr _sh17581
+exit 0

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt b/Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f2560e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+NOTE:  This driver is obsolete.  Digi provides a 2.6 driver (dgdm) at
+http://www.digi.com for PCI cards.  They no longer maintain this driver,
+and have no 2.6 driver for ISA cards.
+
+This driver requires a number of user-space tools.  They can be acquired from
+http://www.digi.com, but only works with 2.4 kernels.
+
+
+The Digi Intl. epca driver. 
+----------------------------
+The Digi Intl. epca driver for Linux supports the following boards:
+
+Digi PC/Xem, PC/Xr, PC/Xe, PC/Xi, PC/Xeve 
+Digi EISA/Xem, PCI/Xem, PCI/Xr 
+
+Limitations:
+------------
+Currently the driver only autoprobes for supported PCI boards. 
+
+The Linux MAKEDEV command does not support generating the Digiboard
+Devices.  Users executing digiConfig to setup EISA and PC series cards
+will have their device nodes automatically constructed (cud?? for ~CLOCAL,
+and ttyD?? for CLOCAL).  Users wishing to boot their board from the LILO
+prompt, or those users booting PCI cards may use buildDIGI to construct 
+the necessary nodes. 
+
+Notes:
+------
+This driver may be configured via LILO.  For users who have already configured
+their driver using digiConfig, configuring from LILO will override previous 
+settings.  Multiple boards may be configured by issuing multiple LILO command 
+lines.  For examples see the bottom of this document.
+
+Device names start at 0 and continue up.  Beware of this as previous Digi 
+drivers started device names with 1.
+
+PCI boards are auto-detected and configured by the driver.  PCI boards will
+be allocated device numbers (internally) beginning with the lowest PCI slot
+first.  In other words a PCI card in slot 3 will always have higher device
+nodes than a PCI card in slot 1. 
+
+LILO config examples:
+---------------------
+Using LILO's APPEND command, a string of comma separated identifiers or 
+integers can be used to configure supported boards.  The six values in order 
+are:
+
+   Enable/Disable this card or Override,
+   Type of card: PC/Xe (AccelePort) (0), PC/Xeve (1), PC/Xem or PC/Xr (2), 
+                 EISA/Xem (3), PC/64Xe (4), PC/Xi (5), 
+   Enable/Disable alternate pin arrangement,
+   Number of ports on this card,
+   I/O Port where card is configured (in HEX if using string identifiers),
+   Base of memory window (in HEX if using string identifiers), 
+
+NOTE : PCI boards are auto-detected and configured.  Do not attempt to 
+configure PCI boards with the LILO append command.  If you wish to override
+previous configuration data (As set by digiConfig), but you do not wish to
+configure any specific card (Example if there are PCI cards in the system) 
+the following override command will accomplish this:
+-> append="digi=2"
+
+Samples:
+   append="digiepca=E,PC/Xe,D,16,200,D0000"
+                  or
+   append="digi=1,0,0,16,512,851968"
+
+Supporting Tools:
+-----------------
+Supporting tools include digiDload, digiConfig, buildPCI, and ditty.  See
+drivers/char/README.epca for more details.  Note,
+this driver REQUIRES that digiDload be executed prior to it being used. 
+Failure to do this will result in an ENODEV error.
+
+Documentation:
+--------------
+Complete documentation for this product may be found in the tool package. 
+
+Sources of information and support:
+-----------------------------------
+Digi Intl. support site for this product:
+
+->  http://www.digi.com
+
+Acknowledgments:
+----------------
+Much of this work (And even text) was derived from a similar document 
+supporting the original public domain DigiBoard driver Copyright (C)
+1994,1995 Troy De Jongh.  Many thanks to Christoph Lameter 
+(christoph@lameter.com) and Mike McLagan (mike.mclagan@linux.org) who authored 
+and contributed to the original document. 
+
+Changelog:
+----------
+10-29-04:      Update status of driver, remove dead links in document
+               James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com>
+
+2000 (?)       Original Document

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/hayes-esp.txt b/Documentation/serial/hayes-esp.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..09b5d58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/hayes-esp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+HAYES ESP DRIVER VERSION 2.1
+
+A big thanks to the people at Hayes, especially Alan Adamson.  Their support
+has enabled me to provide enhancements to the driver.
+
+Please report your experiences with this driver to me (arobinso@nyx.net).  I
+am looking for both positive and negative feedback.
+
+*** IMPORTANT CHANGES FOR 2.1 ***
+Support for PIO mode.  Five situations will cause PIO mode to be used:
+1) A multiport card is detected.  PIO mode will always be used.  (8 port cards
+do not support DMA).
+2) The DMA channel is set to an invalid value (anything other than 1 or 3).
+3) The DMA buffer/channel could not be allocated.  The port will revert to PIO
+mode until it is reopened.
+4) Less than a specified number of bytes need to be transferred to/from the
+FIFOs.  PIO mode will be used for that transfer only.
+5) A port needs to do a DMA transfer and another port is already using the
+DMA channel.  PIO mode will be used for that transfer only.
+
+Since the Hayes ESP seems to conflict with other cards (notably sound cards)
+when using DMA, DMA is turned off by default.  To use DMA, it must be turned
+on explicitly, either with the "dma=" option described below or with
+setserial.  A multiport card can be forced into DMA mode by using setserial;
+however, most multiport cards don't support DMA.
+
+The latest version of setserial allows the enhanced configuration of the ESP
+card to be viewed and modified.
+***
+
+This package contains the files needed to compile a module to support the Hayes
+ESP card.  The drivers are basically a modified version of the serial drivers.
+
+Features:
+
+- Uses the enhanced mode of the ESP card, allowing a wider range of
+  interrupts and features than compatibility mode
+- Uses DMA and 16 bit PIO mode to transfer data to and from the ESP's FIFOs,
+  reducing CPU load
+- Supports primary and secondary ports
+
+
+If the driver is compiled as a module, the IRQs to use can be specified by
+using the irq= option.  The format is:
+
+irq=[0x100],[0x140],[0x180],[0x200],[0x240],[0x280],[0x300],[0x380]
+
+The address in brackets is the base address of the card.  The IRQ of
+nonexistent cards can be set to 0.  If an IRQ of a card that does exist is set
+to 0, the driver will attempt to guess at the correct IRQ.  For example, to set
+the IRQ of the card at address 0x300 to 12, the insmod command would be:
+
+insmod esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,12,0
+
+The custom divisor can be set by using the divisor= option.  The format is the
+same as for the irq= option.  Each divisor value is a series of hex digits,
+with each digit representing the divisor to use for a corresponding port.  The
+divisor value is constructed RIGHT TO LEFT.  Specifying a nonzero divisor value
+will automatically set the spd_cust flag.  To calculate the divisor to use for
+a certain baud rate, divide the port's base baud (generally 921600) by the
+desired rate.  For example, to set the divisor of the primary port at 0x300 to
+4 and the divisor of the secondary port at 0x308 to 8, the insmod command would
+be:
+
+insmod esp divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x84,0
+
+The dma= option can be used to set the DMA channel.  The channel can be either
+1 or 3.  Specifying any other value will force the driver to use PIO mode.
+For example, to set the DMA channel to 3, the insmod command would be:
+
+insmod esp dma=3
+
+The rx_trigger= and tx_trigger= options can be used to set the FIFO trigger
+levels.  They specify when the ESP card should send an interrupt.  Larger
+values will decrease the number of interrupts; however, a value too high may
+result in data loss.  Valid values are 1 through 1023, with 768 being the
+default.  For example, to set the receive trigger level to 512 bytes and the
+transmit trigger level to 700 bytes, the insmod command would be:
+
+insmod esp rx_trigger=512 tx_trigger=700
+
+The flow_off= and flow_on= options can be used to set the hardware flow off/
+flow on levels.  The flow on level must be lower than the flow off level, and
+the flow off level should be higher than rx_trigger.  Valid values are 1
+through 1023, with 1016 being the default flow off level and 944 being the
+default flow on level.  For example, to set the flow off level to 1000 bytes
+and the flow on level to 935 bytes, the insmod command would be:
+
+insmod esp flow_off=1000 flow_on=935
+
+The rx_timeout= option can be used to set the receive timeout value.  This
+value indicates how long after receiving the last character that the ESP card
+should wait before signalling an interrupt.  Valid values are 0 though 255,
+with 128 being the default.  A value too high will increase latency, and a
+value too low will cause unnecessary interrupts.  For example, to set the
+receive timeout to 255, the insmod command would be:
+
+insmod esp rx_timeout=255
+
+The pio_threshold= option sets the threshold (in number of characters) for
+using PIO mode instead of DMA mode.  For example, if this value is 32,
+transfers of 32 bytes or less will always use PIO mode.
+
+insmod esp pio_threshold=32
+
+Multiple options can be listed on the insmod command line by separating each
+option with a space.  For example:
+
+insmod esp dma=3 trigger=512
+
+The esp module can be automatically loaded when needed.  To cause this to
+happen, add the following lines to /etc/modprobe.conf (replacing the last line
+with options for your configuration):
+
+alias char-major-57 esp
+alias char-major-58 esp
+options esp irq=0,0,0,0,0,0,3,0 divisor=0,0,0,0,0,0,0x4,0
+
+You may also need to run 'depmod -a'.
+
+Devices must be created manually.  To create the devices, note the output from
+the module after it is inserted.  The output will appear in the location where
+kernel messages usually appear (usually /var/adm/messages).  Create two devices
+for each 'tty' mentioned, one with major of 57 and the other with major of 58.
+The minor number should be the same as the tty number reported.  The commands
+would be (replace ? with the tty number):
+
+mknod /dev/ttyP? c 57 ?
+mknod /dev/cup? c 58 ?
+
+For example, if the following line appears:
+
+Oct 24 18:17:23 techno kernel: ttyP8 at 0x0140 (irq = 3) is an ESP primary port
+
+...two devices should be created:
+
+mknod /dev/ttyP8 c 57 8
+mknod /dev/cup8 c 58 8
+
+You may need to set the permissions on the devices:
+
+chmod 666 /dev/ttyP*
+chmod 666 /dev/cup*
+
+The ESP module and the serial module should not conflict (they can be used at
+the same time).  After the ESP module has been loaded the ports on the ESP card
+will no longer be accessible by the serial driver.
+
+If I/O errors are experienced when accessing the port, check for IRQ and DMA
+conflicts ('cat /proc/interrupts' and 'cat /proc/dma' for a list of IRQs and
+DMAs currently in use).
+
+Enjoy!
+Andrew J. Robinson <arobinso@nyx.net>

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5337e80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/moxa-smartio
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+=============================================================================
+          MOXA Smartio/Industio Family Device Driver Installation Guide
+                   for Linux Kernel 2.4.x, 2.6.x
+              Copyright (C) 2008, Moxa Inc.
+=============================================================================
+Date: 01/21/2008
+
+Content
+
+1. Introduction
+2. System Requirement
+3. Installation
+   3.1 Hardware installation
+   3.2 Driver files
+   3.3 Device naming convention
+   3.4 Module driver configuration
+   3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x and 2.6.x.
+   3.6 Custom configuration
+   3.7 Verify driver installation
+4. Utilities
+5. Setserial
+6. Troubleshooting
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+1. Introduction
+
+   The Smartio/Industio/UPCI family Linux driver supports following multiport
+   boards.
+
+    - 2 ports multiport board
+       CP-102U, CP-102UL, CP-102UF
+       CP-132U-I, CP-132UL,
+       CP-132, CP-132I, CP132S, CP-132IS,
+       CI-132, CI-132I, CI-132IS,
+       (C102H, C102HI, C102HIS, C102P, CP-102, CP-102S)
+
+    - 4 ports multiport board
+       CP-104EL,
+       CP-104UL, CP-104JU,
+       CP-134U, CP-134U-I,
+       C104H/PCI, C104HS/PCI,
+       CP-114, CP-114I, CP-114S, CP-114IS, CP-114UL,
+       C104H, C104HS,
+       CI-104J, CI-104JS,
+       CI-134, CI-134I, CI-134IS,
+       (C114HI, CT-114I, C104P)
+       POS-104UL,
+       CB-114,
+       CB-134I
+
+    - 8 ports multiport board
+       CP-118EL, CP-168EL,
+       CP-118U, CP-168U,
+       C168H/PCI,
+       C168H, C168HS,
+       (C168P),
+       CB-108
+
+   This driver and installation procedure have been developed upon Linux Kernel
+   2.4.x and 2.6.x. This driver supports Intel x86 hardware platform. In order
+   to maintain compatibility, this version has also been properly tested with
+   RedHat, Mandrake, Fedora and S.u.S.E Linux. However, if compatibility problem
+   occurs, please contact Moxa at support@moxa.com.tw.
+
+   In addition to device driver, useful utilities are also provided in this
+   version. They are
+    - msdiag     Diagnostic program for displaying installed Moxa
+                 Smartio/Industio boards.
+    - msmon      Monitor program to observe data count and line status signals.
+    - msterm     A simple terminal program which is useful in testing serial
+                ports.
+    - io-irq.exe Configuration program to setup ISA boards. Please note that
+                 this program can only be executed under DOS.
+
+   All the drivers and utilities are published in form of source code under
+   GNU General Public License in this version. Please refer to GNU General
+   Public License announcement in each source code file for more detail.
+
+   In Moxa's Web sites, you may always find latest driver at http://web.moxa.com.
+
+   This version of driver can be installed as Loadable Module (Module driver)
+   or built-in into kernel (Static driver). You may refer to following
+   installation procedure for suitable one. Before you install the driver,
+   please refer to hardware installation procedure in the User's Manual.
+
+   We assume the user should be familiar with following documents.
+   - Serial-HOWTO
+   - Kernel-HOWTO
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+2. System Requirement
+   - Hardware platform: Intel x86 machine
+   - Kernel version: 2.4.x or 2.6.x
+   - gcc version 2.72 or later
+   - Maximum 4 boards can be installed in combination
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+3. Installation
+
+   3.1 Hardware installation
+   3.2 Driver files
+   3.3 Device naming convention
+   3.4 Module driver configuration
+   3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x, 2.6.x.
+   3.6 Custom configuration
+   3.7 Verify driver installation
+
+
+   3.1 Hardware installation
+
+       There are two types of buses, ISA and PCI, for Smartio/Industio
+       family multiport board.
+
+       ISA board
+       ---------
+       You'll have to configure CAP address, I/O address, Interrupt Vector
+       as well as IRQ before installing this driver. Please refer to hardware
+       installation procedure in User's Manual before proceed any further.
+       Please make sure the JP1 is open after the ISA board is set properly.
+
+       PCI/UPCI board
+       --------------
+       You may need to adjust IRQ usage in BIOS to avoid from IRQ conflict
+       with other ISA devices. Please refer to hardware installation
+       procedure in User's Manual in advance.
+
+       PCI IRQ Sharing
+       -----------
+       Each port within the same multiport board shares the same IRQ. Up to
+       4 Moxa Smartio/Industio PCI Family multiport boards can be installed
+       together on one system and they can share the same IRQ.
+
+
+   3.2 Driver files
+
+       The driver file may be obtained from ftp, CD-ROM or floppy disk. The
+       first step, anyway, is to copy driver file "mxser.tgz" into specified
+       directory. e.g. /moxa. The execute commands as below.
+
+       # cd /
+       # mkdir moxa
+       # cd /moxa
+       # tar xvf /dev/fd0
+
+       or
+
+       # cd /
+       # mkdir moxa
+       # cd /moxa
+       # cp /mnt/cdrom/<driver directory>/mxser.tgz .
+       # tar xvfz mxser.tgz
+
+
+   3.3 Device naming convention
+
+       You may find all the driver and utilities files in /moxa/mxser.
+       Following installation procedure depends on the model you'd like to
+       run the driver. If you prefer module driver, please refer to 3.4.
+       If static driver is required, please refer to 3.5.
+
+       Dialin and callout port
+       -----------------------
+       This driver remains traditional serial device properties. There are
+       two special file name for each serial port. One is dial-in port
+       which is named "ttyMxx". For callout port, the naming convention
+       is "cumxx".
+
+       Device naming when more than 2 boards installed
+       -----------------------------------------------
+       Naming convention for each Smartio/Industio multiport board is
+       pre-defined as below.
+
+       Board Num.       Dial-in Port         Callout port
+       1st board       ttyM0  - ttyM7        cum0  - cum7
+       2nd board       ttyM8  - ttyM15       cum8  - cum15
+       3rd board       ttyM16 - ttyM23       cum16 - cum23
+       4th board       ttyM24 - ttym31       cum24 - cum31
+
+
+       !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+       Under Kernel 2.6 the cum Device is Obsolete. So use ttyM*
+       device instead.
+       !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+       Board sequence
+       --------------
+       This driver will activate ISA boards according to the parameter set
+       in the driver. After all specified ISA board activated, PCI board
+       will be installed in the system automatically driven.
+       Therefore the board number is sorted by the CAP address of ISA boards.
+       For PCI boards, their sequence will be after ISA boards and C168H/PCI
+       has higher priority than C104H/PCI boards.
+
+   3.4 Module driver configuration
+       Module driver is easiest way to install. If you prefer static driver
+       installation, please skip this paragraph.
+
+
+       ------------- Prepare to use the MOXA driver--------------------
+       3.4.1 Create tty device with correct major number
+          Before using MOXA driver, your system must have the tty devices
+          which are created with driver's major number. We offer one shell
+          script "msmknod" to simplify the procedure.
+          This step is only needed to be executed once. But you still
+          need to do this procedure when:
+          a. You change the driver's major number. Please refer the "3.7"
+             section.
+          b. Your total installed MOXA boards number is changed. Maybe you
+             add/delete one MOXA board.
+          c. You want to change the tty name. This needs to modify the
+             shell script "msmknod"
+
+          The procedure is:
+         # cd /moxa/mxser/driver
+         # ./msmknod
+
+          This shell script will require the major number for dial-in
+          device and callout device to create tty device. You also need
+          to specify the total installed MOXA board number. Default major
+          numbers for dial-in device and callout device are 30, 35. If
+          you need to change to other number, please refer section "3.7"
+          for more detailed procedure.
+          Msmknod will delete any special files occupying the same device
+          naming.
+
+       3.4.2 Build the MOXA driver and utilities
+          Before using the MOXA driver and utilities, you need compile the
+          all the source code. This step is only need to be executed once.
+          But you still re-compile the source code if you modify the source
+          code. For example, if you change the driver's major number (see
+          "3.7" section), then you need to do this step again.
+
+          Find "Makefile" in /moxa/mxser, then run
+
+         # make clean; make install
+
+          !!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+         For Red Hat 9, Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS3/ES3/WS3 & Fedora Core1:
+         # make clean; make installsp1
+
+         For Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS4/ES4/WS4:
+         # make clean; make installsp2
+          !!!!!!!!!! NOTE !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+
+         The driver files "mxser.o" and utilities will be properly compiled
+         and copied to system directories respectively.
+
+       ------------- Load MOXA driver--------------------
+       3.4.3 Load the MOXA driver
+
+         # modprobe mxser <argument>
+
+         will activate the module driver. You may run "lsmod" to check
+         if "mxser" is activated. If the MOXA board is ISA board, the
+          <argument> is needed. Please refer to section "3.4.5" for more
+          information.
+
+
+       ------------- Load MOXA driver on boot --------------------
+       3.4.4 For the above description, you may manually execute
+          "modprobe mxser" to activate this driver and run
+         "rmmod mxser" to remove it.
+          However, it's better to have a boot time configuration to
+          eliminate manual operation. Boot time configuration can be
+          achieved by rc file. We offer one "rc.mxser" file to simplify
+          the procedure under "moxa/mxser/driver".
+
+          But if you use ISA board, please modify the "modprobe ..." command
+          to add the argument (see "3.4.5" section). After modifying the
+          rc.mxser, please try to execute "/moxa/mxser/driver/rc.mxser"
+          manually to make sure the modification is ok. If any error
+          encountered, please try to modify again. If the modification is
+          completed, follow the below step.
+
+         Run following command for setting rc files.
+
+         # cd /moxa/mxser/driver
+         # cp ./rc.mxser /etc/rc.d
+         # cd /etc/rc.d
+
+         Check "rc.serial" is existed or not. If "rc.serial" doesn't exist,
+         create it by vi, run "chmod 755 rc.serial" to change the permission.
+         Add "/etc/rc.d/rc.mxser" in last line,
+
+          Reboot and check if moxa.o activated by "lsmod" command.
+
+       3.4.5. If you'd like to drive Smartio/Industio ISA boards in the system,
+          you'll have to add parameter to specify CAP address of given
+         board while activating "mxser.o". The format for parameters are
+         as follows.
+
+         modprobe mxser ioaddr=0x???,0x???,0x???,0x???
+                               |      |     |    |
+                               |      |     |    +- 4th ISA board
+                               |      |     +------ 3rd ISA board
+                               |      +------------ 2nd ISA board
+                               +------------------- 1st ISA board
+
+   3.5 Static driver configuration for Linux kernel 2.4.x and 2.6.x
+
+       Note: To use static driver, you must install the linux kernel
+             source package.
+
+       3.5.1 Backup the built-in driver in the kernel.
+          # cd /usr/src/linux/drivers/char
+          # mv mxser.c mxser.c.old
+
+          For Red Hat 7.x user, you need to create link:
+          # cd /usr/src
+          # ln -s linux-2.4 linux
+
+       3.5.2 Create link
+         # cd /usr/src/linux/drivers/char
+         # ln -s /moxa/mxser/driver/mxser.c mxser.c
+
+       3.5.3 Add CAP address list for ISA boards. For PCI boards user,
+          please skip this step.
+
+         In module mode, the CAP address for ISA board is given by
+         parameter. In static driver configuration, you'll have to
+         assign it within driver's source code. If you will not
+         install any ISA boards, you may skip to next portion.
+         The instructions to modify driver source code are as
+         below.
+         a. # cd /moxa/mxser/driver
+            # vi mxser.c
+         b. Find the array mxserBoardCAP[] as below.
+
+            static int mxserBoardCAP[]
+            = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};
+
+         c. Change the address within this array using vi. For
+            example, to driver 2 ISA boards with CAP address
+            0x280 and 0x180 as 1st and 2nd board. Just to change
+            the source code as follows.
+
+            static int mxserBoardCAP[]
+            = {0x280, 0x180, 0x00, 0x00};
+
+       3.5.4 Setup kernel configuration
+
+          Configure the kernel:
+
+            # cd /usr/src/linux
+            # make menuconfig
+
+          You will go into a menu-driven system. Please select [Character
+          devices][Non-standard serial port support], enable the [Moxa
+          SmartIO support] driver with "[*]" for built-in (not "[M]"), then
+          select [Exit] to exit this program.
+
+       3.5.5 Rebuild kernel
+         The following are for Linux kernel rebuilding, for your
+          reference only.
+         For appropriate details, please refer to the Linux document.
+
+          a. cd /usr/src/linux
+          b. make clean             /* take a few minutes */
+          c. make dep               /* take a few minutes */
+          d. make bzImage           /* take probably 10-20 minutes */
+          e. make install           /* copy boot image to correct position */
+          f. Please make sure the boot kernel (vmlinuz) is in the
+             correct position.
+          g. If you use 'lilo' utility, you should check /etc/lilo.conf
+             'image' item specified the path which is the 'vmlinuz' path,
+             or you will load wrong (or old) boot kernel image (vmlinuz).
+             After checking /etc/lilo.conf, please run "lilo".
+
+         Note that if the result of "make bzImage" is ERROR, then you have to
+         go back to Linux configuration Setup. Type "make menuconfig" in
+          directory /usr/src/linux.
+
+
+       3.5.6 Make tty device and special file
+          # cd /moxa/mxser/driver
+          # ./msmknod
+
+       3.5.7 Make utility
+         # cd /moxa/mxser/utility
+         # make clean; make install
+
+       3.5.8 Reboot
+
+
+
+   3.6 Custom configuration
+       Although this driver already provides you default configuration, you
+       still can change the device name and major number. The instruction to
+       change these parameters are shown as below.
+
+       Change Device name
+       ------------------
+       If you'd like to use other device names instead of default naming
+       convention, all you have to do is to modify the internal code
+       within the shell script "msmknod". First, you have to open "msmknod"
+       by vi. Locate each line contains "ttyM" and "cum" and change them
+       to the device name you desired. "msmknod" creates the device names
+       you need next time executed.
+
+       Change Major number
+       -------------------
+       If major number 30 and 35 had been occupied, you may have to select
+       2 free major numbers for this driver. There are 3 steps to change
+       major numbers.
+
+       3.6.1 Find free major numbers
+         In /proc/devices, you may find all the major numbers occupied
+         in the system. Please select 2 major numbers that are available.
+         e.g. 40, 45.
+       3.6.2 Create special files
+         Run /moxa/mxser/driver/msmknod to create special files with
+         specified major numbers.
+       3.6.3 Modify driver with new major number
+         Run vi to open /moxa/mxser/driver/mxser.c. Locate the line
+         contains "MXSERMAJOR". Change the content as below.
+         #define         MXSERMAJOR              40
+         #define         MXSERCUMAJOR            45
+       3.6.4 Run "make clean; make install" in /moxa/mxser/driver.
+
+   3.7 Verify driver installation
+       You may refer to /var/log/messages to check the latest status
+       log reported by this driver whenever it's activated.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+4. Utilities
+   There are 3 utilities contained in this driver. They are msdiag, msmon and
+   msterm. These 3 utilities are released in form of source code. They should
+   be compiled into executable file and copied into /usr/bin.
+
+   Before using these utilities, please load driver (refer 3.4 & 3.5) and
+   make sure you had run the "msmknod" utility.
+
+   msdiag - Diagnostic
+   --------------------
+   This utility provides the function to display what Moxa Smartio/Industio
+   board found by driver in the system.
+
+   msmon - Port Monitoring
+   -----------------------
+   This utility gives the user a quick view about all the MOXA ports'
+   activities. One can easily learn each port's total received/transmitted
+   (Rx/Tx) character count since the time when the monitoring is started.
+   Rx/Tx throughputs per second are also reported in interval basis (e.g.
+   the last 5 seconds) and in average basis (since the time the monitoring
+   is started). You can reset all ports' count by <HOME> key. <+> <->
+   (plus/minus) keys to change the displaying time interval. Press <ENTER>
+   on the port, that cursor stay, to view the port's communication
+   parameters, signal status, and input/output queue.
+
+   msterm - Terminal Emulation
+   ---------------------------
+   This utility provides data sending and receiving ability of all tty ports,
+   especially for MOXA ports. It is quite useful for testing simple
+   application, for example, sending AT command to a modem connected to the
+   port or used as a terminal for login purpose. Note that this is only a
+   dumb terminal emulation without handling full screen operation.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+5. Setserial
+
+   Supported Setserial parameters are listed as below.
+
+   uart                  set UART type(16450-->disable FIFO, 16550A-->enable FIFO)
+   close_delay   set the amount of time(in 1/100 of a second) that DTR
+                 should be kept low while being closed.
+   closing_wait   set the amount of time(in 1/100 of a second) that the
+                 serial port should wait for data to be drained while
+                 being closed, before the receiver is disable.
+   spd_hi        Use  57.6kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
+   spd_vhi       Use  115.2kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
+   spd_shi       Use  230.4kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
+   spd_warp      Use  460.8kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
+   spd_normal    Use  38.4kb  when  the application requests 38.4kb.
+   spd_cust      Use  the custom divisor to set the speed when  the
+                 application requests 38.4kb.
+   divisor       This option set the custom divison.
+   baud_base     This option set the base baud rate.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+6. Troubleshooting
+
+   The boot time error messages and solutions are stated as clearly as
+   possible. If all the possible solutions fail, please contact our technical
+   support team to get more help.
+
+
+   Error msg: More than 4 Moxa Smartio/Industio family boards found. Fifth board
+              and after are ignored.
+   Solution:
+   To avoid this problem, please unplug fifth and after board, because Moxa
+   driver supports up to 4 boards.
+
+   Error msg: Request_irq fail, IRQ(?) may be conflict with another device.
+   Solution:
+   Other PCI or ISA devices occupy the assigned IRQ. If you are not sure
+   which device causes the situation, please check /proc/interrupts to find
+   free IRQ and simply change another free IRQ for Moxa board.
+
+   Error msg: Board #: C1xx Series(CAP=xxx) interrupt number invalid.
+   Solution:
+   Each port within the same multiport board shares the same IRQ. Please set
+   one IRQ (IRQ doesn't equal to zero) for one Moxa board.
+
+   Error msg: No interrupt vector be set for Moxa ISA board(CAP=xxx).
+   Solution:
+   Moxa ISA board needs an interrupt vector.Please refer to user's manual
+   "Hardware Installation" chapter to set interrupt vector.
+
+   Error msg: Couldn't install MOXA Smartio/Industio family driver!
+   Solution:
+   Load Moxa driver fail, the major number may conflict with other devices.
+   Please refer to previous section 3.7 to change a free major number for
+   Moxa driver.
+
+   Error msg: Couldn't install MOXA Smartio/Industio family callout driver!
+   Solution:
+   Load Moxa callout driver fail, the callout device major number may
+   conflict with other devices. Please refer to previous section 3.7 to
+   change a free callout device major number for Moxa driver.
+
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/riscom8.txt b/Documentation/serial/riscom8.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..14f61fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/riscom8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+* NOTE - this is an unmaintained driver.  The original author cannot be located.
+
+SDL Communications is now SBS Technologies, and does not have any
+information on these ancient ISA cards on their website.
+
+James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com> - 12-12-2004
+
+       This is the README for RISCom/8 multi-port serial driver
+       (C) 1994-1996 D.Gorodchanin
+       See file LICENSE for terms and conditions.
+
+NOTE: English is not my native language. 
+      I'm sorry for any mistakes in this text.
+
+Misc. notes for RISCom/8 serial driver, in no particular order :)
+
+1) This driver can support up to 4 boards at time.
+   Use string "riscom8=0xXXX,0xXXX,0xXXX,0xXXX" at LILO prompt, for
+   setting I/O base addresses for boards. If you compile driver
+   as module use modprobe options "iobase=0xXXX iobase1=0xXXX iobase2=..."
+
+2) The driver partially supports famous 'setserial' program, you can use almost
+   any of its options, excluding port & irq settings.
+
+3) There are some misc. defines at the beginning of riscom8.c, please read the 
+   comments and try to change some of them in case of problems.
+
+4) I consider the current state of the driver as BETA.
+
+5) SDL Communications WWW page is http://www.sdlcomm.com.
+
+6) You can use the MAKEDEV program to create RISCom/8 /dev/ttyL* entries.
+
+7) Minor numbers for first board are 0-7, for second 8-15, etc.
+
+22 Apr 1996.

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt b/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..1d85829
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+Comtrol(tm) RocketPort(R)/RocketModem(TM) Series 
+Device Driver for the Linux Operating System
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+PRODUCT OVERVIEW
+----------------
+
+This driver provides a loadable kernel driver for the Comtrol RocketPort
+and RocketModem PCI boards. These boards provide, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 
+high-speed serial ports or modems.  This driver supports up to a combination
+of four RocketPort or RocketModems boards in one machine simultaneously.
+This file assumes that you are using the RocketPort driver which is
+integrated into the kernel sources.  
+
+The driver can also be installed as an external module using the usual 
+"make;make install" routine.  This external module driver, obtainable 
+from the Comtrol website listed below, is useful for updating the driver
+or installing it into kernels which do not have the driver configured
+into them.  Installations instructions for the external module
+are in the included README and HW_INSTALL files.
+
+RocketPort ISA and RocketModem II PCI boards currently are only supported by
+this driver in module form.
+
+The RocketPort ISA board requires I/O ports to be configured by the DIP
+switches on the board.  See the section "ISA Rocketport Boards" below for
+information on how to set the DIP switches.
+
+You pass the I/O port to the driver using the following module parameters:
+
+board1 :       I/O port for the first ISA board
+board2 :       I/O port for the second ISA board
+board3 :       I/O port for the third ISA board
+board4 :       I/O port for the fourth ISA board
+
+There is a set of utilities and scripts provided with the external driver
+( downloadable from http://www.comtrol.com ) that ease the configuration and
+setup of the ISA cards.
+
+The RocketModem II PCI boards require firmware to be loaded into the card
+before it will function.  The driver has only been tested as a module for this
+board.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
+-----------------------
+
+RocketPort/RocketModem PCI cards require no driver configuration, they are 
+automatically detected and configured.
+
+The RocketPort driver can be installed as a module (recommended) or built 
+into the kernel. This is selected, as for other drivers, through the `make config`
+command from the root of the Linux source tree during the kernel build process. 
+
+The RocketPort/RocketModem serial ports installed by this driver are assigned
+device major number 46, and will be named /dev/ttyRx, where x is the port number 
+starting at zero (ex. /dev/ttyR0, /devttyR1, ...).  If you have multiple cards
+installed in the system, the mapping of port names to serial ports is displayed
+in the system log at /var/log/messages.
+
+If installed as a module, the module must be loaded.  This can be done
+manually by entering "modprobe rocket".  To have the module loaded automatically
+upon system boot, edit the /etc/modprobe.conf file and add the line
+"alias char-major-46 rocket".
+
+In order to use the ports, their device names (nodes) must be created with mknod.
+This is only required once, the system will retain the names once created.  To 
+create the RocketPort/RocketModem device names, use the command 
+"mknod /dev/ttyRx c 46 x" where x is the port number starting at zero.  For example:
+
+>mknod /dev/ttyR0 c 46 0
+>mknod /dev/ttyR1 c 46 1
+>mknod /dev/ttyR2 c 46 2  
+
+The Linux script MAKEDEV will create the first 16 ttyRx device names (nodes)
+for you:
+
+>/dev/MAKEDEV ttyR
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+ISA Rocketport Boards
+---------------------
+
+You must assign and configure the I/O addresses used by the ISA Rocketport
+card before installing and using it.  This is done by setting a set of DIP
+switches on the Rocketport board.
+
+
+SETTING THE I/O ADDRESS
+-----------------------
+
+Before installing RocketPort(R) or RocketPort RA boards, you must find
+a range of I/O addresses for it to use. The first RocketPort card
+requires a 68-byte contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one
+of the following: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h,
+0x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h.  This I/O address must be reflected in the DIP
+switches of *all* of the Rocketport cards.
+
+The second, third, and fourth RocketPort cards require a 64-byte
+contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one of the following
+I/O addresses: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x1C0h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h,
+0x2C0h, 0x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h, 0x3C0h.  The I/O address used by the
+second, third, and fourth Rocketport cards (if present) are set via
+software control.  The DIP switch settings for the I/O address must be
+set to the value of the first Rocketport cards.
+
+In order to distinguish each of the card from the others, each card
+must have a unique board ID set on the dip switches.  The first
+Rocketport board must be set with the DIP switches corresponding to
+the first board, the second board must be set with the DIP switches
+corresponding to the second board, etc.  IMPORTANT: The board ID is
+the only place where the DIP switch settings should differ between the
+various Rocketport boards in a system.
+
+The I/O address range used by any of the RocketPort cards must not
+conflict with any other cards in the system, including other
+RocketPort cards.  Below, you will find a list of commonly used I/O
+address ranges which may be in use by other devices in your system.
+On a Linux system, "cat /proc/ioports" will also be helpful in
+identifying what I/O addresses are being used by devices on your
+system.
+
+Remember, the FIRST RocketPort uses 68 I/O addresses.  So, if you set it
+for 0x100, it will occupy 0x100 to 0x143.  This would mean that you
+CAN NOT set the second, third or fourth board for address 0x140 since
+the first 4 bytes of that range are used by the first board.  You would
+need to set the second, third, or fourth board to one of the next available
+blocks such as 0x180.
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+RocketPort and RocketPort RA SW1 Settings:
+
+          +-------------------------------+
+          | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 |
+          +-------+-------+---------------+
+          | Unused| Card  | I/O Port Block|
+          +-------------------------------+
+
+DIP Switches                             DIP Switches
+7    8                                   6    5
+===================                      ===================
+On   On   UNUSED, MUST BE ON.            On   On   First Card    <==== Default
+                                         On   Off  Second Card
+                                         Off  On   Third Card
+                                         Off  Off  Fourth Card
+
+DIP Switches         I/O Address Range
+4    3    2    1     Used by the First Card
+=====================================
+On   Off  On   Off   100-143
+On   Off  Off  On    140-183
+On   Off  Off  Off   180-1C3       <==== Default
+Off  On   On   Off   200-243
+Off  On   Off  On    240-283
+Off  On   Off  Off   280-2C3
+Off  Off  On   Off   300-343
+Off  Off  Off  On    340-383
+Off  Off  Off  Off   380-3C3
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+REPORTING BUGS
+--------------
+
+For technical support, please provide the following
+information: Driver version, kernel release, distribution of
+kernel, and type of board you are using. Error messages and log
+printouts port configuration details are especially helpful.
+
+USA
+    Phone: (612) 494-4100
+      FAX: (612) 494-4199
+    email: support@comtrol.com
+
+Comtrol Europe
+    Phone: +44 (0) 1 869 323-220
+      FAX: +44 (0) 1 869 323-211
+    email: support@comtrol.co.uk
+
+Web:   http://www.comtrol.com
+FTP:   ftp.comtrol.com
+
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/specialix.txt b/Documentation/serial/specialix.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6eb6f3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/specialix.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+
+      specialix.txt  -- specialix IO8+ multiport serial driver readme.
+
+
+
+      Copyright (C) 1997  Roger Wolff (R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl)
+
+      Specialix pays for the development and support of this driver.
+      Please DO contact io8-linux@specialix.co.uk if you require
+      support.
+
+      This driver was developed in the BitWizard linux device
+      driver service. If you require a linux device driver for your
+      product, please contact devices@BitWizard.nl for a quote.
+
+      This code is firmly based on the riscom/8 serial driver,
+      written by Dmitry Gorodchanin. The specialix IO8+ card
+      programming information was obtained from the CL-CD1865 Data
+      Book, and Specialix document number 6200059: IO8+ Hardware
+      Functional Specification, augmented by document number 6200088:
+      Merak Hardware Functional Specification. (IO8+/PCI is also 
+      called Merak)
+
+
+      This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+      modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+      published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
+      the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+      This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+      useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+      warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+      PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+      You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+      License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+      Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
+      USA.
+
+
+Intro
+=====
+
+ 
+This file contains some random information, that I like to have online
+instead of in a manual that can get lost. Ever misplace your Linux
+kernel sources?  And the manual of one of the boards in your computer?
+
+
+Addresses and interrupts
+========================
+
+Address dip switch settings:
+The dip switch sets bits 2-9 of the IO address. 
+
+       9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 
+     +-----------------+
+   0 | X   X X X X X X |
+     |                 |    =   IoBase = 0x100 
+   1 |   X             |
+     +-----------------+          ------ RS232 connectors ---->
+         
+         |    |    |
+       edge connector
+         |    |    |
+         V    V    V
+
+Base address 0x100 caused a conflict in one of my computers once.  I
+haven't the foggiest why. My Specialix card is now at 0x180.  My
+other computer runs just fine with the Specialix card at 0x100....
+The card occupies 4 addresses, but actually only two are really used.
+
+The PCI version doesn't have any dip switches. The BIOS assigns
+an IO address. 
+
+The driver now still autoprobes at 0x100, 0x180, 0x250 and 0x260.  If
+that causes trouble for you, please report that. I'll remove
+autoprobing then.
+
+The driver will tell the card what IRQ to use, so you don't have to
+change any jumpers to change the IRQ. Just use a command line
+argument (irq=xx) to the insmod program to set the interrupt.
+
+The BIOS assigns the IRQ on the PCI version. You have no say in what
+IRQ to use in that case. 
+
+If your specialix cards are not at the default locations, you can use
+the kernel command line argument "specialix=io0,irq0,io1,irq1...".
+Here "io0" is the io address for the first card, and "irq0" is the
+irq line that the first card should use. And so on. 
+
+Examples. 
+
+You use the driver as a module and have three cards at 0x100, 0x250
+and 0x180. And some way or another you want them detected in that
+order. Moreover irq 12 is taken (e.g. by your PS/2 mouse).
+
+  insmod specialix.o iobase=0x100,0x250,0x180 irq=9,11,15
+
+The same three cards, but now in the kernel would require you to
+add 
+
+   specialix=0x100,9,0x250,11,0x180,15
+
+to the command line. This would become 
+
+   append="specialix=0x100,9,0x250,11,0x180,15" 
+
+in your /etc/lilo.conf file if you use lilo. 
+
+The Specialix driver is slightly odd: It allows you to have the second
+or third card detected without having a first card. This has
+advantages and disadvantages. A slot that isn't filled by an ISA card,
+might be filled if a PCI card is detected. Thus if you have an ISA
+card at 0x250 and a PCI card, you would get:
+
+sx0: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x100 not found.
+sx1: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x180 not found.
+sx2: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0x250, IRQ 12, CD1865 Rev. B.
+sx3: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x260 not found.
+sx0: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0xd800, IRQ 9, CD1865 Rev. B.
+
+This would happen if you don't give any probe hints to the driver. 
+If you would specify:
+
+   specialix=0x250,11
+
+you'd get the following messages:
+
+sx0: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0x250, IRQ 11, CD1865 Rev. B.
+sx1: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0xd800, IRQ 9, CD1865 Rev. B.
+
+ISA probing is aborted after the IO address you gave is exhausted, and
+the PCI card is now detected as the second card. The ISA card is now
+also forced to IRQ11....
+
+
+Baud rates
+==========
+
+The rev 1.2 and below boards use a CL-CD1864. These chips can only 
+do 64kbit. The rev 1.3 and newer boards use a CL-CD1865. These chips
+are officially capable of 115k2.
+
+The Specialix card uses a 25MHz crystal (in times two mode, which in
+fact is a divided by two mode). This is not enough to reach the rated
+115k2 on all ports at the same time. With this clock rate you can only
+do 37% of this rate. This means that at 115k2 on all ports you are
+going to lose characters (The chip cannot handle that many incoming
+bits at this clock rate.) (Yes, you read that correctly: there is a
+limit to the number of -=bits=- per second that the chip can handle.)
+
+If you near the "limit" you will first start to see a graceful
+degradation in that the chip cannot keep the transmitter busy at all
+times. However with a central clock this slow, you can also get it to
+miss incoming characters. The driver will print a warning message when
+you are outside the official specs. The messages usually show up in
+the file /var/log/messages .
+
+The specialix card cannot reliably do 115k2. If you use it, you have
+to do "extensive testing" (*) to verify if it actually works.
+
+When "mgetty" communicates with my modem at 115k2 it reports:
+got: +++[0d]ATQ0V1H0[0d][0d][8a]O[cb][0d][8a]
+                            ^^^^ ^^^^    ^^^^ 
+
+The three characters that have the "^^^" under them have suffered a
+bit error in the highest bit. In conclusion: I've tested it, and found
+that it simply DOESN'T work for me. I also suspect that this is also
+caused by the baud rate being just a little bit out of tune. 
+
+I upgraded the crystal to 66Mhz on one of my Specialix cards. Works
+great! Contact me for details. (Voids warranty, requires a steady hand
+and more such restrictions....)
+
+
+(*) Cirrus logic CD1864 databook, page 40.
+
+
+Cables for the Specialix IO8+
+=============================
+
+The pinout of the connectors on the IO8+ is:
+
+     pin    short    direction    long name
+            name
+    Pin 1   DCD      input        Data Carrier Detect
+    Pin 2   RXD      input        Receive
+    Pin 3   DTR/RTS  output       Data Terminal Ready/Ready To Send
+    Pin 4   GND      -            Ground
+    Pin 5   TXD      output       Transmit
+    Pin 6   CTS      input        Clear To Send
+        
+    
+             -- 6  5  4  3  2  1 --
+             |                    |
+             |                    |
+             |                    |
+             |                    |
+             +-----          -----+
+                  |__________|
+                      clip
+    
+    Front view of an RJ12 connector. Cable moves "into" the paper.
+    (the plug is ready to plug into your mouth this way...)
+
+    
+    NULL cable. I don't know who is going to use these except for
+    testing purposes, but I tested the cards with this cable. (It 
+    took quite a while to figure out, so I'm not going to delete
+    it. So there! :-)
+    
+    
+    This end goes               This end needs
+    straight into the           some twists in
+    RJ12 plug.                  the wiring.
+       IO8+ RJ12                   IO8+ RJ12
+        1  DCD       white          -
+        -             -             1 DCD
+        2  RXD       black          5 TXD
+        3  DTR/RTS   red            6 CTS
+        4  GND       green          4 GND
+        5  TXD       yellow         2 RXD
+        6  CTS       blue           3 DTR/RTS
+    
+
+    Same NULL cable, but now sorted on the second column.
+ 
+        1  DCD       white          -
+        -             -             1 DCD
+        5  TXD       yellow         2 RXD
+        6  CTS       blue           3 DTR/RTS
+        4  GND       green          4 GND
+        2  RXD       black          5 TXD
+        3  DTR/RTS   red            6 CTS
+    
+    
+    
+    This is a modem cable usable for hardware handshaking:
+        RJ12                        DB25           DB9
+        1   DCD      white          8 DCD          1 DCD
+        2   RXD      black          3 RXD          2 RXD
+        3   DTR/RTS  red            4 RTS          7 RTS
+        4   GND      green          7 GND          5 GND
+        5   TXD      yellow         2 TXD          3 TXD
+        6   CTS      blue           5 CTS          8 CTS
+                            +----   6 DSR          6 DSR
+                            +----  20 DTR          4 DTR
+
+    This is a modem cable usable for software handshaking:
+    It allows you to reset the modem using the DTR ioctls.
+    I (REW) have never tested this, "but xxxxxxxxxxxxx
+    says that it works." If you test this, please
+    tell me and I'll fill in your name on the xxx's.
+
+        RJ12                        DB25           DB9
+        1   DCD      white          8 DCD          1 DCD
+        2   RXD      black          3 RXD          2 RXD
+        3   DTR/RTS  red           20 DTR          4 DTR
+        4   GND      green          7 GND          5 GND
+        5   TXD      yellow         2 TXD          3 TXD
+        6   CTS      blue           5 CTS          8 CTS
+                            +----   6 DSR          6 DSR
+                            +----   4 RTS          7 RTS
+
+   I bought a 6 wire flat cable. It was colored as indicated.
+   Check that yours is the same before you trust me on this.
+   
+ 
+Hardware handshaking issues.
+============================
+
+The driver can be told to operate in two different ways. The default
+behaviour is specialix.sx_rtscts = 0 where the pin behaves as DTR when
+hardware handshaking is off. It behaves as the RTS hardware
+handshaking signal when hardware handshaking is selected.
+
+When you use this, you have to use the appropriate cable. The
+cable will either be compatible with hardware handshaking or with
+software handshaking. So switching on the fly is not really an
+option.
+
+I actually prefer to use the "specialix.sx_rtscts=1" option.
+This makes the DTR/RTS pin always an RTS pin, and ioctls to
+change DTR are always ignored. I have a cable that is configured
+for this. 
+
+
+Ports and devices
+=================
+
+Port 0 is the one furthest from the card-edge connector.
+
+Devices:
+
+You should make the devices as follows:
+
+bash
+cd /dev
+for i in  0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9 10 11 12 13 14 15 \
+         16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
+do
+  echo -n "$i "
+  mknod /dev/ttyW$i c 75 $i
+  mknod /dev/cuw$i c 76 $i
+done
+echo ""
+
+If your system doesn't come with these devices preinstalled, bug your
+linux-vendor about this. They have had ample time to get this
+implemented by now.
+
+You cannot have more than 4 boards in one computer. The card only
+supports 4 different interrupts. If you really want this, contact me
+about this and I'll give you a few tips (requires soldering iron)....
+
+If you have enough PCI slots, you can probably use more than 4 PCI
+versions of the card though.... 
+
+The PCI version of the card cannot adhere to the mechanical part of
+the PCI spec because the 8 serial connectors are simply too large. If
+it doesn't fit in your computer, bring back the card.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+  Fixed bugs and restrictions:
+       - During initialization, interrupts are blindly turned on.
+            Having a shadow variable would cause an extra memory
+            access on every IO instruction. 
+       - The interrupt (on the card) should be disabled when we
+         don't allocate the Linux end of the interrupt. This allows 
+         a different driver/card to use it while all ports are not in
+         use..... (a la standard serial port)
+       == An extra _off variant of the sx_in and sx_out macros are
+          now available. They don't set the interrupt enable bit.
+          These are used during initialization. Normal operation uses
+          the old variant which enables the interrupt line.
+       - RTS/DTR issue needs to be implemented according to 
+         specialix' spec.
+            I kind of like the "determinism" of the current 
+            implementation. Compile time flag?
+       == Ok. Compile time flag! Default is how Specialix likes it.
+       == Now a config time flag! Gets saved in your config file. Neat!
+       - Can you set the IO address from the lilo command line?
+            If you need this, bug me about it, I'll make it. 
+       == Hah! No bugging needed. Fixed! :-)
+       - Cirrus logic hasn't gotten back to me yet why the CD1865 can
+            and the CD1864 can't do 115k2. I suspect that this is
+            because the CD1864 is not rated for 33MHz operation.
+            Therefore the CD1864 versions of the card can't do 115k2 on 
+            all ports just like the CD1865 versions. The driver does
+            not block 115k2 on CD1864 cards. 
+        == I called the Cirrus Logic representative here in Holland.
+           The CD1864 databook is identical to the CD1865 databook, 
+           except for an extra warning at the end. Similar Bit errors
+           have been observed in testing at 115k2 on both an 1865 and
+           a 1864 chip. I see no reason why I would prohibit 115k2 on
+           1864 chips and not do it on 1865 chips. Actually there is
+           reason to prohibit it on BOTH chips. I print a warning.
+           If you use 115k2, you're on your own. 
+       - A spiky CD may send spurious HUPs. Also in CLOCAL???
+         -- A fix for this turned out to be counter productive. 
+            Different fix? Current behaviour is acceptable?
+         -- Maybe the current implementation is correct. If anybody
+            gets bitten by this, please report, and it will get fixed.
+
+         -- Testing revealed that when in CLOCAL, the problem doesn't
+            occur. As warned for in the CD1865 manual, the chip may
+            send modem intr's on a spike. We could filter those out,
+            but that would be a cludge anyway (You'd still risk getting
+            a spurious HUP when two spikes occur.).....
+ 
+
+
+  Bugs & restrictions:
+       - This is a difficult card to autoprobe.
+            You have to WRITE to the address register to even 
+            read-probe a CD186x register. Disable autodetection?
+         -- Specialix: any suggestions?
+
+

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt b/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..5c4902d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+* NOTE - This is an unmaintained driver.  Lantronix, which bought Stallion
+technologies, is not active in driver maintenance, and they have no information
+on when or if they will have a 2.6 driver.
+
+James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com> - 12-12-2004
+
+Stallion Multiport Serial Driver Readme
+---------------------------------------
+
+Copyright (C) 1994-1999,  Stallion Technologies.
+
+Version:   5.5.1
+Date:      28MAR99
+
+
+
+1. INTRODUCTION
+
+There are two drivers that work with the different families of Stallion
+multiport serial boards. One is for the Stallion smart boards - that is
+EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 and EasyConnection 8/64-PCI, the other for
+the true Stallion intelligent multiport boards - EasyConnection 8/64
+(ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard and Brumby.
+
+If you are using any of the Stallion intelligent multiport boards (Brumby,
+ONboard, EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI) with
+Linux you will need to get the driver utility package.  This contains a
+firmware loader and the firmware images necessary to make the devices operate.
+
+The Stallion Technologies ftp site, ftp.stallion.com, will always have
+the latest version of the driver utility package.
+
+ftp://ftp.stallion.com/drivers/ata5/Linux/ata-linux-550.tar.gz
+
+As of the printing of this document the latest version of the driver
+utility package is 5.5.0. If a later version is now available then you
+should use the latest version.
+
+If you are using the EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 or EasyConnection 8/64-PCI
+boards then you don't need this package, although it does have a serial stats
+display program.
+
+If you require DIP switch settings, EISA or MCA configuration files, or any
+other information related to Stallion boards then have a look at Stallion's
+web pages at http://www.stallion.com.
+
+
+
+2. INSTALLATION
+
+The drivers can be used as loadable modules or compiled into the kernel.
+You can choose which when doing a "config" on the kernel.
+
+All ISA, EISA and MCA boards that you want to use need to be configured into
+the driver(s). All PCI boards will be automatically detected when you load
+the driver - so they do not need to be entered into the driver(s)
+configuration structure. Note that kernel PCI support is required to use PCI
+boards.
+
+There are two methods of configuring ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the drivers.
+If using the driver as a loadable module then the simplest method is to pass
+the driver configuration as module arguments. The other method is to modify
+the driver source to add configuration lines for each board in use.
+
+If you have pre-built Stallion driver modules then the module argument
+configuration method should be used. A lot of Linux distributions come with
+pre-built driver modules in /lib/modules/X.Y.Z/misc for the kernel in use.
+That makes things pretty simple to get going.
+
+
+2.1 MODULE DRIVER CONFIGURATION:
+
+The simplest configuration for modules is to use the module load arguments
+to configure any ISA, EISA or MCA boards. PCI boards are automatically
+detected, so do not need any additional configuration at all.
+
+If using EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA, or EasyConnection 8/63-PCI
+boards then use the "stallion" driver module, Otherwise if you are using
+an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA, EISA or MCA, EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard,
+Brumby or original Stallion board then use the "istallion" driver module.
+
+Typically to load up the smart board driver use:
+
+    modprobe stallion
+
+This will load the EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 driver. It will output a
+message to say that it loaded and print the driver version number. It will
+also print out whether it found the configured boards or not. These messages
+may not appear on the console, but typically are always logged to
+/var/adm/messages or /var/log/syslog files - depending on how the klogd and
+syslogd daemons are setup on your system.
+
+To load the intelligent board driver use:
+
+    modprobe istallion
+
+It will output similar messages to the smart board driver.
+
+If not using an auto-detectable board type (that is a PCI board) then you
+will also need to supply command line arguments to the modprobe command
+when loading the driver. The general form of the configuration argument is
+
+    board?=<name>[,<ioaddr>[,<addr>][,<irq>]]
+
+where:
+
+    board?  -- specifies the arbitrary board number of this board,
+               can be in the range 0 to 3.
+
+    name    -- textual name of this board. The board name is the common
+               board name, or any "shortened" version of that. The board
+               type number may also be used here.
+
+    ioaddr  -- specifies the I/O address of this board. This argument is
+               optional, but should generally be specified.
+
+    addr    -- optional second address argument. Some board types require
+               a second I/O address, some require a memory address. The
+               exact meaning of this argument depends on the board type.
+
+    irq     -- optional IRQ line used by this board.
+
+Up to 4 board configuration arguments can be specified on the load line.
+Here is some examples:
+
+    modprobe stallion board0=easyio,0x2a0,5
+
+This configures an EasyIO board as board 0 at I/O address 0x2a0 and IRQ 5.
+
+    modprobe istallion board3=ec8/64,0x2c0,0xcc000
+
+This configures an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA as board 3 at I/O address 0x2c0 at
+memory address 0xcc000.
+
+    modprobe stallion board1=ec8/32-at,0x2a0,0x280,10
+
+This configures an EasyConnection 8/32 ISA board at primary I/O address 0x2a0,
+secondary address 0x280 and IRQ 10.
+
+You will probably want to enter this module load and configuration information
+into your system startup scripts so that the drivers are loaded and configured
+on each system boot. Typically the start up script would be something like
+/etc/modprobe.conf.
+
+
+2.2 STATIC DRIVER CONFIGURATION:
+
+For static driver configuration you need to modify the driver source code.
+Entering ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the driver(s) configuration structure
+involves editing the driver(s) source file. It's pretty easy if you follow
+the instructions below. Both drivers can support up to 4 boards. The smart
+card driver (the stallion.c driver) supports any combination of EasyIO and
+EasyConnection 8/32 boards (up to a total of 4). The intelligent driver
+supports any combination of ONboards, Brumbys, Stallions and EasyConnection
+8/64 (ISA and EISA) boards (up to a total of 4).
+
+To set up the driver(s) for the boards that you want to use you need to
+edit the appropriate driver file and add configuration entries.
+
+If using EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA boards,
+   In drivers/char/stallion.c:
+      - find the definition of the stl_brdconf array (of structures)
+        near the top of the file
+      - modify this to match the boards you are going to install
+       (the comments before this structure should help)
+      - save and exit
+
+If using ONboard, Brumby, Stallion or EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA or EISA)
+boards,
+   In drivers/char/istallion.c:
+      - find the definition of the stli_brdconf array (of structures)
+        near the top of the file
+      - modify this to match the boards you are going to install
+       (the comments before this structure should help)
+      - save and exit
+
+Once you have set up the board configurations then you are ready to build
+the kernel or modules.
+
+When the new kernel is booted, or the loadable module loaded then the
+driver will emit some kernel trace messages about whether the configured
+boards were detected or not. Depending on how your system logger is set
+up these may come out on the console, or just be logged to
+/var/adm/messages or /var/log/syslog. You should check the messages to
+confirm that all is well.
+
+
+2.3 SHARING INTERRUPTS
+
+It is possible to share interrupts between multiple EasyIO and
+EasyConnection 8/32 boards in an EISA system. To do this you must be using
+static driver configuration, modifying the driver source code to add driver
+configuration. Then a couple of extra things are required:
+
+1. When entering the board resources into the stallion.c file you need to
+   mark the boards as using level triggered interrupts. Do this by replacing
+   the "0" entry at field position 6 (the last field) in the board
+   configuration structure with a "1". (This is the structure that defines
+   the board type, I/O locations, etc. for each board). All boards that are
+   sharing an interrupt must be set this way, and each board should have the
+   same interrupt number specified here as well. Now build the module or
+   kernel as you would normally.
+
+2. When physically installing the boards into the system you must enter
+   the system EISA configuration utility. You will need to install the EISA
+   configuration files for *all* the EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards
+   that are sharing interrupts. The Stallion EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32
+   EISA configuration files required are supplied by Stallion Technologies
+   on the EASY Utilities floppy diskette (usually supplied in the box with
+   the board when purchased. If not, you can pick it up from Stallion's FTP
+   site, ftp.stallion.com). You will need to edit the board resources to
+   choose level triggered interrupts, and make sure to set each board's
+   interrupt to the same IRQ number.
+
+You must complete both the above steps for this to work. When you reboot
+or load the driver your EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards will be
+sharing interrupts.
+
+
+2.4 USING HIGH SHARED MEMORY
+
+The EasyConnection 8/64-EI, ONboard and Stallion boards are capable of
+using shared memory addresses above the usual 640K - 1Mb range. The ONboard
+ISA and the Stallion boards can be programmed to use memory addresses up to
+16Mb (the ISA bus addressing limit), and the EasyConnection 8/64-EI and
+ONboard/E can be programmed for memory addresses up to 4Gb (the EISA bus
+addressing limit).
+
+The higher than 1Mb memory addresses are fully supported by this driver.
+Just enter the address as you normally would for a lower than 1Mb address
+(in the driver's board configuration structure).
+
+
+
+2.5 TROUBLE SHOOTING
+
+If a board is not found by the driver but is actually in the system then the
+most likely problem is that the I/O address is wrong. Change the module load
+argument for the loadable module form. Or change it in the driver stallion.c
+or istallion.c configuration structure and rebuild the kernel or modules, or
+change it on the board.
+
+On EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards the IRQ is software programmable, so
+if there is a conflict you may need to change the IRQ used for a board. There
+are no interrupts to worry about for ONboard, Brumby or EasyConnection 8/64
+(ISA, EISA and MCA) boards. The memory region on EasyConnection 8/64 and
+ONboard boards is software programmable, but not on the Brumby boards.
+
+
+
+3. USING THE DRIVERS
+
+3.1 INTELLIGENT DRIVER OPERATION
+
+The intelligent boards also need to have their "firmware" code downloaded
+to them. This is done via a user level application supplied in the driver
+utility package called "stlload". Compile this program wherever you dropped
+the package files, by typing "make". In its simplest form you can then type
+
+    ./stlload -i cdk.sys
+
+in this directory and that will download board 0 (assuming board 0 is an
+EasyConnection 8/64 or EasyConnection/RA board). To download to an
+ONboard, Brumby or Stallion do:
+
+    ./stlload -i 2681.sys
+
+Normally you would want all boards to be downloaded as part of the standard
+system startup. To achieve this, add one of the lines above into the
+/etc/rc.d/rc.S or /etc/rc.d/rc.serial file. To download each board just add
+the "-b <brd-number>" option to the line. You will need to download code for
+every board. You should probably move the stlload program into a system
+directory, such as /usr/sbin. Also, the default location of the cdk.sys image
+file in the stlload down-loader is /usr/lib/stallion. Create that directory
+and put the cdk.sys and 2681.sys files in it. (It's a convenient place to put
+them anyway). As an example your /etc/rc.d/rc.S file might have the
+following lines added to it (if you had 3 boards):
+
+    /usr/sbin/stlload -b 0 -i /usr/lib/stallion/cdk.sys
+    /usr/sbin/stlload -b 1 -i /usr/lib/stallion/2681.sys
+    /usr/sbin/stlload -b 2 -i /usr/lib/stallion/2681.sys
+
+The image files cdk.sys and 2681.sys are specific to the board types. The
+cdk.sys will only function correctly on an EasyConnection 8/64 board. Similarly
+the 2681.sys image fill only operate on ONboard, Brumby and Stallion boards.
+If you load the wrong image file into a board it will fail to start up, and
+of course the ports will not be operational!
+
+If you are using the modularized version of the driver you might want to put
+the modprobe calls in the startup script as well (before the download lines
+obviously).
+
+
+3.2 USING THE SERIAL PORTS
+
+Once the driver is installed you will need to setup some device nodes to
+access the serial ports. The simplest method is to use the /dev/MAKEDEV program.
+It will automatically create device entries for Stallion boards. This will
+create the normal serial port devices as /dev/ttyE# where# is the port number
+starting from 0. A bank of 64 minor device numbers is allocated to each board,
+so the first port on the second board is port 64,etc. A set of callout type
+devices may also be created. They are created as the devices /dev/cue# where #
+is the same as for the ttyE devices.
+
+For the most part the Stallion driver tries to emulate the standard PC system
+COM ports and the standard Linux serial driver. The idea is that you should
+be able to use Stallion board ports and COM ports interchangeably without
+modifying anything but the device name. Anything that doesn't work like that
+should be considered a bug in this driver!
+
+If you look at the driver code you will notice that it is fairly closely
+based on the Linux serial driver (linux/drivers/char/serial.c). This is
+intentional, obviously this is the easiest way to emulate its behavior!
+
+Since this driver tries to emulate the standard serial ports as much as
+possible, most system utilities should work as they do for the standard
+COM ports. Most importantly "stty" works as expected and "setserial" can
+also be used (excepting the ability to auto-configure the I/O and IRQ
+addresses of boards). Higher baud rates are supported in the usual fashion
+through setserial or using the CBAUDEX extensions. Note that the EasyIO and
+EasyConnection (all types) support at least 57600 and 115200 baud. The newer
+EasyConnection XP modules and new EasyIO boards support 230400 and 460800
+baud as well. The older boards including ONboard and Brumby support a
+maximum baud rate of 38400.
+
+If you are unfamiliar with how to use serial ports, then get the Serial-HOWTO
+by Greg Hankins. It will explain everything you need to know!
+
+
+
+4. NOTES
+
+You can use both drivers at once if you have a mix of board types installed
+in a system. However to do this you will need to change the major numbers
+used by one of the drivers. Currently both drivers use major numbers 24, 25
+and 28 for their devices. Change one driver to use some other major numbers,
+and then modify the mkdevnods script to make device nodes based on those new
+major numbers. For example, you could change the istallion.c driver to use
+major numbers 60, 61 and 62. You will also need to create device nodes with
+different names for the ports, for example ttyF# and cuf#.
+
+The original Stallion board is no longer supported by Stallion Technologies.
+Although it is known to work with the istallion driver.
+
+Finding a free physical memory address range can be a problem. The older
+boards like the Stallion and ONboard need large areas (64K or even 128K), so
+they can be very difficult to get into a system. If you have 16 Mb of RAM
+then you have no choice but to put them somewhere in the 640K -> 1Mb range.
+ONboards require 64K, so typically 0xd0000 is good, or 0xe0000 on some
+systems. If you have an original Stallion board, "V4.0" or Rev.O, then you
+need a 64K memory address space, so again 0xd0000 and 0xe0000 are good.
+Older Stallion boards are a much bigger problem. They need 128K of address
+space and must be on a 128K boundary. If you don't have a VGA card then
+0xc0000 might be usable - there is really no other place you can put them
+below 1Mb.
+
+Both the ONboard and old Stallion boards can use higher memory addresses as
+well, but you must have less than 16Mb of RAM to be able to use them. Usual
+high memory addresses used include 0xec0000 and 0xf00000.
+
+The Brumby boards only require 16Kb of address space, so you can usually
+squeeze them in somewhere. Common addresses are 0xc8000, 0xcc000, or in
+the 0xd0000 range. EasyConnection 8/64 boards are even better, they only
+require 4Kb of address space, again usually 0xc8000, 0xcc000 or 0xd0000
+are good.
+
+If you are using an EasyConnection 8/64-EI or ONboard/E then usually the
+0xd0000 or 0xe0000 ranges are the best options below 1Mb. If neither of
+them can be used then the high memory support to use the really high address
+ranges is the best option. Typically the 2Gb range is convenient for them,
+and gets them well out of the way.
+
+The ports of the EasyIO-8M board do not have DCD or DTR signals. So these
+ports cannot be used as real modem devices. Generally, when using these
+ports you should only use the cueX devices.
+
+The driver utility package contains a couple of very useful programs. One 
+is a serial port statistics collection and display program - very handy
+for solving serial port problems. The other is an extended option setting
+program that works with the intelligent boards.
+
+
+
+5. DISCLAIMER
+
+The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate and
+reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Stallion Technologies
+Pty. Ltd. for its use, nor any infringements of patents or other rights
+of third parties resulting from its use. Stallion Technologies reserves
+the right to modify the design of its products and will endeavour to change
+the information in manuals and accompanying documentation accordingly.
+

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/sx.txt b/Documentation/serial/sx.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..cb4efa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/sx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+
+      sx.txt  -- specialix SX/SI multiport serial driver readme.
+
+
+
+      Copyright (C) 1997  Roger Wolff (R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl)
+
+      Specialix pays for the development and support of this driver.
+      Please DO contact support@specialix.co.uk if you require
+      support.
+
+      This driver was developed in the BitWizard linux device
+      driver service. If you require a linux device driver for your
+      product, please contact devices@BitWizard.nl for a quote.
+
+      (History)
+      There used to be an SI driver by Simon Allan. This is a complete 
+      rewrite  from scratch. Just a few lines-of-code have been snatched.
+
+      (Sources)
+      Specialix document number 6210028: SX Host Card and Download Code
+      Software Functional Specification.
+
+      (Copying)
+      This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+      modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+      published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
+      the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+      This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+      useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+      warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+      PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+      You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+      License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+      Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
+      USA.
+      
+      (Addendum)
+      I'd appreciate it that if you have fixes, that you send them
+      to me first. 
+
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This file contains some random information, that I like to have online
+instead of in a manual that can get lost. Ever misplace your Linux
+kernel sources?  And the manual of one of the boards in your computer?
+
+
+Theory of operation
+===================
+
+An important thing to know is that the driver itself doesn't have the
+firmware for the card. This means that you need the separate package
+"sx_firmware". For now you can get the source at
+
+       ftp://ftp.bitwizard.nl/specialix/sx_firmware_<version>.tgz
+
+The firmware load needs a "misc" device, so you'll need to enable the
+"Support for user misc device modules" in your kernel configuration.
+The misc device needs to be called "/dev/specialix_sxctl". It needs
+misc major 10, and minor number 167 (assigned by HPA). The section
+on creating device files below also creates this device. 
+
+After loading the sx.o module into your kernel, the driver will report
+the number of cards detected, but because it doesn't have any
+firmware, it will not be able to determine the number of ports. Only
+when you then run "sx_firmware" will the firmware be downloaded and
+the rest of the driver initialized. At that time the sx_firmware
+program will report the number of ports installed.
+
+In contrast with many other multi port serial cards, some of the data
+structures are only allocated when the card knows the number of ports
+that are connected. This means we won't waste memory for 120 port
+descriptor structures when you only have 8 ports. If you experience
+problems due to this, please report them: I haven't seen any.
+
+
+Interrupts
+==========
+
+A multi port serial card, would generate a horrendous amount of
+interrupts if it would interrupt the CPU for every received
+character. Even more than 10 years ago, the trick not to use
+interrupts but to poll the serial cards was invented.
+
+The SX card allow us to do this two ways. First the card limits its
+own interrupt rate to a rate that won't overwhelm the CPU. Secondly,
+we could forget about the cards interrupt completely and use the
+internal timer for this purpose.
+
+Polling the card can take up to a few percent of your CPU. Using the
+interrupts would be better if you have most of the ports idle. Using
+timer-based polling is better if your card almost always has work to
+do. You save the separate interrupt in that case.
+
+In any case, it doesn't really matter all that much. 
+
+The most common problem with interrupts is that for ISA cards in a PCI
+system the BIOS has to be told to configure that interrupt as "legacy
+ISA". Otherwise the card can pull on the interrupt line all it wants
+but the CPU won't see this.
+
+If you can't get the interrupt to work, remember that polling mode is
+more efficient (provided you actually use the card intensively).
+
+
+Allowed Configurations
+======================
+
+Some configurations are disallowed. Even though at a glance they might
+seem to work, they are known to lockup the bus between the host card
+and the device concentrators. You should respect the drivers decision
+not to support certain configurations. It's there for a reason.
+
+Warning: Seriously technical stuff ahead. Executive summary: Don't use
+SX cards except configured at a 64k boundary. Skip the next paragraph.
+
+The SX cards can theoretically be placed at a 32k boundary. So for
+instance you can put an SX card at 0xc8000-0xd7fff. This is not a
+"recommended configuration". ISA cards have to tell the bus controller
+how they like their timing. Due to timing issues they have to do this
+based on which 64k window the address falls into. This means that the
+32k window below and above the SX card have to use exactly the same
+timing as the SX card. That reportedly works for other SX cards. But
+you're still left with two useless 32k windows that should not be used
+by anybody else.
+
+
+Configuring the driver
+======================
+
+PCI cards are always detected. The driver auto-probes for ISA cards at
+some sensible addresses. Please report if the auto-probe causes trouble
+in your system, or when a card isn't detected.
+
+I'm afraid I haven't implemented "kernel command line parameters" yet.
+This means that if the default doesn't work for you, you shouldn't use
+the compiled-into-the-kernel version of the driver. Use a module
+instead.  If you convince me that you need this, I'll make it for
+you. Deal?
+
+I'm afraid that the module parameters are a bit clumsy. If you have a
+better idea, please tell me.
+
+You can specify several parameters:
+
+       sx_poll: number of jiffies between timer-based polls.
+
+               Set this to "0" to disable timer based polls. 
+                Initialization of cards without a working interrupt
+                will fail.
+
+               Set this to "1" if you want a polling driver. 
+               (on Intel: 100 polls per second). If you don't use
+                fast baud rates, you might consider a value like "5". 
+                (If you don't know how to do the math, use 1).
+
+       sx_slowpoll: Number of jiffies between timer-based polls. 
+               Set this to "100" to poll once a second. 
+               This should get the card out of a stall if the driver
+                ever misses an interrupt. I've never seen this happen,
+                and if it does, that's a bug. Tell me. 
+
+       sx_maxints: Number of interrupts to request from the card. 
+               The card normally limits interrupts to about 100 per
+               second to offload the host CPU. You can increase this
+               number to reduce latency on the card a little.
+               Note that if you give a very high number you can overload
+               your CPU as well as the CPU on the host card. This setting 
+               is inaccurate and not recommended for SI cards (But it 
+               works). 
+
+       sx_irqmask: The mask of allowable IRQs to use. I suggest you set 
+               this to 0 (disable IRQs all together) and use polling if 
+               the assignment of IRQs becomes problematic. This is defined
+               as the sum of (1 << irq) 's that you want to allow. So 
+               sx_irqmask of 8 (1 << 3) specifies that only irq 3 may
+               be used by the SX driver. If you want to specify to the 
+               driver: "Either irq 11 or 12 is ok for you to use", then
+               specify (1 << 11) | (1 << 12) = 0x1800 . 
+
+       sx_debug: You can enable different sorts of debug traces with this. 
+               At "-1" all debugging traces are active. You'll get several
+               times more debugging output than you'll get characters 
+               transmitted. 
+
+
+Baud rates
+==========
+
+Theoretically new SXDCs should be capable of more than 460k
+baud. However the line drivers usually give up before that.  Also the
+CPU on the card may not be able to handle 8 channels going at full
+blast at that speed. Moreover, the buffers are not large enough to
+allow operation with 100 interrupts per second. You'll have to realize
+that the card has a 256 byte buffer, so you'll have to increase the
+number of interrupts per second if you have more than 256*100 bytes
+per second to transmit.  If you do any performance testing in this
+area, I'd be glad to hear from you...
+
+(Psst Linux users..... I think the Linux driver is more efficient than
+the driver for other OSes. If you can and want to benchmark them
+against each other, be my guest, and report your findings...... :-)
+
+
+Ports and devices
+=================
+
+Port 0 is the top connector on the module closest to the host
+card. Oh, the ports on the SXDCs and TAs are labelled from 1 to 8
+instead of from 0 to 7, as they are numbered by linux. I'm stubborn in
+this: I know for sure that I wouldn't be able to calculate which port
+is which anymore if I would change that....
+
+
+Devices:
+
+You should make the device files as follows:
+
+#!/bin/sh
+# (I recommend that you cut-and-paste this into a file and run that)
+cd /dev
+t=0
+mknod specialix_sxctl c 10 167
+while [ $t -lt 64 ]
+  do 
+  echo -n "$t "
+  mknod ttyX$t c 32 $t
+  mknod cux$t  c 33 $t
+  t=`expr $t + 1`
+done
+echo ""
+rm /etc/psdevtab
+ps > /dev/null
+
+
+This creates 64 devices. If you have more, increase the constant on
+the line with "while". The devices start at 0, as is customary on
+Linux. Specialix seems to like starting the numbering at 1. 
+
+If your system doesn't come with these devices pre-installed, bug your
+linux-vendor about this. They should have these devices
+"pre-installed" before the new millennium. The "ps" stuff at the end
+is to "tell" ps that the new devices exist.
+
+Officially the maximum number of cards per computer is 4. This driver
+however supports as many cards in one machine as you want. You'll run
+out of interrupts after a few, but you can switch to polled operation
+then. At about 256 ports (More than 8 cards), we run out of minor
+device numbers. Sorry. I suggest you buy a second computer.... (Or
+switch to RIO).
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+  Fixed bugs and restrictions:
+       - Hangup processing.  
+         -- Done.
+
+       - the write path in generic_serial (lockup / oops). 
+         -- Done (Ugly: not the way I want it. Copied from serial.c).
+
+        - write buffer isn't flushed at close.
+         -- Done. I still seem to lose a few chars at close. 
+            Sorry. I think that this is a firmware issue. (-> Specialix)
+
+       - drain hardware before  changing termios
+       - Change debug on the fly. 
+       - ISA free irq -1. (no firmware loaded).
+       - adding c8000 as a probe address. Added warning. 
+       - Add a RAMtest for the RAM on the card.c
+        - Crash when opening a port "way" of the number of allowed ports. 
+          (for example opening port 60 when there are only 24 ports attached)
+       - Sometimes the use-count strays a bit. After a few hours of
+          testing the use count is sometimes "3". If you are not like
+          me and can remember what you did to get it that way, I'd
+          appreciate an Email. Possibly fixed. Tell me if anyone still
+          sees this.
+       - TAs don't work right if you don't connect all the modem control
+         signals. SXDCs do. T225 firmware problem -> Specialix. 
+         (Mostly fixed now, I think. Tell me if you encounter this!)
+
+  Bugs & restrictions:
+
+       - Arbitrary baud rates. Requires firmware update. (-> Specialix)
+
+       - Low latency (mostly firmware, -> Specialix)
+
+
+

diff --git a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8e65c44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+
+                       The Lockronomicon
+
+Your guide to the ancient and twisted locking policies of the tty layer and
+the warped logic behind them. Beware all ye who read on.
+
+FIXME: still need to work out the full set of BKL assumptions and document
+them so they can eventually be killed off.
+
+
+Line Discipline
+---------------
+
+Line disciplines are registered with tty_register_ldisc() passing the
+discipline number and the ldisc structure. At the point of registration the 
+discipline must be ready to use and it is possible it will get used before
+the call returns success. If the call returns an error then it won't get
+called. Do not re-use ldisc numbers as they are part of the userspace ABI
+and writing over an existing ldisc will cause demons to eat your computer.
+After the return the ldisc data has been copied so you may free your own 
+copy of the structure. You must not re-register over the top of the line
+discipline even with the same data or your computer again will be eaten by
+demons.
+
+In order to remove a line discipline call tty_unregister_ldisc().
+In ancient times this always worked. In modern times the function will
+return -EBUSY if the ldisc is currently in use. Since the ldisc referencing
+code manages the module counts this should not usually be a concern.
+
+Heed this warning: the reference count field of the registered copies of the
+tty_ldisc structure in the ldisc table counts the number of lines using this
+discipline. The reference count of the tty_ldisc structure within a tty 
+counts the number of active users of the ldisc at this instant. In effect it
+counts the number of threads of execution within an ldisc method (plus those
+about to enter and exit although this detail matters not).
+
+Line Discipline Methods
+-----------------------
+
+TTY side interfaces:
+
+open()         -       Called when the line discipline is attached to
+                       the terminal. No other call into the line
+                       discipline for this tty will occur until it
+                       completes successfully. Can sleep.
+
+close()                -       This is called on a terminal when the line
+                       discipline is being unplugged. At the point of
+                       execution no further users will enter the
+                       ldisc code for this tty. Can sleep.
+
+hangup()       -       Called when the tty line is hung up.
+                       The line discipline should cease I/O to the tty.
+                       No further calls into the ldisc code will occur.
+                       Can sleep.
+
+write()                -       A process is writing data through the line
+                       discipline.  Multiple write calls are serialized
+                       by the tty layer for the ldisc.  May sleep. 
+
+flush_buffer() -       (optional) May be called at any point between
+                       open and close, and instructs the line discipline
+                       to empty its input buffer.
+
+chars_in_buffer() -    (optional) Report the number of bytes in the input
+                       buffer.
+
+set_termios()  -       (optional) Called on termios structure changes.
+                       The caller passes the old termios data and the
+                       current data is in the tty. Called under the
+                       termios semaphore so allowed to sleep. Serialized
+                       against itself only.
+
+read()         -       Move data from the line discipline to the user.
+                       Multiple read calls may occur in parallel and the
+                       ldisc must deal with serialization issues. May 
+                       sleep.
+
+poll()         -       Check the status for the poll/select calls. Multiple
+                       poll calls may occur in parallel. May sleep.
+
+ioctl()                -       Called when an ioctl is handed to the tty layer
+                       that might be for the ldisc. Multiple ioctl calls
+                       may occur in parallel. May sleep. 
+
+Driver Side Interfaces:
+
+receive_buf()  -       Hand buffers of bytes from the driver to the ldisc
+                       for processing. Semantics currently rather
+                       mysterious 8(
+
+write_wakeup() -       May be called at any point between open and close.
+                       The TTY_DO_WRITE_WAKEUP flag indicates if a call
+                       is needed but always races versus calls. Thus the
+                       ldisc must be careful about setting order and to
+                       handle unexpected calls. Must not sleep.
+
+                       The driver is forbidden from calling this directly
+                       from the ->write call from the ldisc as the ldisc
+                       is permitted to call the driver write method from
+                       this function. In such a situation defer it.
+
+
+Driver Access
+
+Line discipline methods can call the following methods of the underlying
+hardware driver through the function pointers within the tty->driver
+structure:
+
+write()                        Write a block of characters to the tty device.
+                       Returns the number of characters accepted. The
+                       character buffer passed to this method is already
+                       in kernel space.
+
+put_char()             Queues a character for writing to the tty device.
+                       If there is no room in the queue, the character is
+                       ignored.
+
+flush_chars()          (Optional) If defined, must be called after
+                       queueing characters with put_char() in order to
+                       start transmission.
+
+write_room()           Returns the numbers of characters the tty driver
+                       will accept for queueing to be written.
+
+ioctl()                        Invoke device specific ioctl.
+                       Expects data pointers to refer to userspace.
+                       Returns ENOIOCTLCMD for unrecognized ioctl numbers.
+
+set_termios()          Notify the tty driver that the device's termios
+                       settings have changed. New settings are in
+                       tty->termios. Previous settings should be passed in
+                       the "old" argument.
+
+                       The API is defined such that the driver should return
+                       the actual modes selected. This means that the
+                       driver function is responsible for modifying any
+                       bits in the request it cannot fulfill to indicate
+                       the actual modes being used. A device with no
+                       hardware capability for change (eg a USB dongle or
+                       virtual port) can provide NULL for this method.
+
+throttle()             Notify the tty driver that input buffers for the
+                       line discipline are close to full, and it should
+                       somehow signal that no more characters should be
+                       sent to the tty.
+
+unthrottle()           Notify the tty driver that characters can now be
+                       sent to the tty without fear of overrunning the
+                       input buffers of the line disciplines.
+
+stop()                 Ask the tty driver to stop outputting characters
+                       to the tty device.
+
+start()                        Ask the tty driver to resume sending characters
+                       to the tty device.
+
+hangup()               Ask the tty driver to hang up the tty device.
+
+break_ctl()            (Optional) Ask the tty driver to turn on or off
+                       BREAK status on the RS-232 port.  If state is -1,
+                       then the BREAK status should be turned on; if
+                       state is 0, then BREAK should be turned off.
+                       If this routine is not implemented, use ioctls
+                       TIOCSBRK / TIOCCBRK instead.
+
+wait_until_sent()      Waits until the device has written out all of the
+                       characters in its transmitter FIFO.
+
+send_xchar()           Send a high-priority XON/XOFF character to the device.
+
+
+Flags
+
+Line discipline methods have access to tty->flags field containing the
+following interesting flags:
+
+TTY_THROTTLED          Driver input is throttled. The ldisc should call
+                       tty->driver->unthrottle() in order to resume
+                       reception when it is ready to process more data.
+
+TTY_DO_WRITE_WAKEUP    If set, causes the driver to call the ldisc's
+                       write_wakeup() method in order to resume
+                       transmission when it can accept more data
+                       to transmit.
+
+TTY_IO_ERROR           If set, causes all subsequent userspace read/write
+                       calls on the tty to fail, returning -EIO.
+
+TTY_OTHER_CLOSED       Device is a pty and the other side has closed.
+
+TTY_NO_WRITE_SPLIT     Prevent driver from splitting up writes into
+                       smaller chunks.
+
+
+Locking
+
+Callers to the line discipline functions from the tty layer are required to
+take line discipline locks. The same is true of calls from the driver side
+but not yet enforced.
+
+Three calls are now provided
+
+       ldisc = tty_ldisc_ref(tty);
+
+takes a handle to the line discipline in the tty and returns it. If no ldisc
+is currently attached or the ldisc is being closed and re-opened at this
+point then NULL is returned. While this handle is held the ldisc will not
+change or go away.
+
+       tty_ldisc_deref(ldisc)
+
+Returns the ldisc reference and allows the ldisc to be closed. Returning the
+reference takes away your right to call the ldisc functions until you take
+a new reference.
+
+       ldisc = tty_ldisc_ref_wait(tty);
+
+Performs the same function as tty_ldisc_ref except that it will wait for an
+ldisc change to complete and then return a reference to the new ldisc. 
+
+While these functions are slightly slower than the old code they should have
+minimal impact as most receive logic uses the flip buffers and they only
+need to take a reference when they push bits up through the driver.
+
+A caution: The ldisc->open(), ldisc->close() and driver->set_ldisc 
+functions are called with the ldisc unavailable. Thus tty_ldisc_ref will
+fail in this situation if used within these functions. Ldisc and driver
+code calling its own functions must be careful in this case. 
+
+
+Driver Interface
+----------------
+
+open()         -       Called when a device is opened. May sleep
+
+close()                -       Called when a device is closed. At the point of
+                       return from this call the driver must make no 
+                       further ldisc calls of any kind. May sleep
+
+write()                -       Called to write bytes to the device. May not
+                       sleep. May occur in parallel in special cases. 
+                       Because this includes panic paths drivers generally
+                       shouldn't try and do clever locking here.
+
+put_char()     -       Stuff a single character onto the queue. The
+                       driver is guaranteed following up calls to
+                       flush_chars.
+
+flush_chars()  -       Ask the kernel to write put_char queue
+
+write_room()   -       Return the number of characters tht can be stuffed
+                       into the port buffers without overflow (or less).
+                       The ldisc is responsible for being intelligent
+                       about multi-threading of write_room/write calls
+
+ioctl()                -       Called when an ioctl may be for the driver
+
+set_termios()  -       Called on termios change, serialized against
+                       itself by a semaphore. May sleep.
+
+set_ldisc()    -       Notifier for discipline change. At the point this 
+                       is done the discipline is not yet usable. Can now
+                       sleep (I think)
+
+throttle()     -       Called by the ldisc to ask the driver to do flow
+                       control.  Serialization including with unthrottle
+                       is the job of the ldisc layer.
+
+unthrottle()   -       Called by the ldisc to ask the driver to stop flow
+                       control.
+
+stop()         -       Ldisc notifier to the driver to stop output. As with
+                       throttle the serializations with start() are down
+                       to the ldisc layer.
+
+start()                -       Ldisc notifier to the driver to start output.
+
+hangup()       -       Ask the tty driver to cause a hangup initiated
+                       from the host side. [Can sleep ??]
+
+break_ctl()    -       Send RS232 break. Can sleep. Can get called in
+                       parallel, driver must serialize (for now), and
+                       with write calls.
+
+wait_until_sent() -    Wait for characters to exit the hardware queue
+                       of the driver. Can sleep
+
+send_xchar()     -     Send XON/XOFF and if possible jump the queue with
+                       it in order to get fast flow control responses.
+                       Cannot sleep ??
+

diff --git a/Documentation/specialix.txt b/Documentation/specialix.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 6eb6f3a..0000000
--- a/Documentation/specialix.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
-
-      specialix.txt  -- specialix IO8+ multiport serial driver readme.
-
-
-
-      Copyright (C) 1997  Roger Wolff (R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl)
-
-      Specialix pays for the development and support of this driver.
-      Please DO contact io8-linux@specialix.co.uk if you require
-      support.
-
-      This driver was developed in the BitWizard linux device
-      driver service. If you require a linux device driver for your
-      product, please contact devices@BitWizard.nl for a quote.
-
-      This code is firmly based on the riscom/8 serial driver,
-      written by Dmitry Gorodchanin. The specialix IO8+ card
-      programming information was obtained from the CL-CD1865 Data
-      Book, and Specialix document number 6200059: IO8+ Hardware
-      Functional Specification, augmented by document number 6200088:
-      Merak Hardware Functional Specification. (IO8+/PCI is also 
-      called Merak)
-
-
-      This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-      modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-      published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-      the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-      This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
-      useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
-      warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-      PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-      You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
-      License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
-      Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
-      USA.
-
-
-Intro
-=====
-
- 
-This file contains some random information, that I like to have online
-instead of in a manual that can get lost. Ever misplace your Linux
-kernel sources?  And the manual of one of the boards in your computer?
-
-
-Addresses and interrupts
-========================
-
-Address dip switch settings:
-The dip switch sets bits 2-9 of the IO address. 
-
-       9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 
-     +-----------------+
-   0 | X   X X X X X X |
-     |                 |    =   IoBase = 0x100 
-   1 |   X             |
-     +-----------------+          ------ RS232 connectors ---->
-         
-         |    |    |
-       edge connector
-         |    |    |
-         V    V    V
-
-Base address 0x100 caused a conflict in one of my computers once.  I
-haven't the foggiest why. My Specialix card is now at 0x180.  My
-other computer runs just fine with the Specialix card at 0x100....
-The card occupies 4 addresses, but actually only two are really used.
-
-The PCI version doesn't have any dip switches. The BIOS assigns
-an IO address. 
-
-The driver now still autoprobes at 0x100, 0x180, 0x250 and 0x260.  If
-that causes trouble for you, please report that. I'll remove
-autoprobing then.
-
-The driver will tell the card what IRQ to use, so you don't have to
-change any jumpers to change the IRQ. Just use a command line
-argument (irq=xx) to the insmod program to set the interrupt.
-
-The BIOS assigns the IRQ on the PCI version. You have no say in what
-IRQ to use in that case. 
-
-If your specialix cards are not at the default locations, you can use
-the kernel command line argument "specialix=io0,irq0,io1,irq1...".
-Here "io0" is the io address for the first card, and "irq0" is the
-irq line that the first card should use. And so on. 
-
-Examples. 
-
-You use the driver as a module and have three cards at 0x100, 0x250
-and 0x180. And some way or another you want them detected in that
-order. Moreover irq 12 is taken (e.g. by your PS/2 mouse).
-
-  insmod specialix.o iobase=0x100,0x250,0x180 irq=9,11,15
-
-The same three cards, but now in the kernel would require you to
-add 
-
-   specialix=0x100,9,0x250,11,0x180,15
-
-to the command line. This would become 
-
-   append="specialix=0x100,9,0x250,11,0x180,15" 
-
-in your /etc/lilo.conf file if you use lilo. 
-
-The Specialix driver is slightly odd: It allows you to have the second
-or third card detected without having a first card. This has
-advantages and disadvantages. A slot that isn't filled by an ISA card,
-might be filled if a PCI card is detected. Thus if you have an ISA
-card at 0x250 and a PCI card, you would get:
-
-sx0: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x100 not found.
-sx1: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x180 not found.
-sx2: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0x250, IRQ 12, CD1865 Rev. B.
-sx3: specialix IO8+ Board at 0x260 not found.
-sx0: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0xd800, IRQ 9, CD1865 Rev. B.
-
-This would happen if you don't give any probe hints to the driver. 
-If you would specify:
-
-   specialix=0x250,11
-
-you'd get the following messages:
-
-sx0: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0x250, IRQ 11, CD1865 Rev. B.
-sx1: specialix IO8+ board detected at 0xd800, IRQ 9, CD1865 Rev. B.
-
-ISA probing is aborted after the IO address you gave is exhausted, and
-the PCI card is now detected as the second card. The ISA card is now
-also forced to IRQ11....
-
-
-Baud rates
-==========
-
-The rev 1.2 and below boards use a CL-CD1864. These chips can only 
-do 64kbit. The rev 1.3 and newer boards use a CL-CD1865. These chips
-are officially capable of 115k2.
-
-The Specialix card uses a 25MHz crystal (in times two mode, which in
-fact is a divided by two mode). This is not enough to reach the rated
-115k2 on all ports at the same time. With this clock rate you can only
-do 37% of this rate. This means that at 115k2 on all ports you are
-going to lose characters (The chip cannot handle that many incoming
-bits at this clock rate.) (Yes, you read that correctly: there is a
-limit to the number of -=bits=- per second that the chip can handle.)
-
-If you near the "limit" you will first start to see a graceful
-degradation in that the chip cannot keep the transmitter busy at all
-times. However with a central clock this slow, you can also get it to
-miss incoming characters. The driver will print a warning message when
-you are outside the official specs. The messages usually show up in
-the file /var/log/messages .
-
-The specialix card cannot reliably do 115k2. If you use it, you have
-to do "extensive testing" (*) to verify if it actually works.
-
-When "mgetty" communicates with my modem at 115k2 it reports:
-got: +++[0d]ATQ0V1H0[0d][0d][8a]O[cb][0d][8a]
-                            ^^^^ ^^^^    ^^^^ 
-
-The three characters that have the "^^^" under them have suffered a
-bit error in the highest bit. In conclusion: I've tested it, and found
-that it simply DOESN'T work for me. I also suspect that this is also
-caused by the baud rate being just a little bit out of tune. 
-
-I upgraded the crystal to 66Mhz on one of my Specialix cards. Works
-great! Contact me for details. (Voids warranty, requires a steady hand
-and more such restrictions....)
-
-
-(*) Cirrus logic CD1864 databook, page 40.
-
-
-Cables for the Specialix IO8+
-=============================
-
-The pinout of the connectors on the IO8+ is:
-
-     pin    short    direction    long name
-            name
-    Pin 1   DCD      input        Data Carrier Detect
-    Pin 2   RXD      input        Receive
-    Pin 3   DTR/RTS  output       Data Terminal Ready/Ready To Send
-    Pin 4   GND      -            Ground
-    Pin 5   TXD      output       Transmit
-    Pin 6   CTS      input        Clear To Send
-        
-    
-             -- 6  5  4  3  2  1 --
-             |                    |
-             |                    |
-             |                    |
-             |                    |
-             +-----          -----+
-                  |__________|
-                      clip
-    
-    Front view of an RJ12 connector. Cable moves "into" the paper.
-    (the plug is ready to plug into your mouth this way...)
-
-    
-    NULL cable. I don't know who is going to use these except for
-    testing purposes, but I tested the cards with this cable. (It 
-    took quite a while to figure out, so I'm not going to delete
-    it. So there! :-)
-    
-    
-    This end goes               This end needs
-    straight into the           some twists in
-    RJ12 plug.                  the wiring.
-       IO8+ RJ12                   IO8+ RJ12
-        1  DCD       white          -
-        -             -             1 DCD
-        2  RXD       black          5 TXD
-        3  DTR/RTS   red            6 CTS
-        4  GND       green          4 GND
-        5  TXD       yellow         2 RXD
-        6  CTS       blue           3 DTR/RTS
-    
-
-    Same NULL cable, but now sorted on the second column.
- 
-        1  DCD       white          -
-        -             -             1 DCD
-        5  TXD       yellow         2 RXD
-        6  CTS       blue           3 DTR/RTS
-        4  GND       green          4 GND
-        2  RXD       black          5 TXD
-        3  DTR/RTS   red            6 CTS
-    
-    
-    
-    This is a modem cable usable for hardware handshaking:
-        RJ12                        DB25           DB9
-        1   DCD      white          8 DCD          1 DCD
-        2   RXD      black          3 RXD          2 RXD
-        3   DTR/RTS  red            4 RTS          7 RTS
-        4   GND      green          7 GND          5 GND
-        5   TXD      yellow         2 TXD          3 TXD
-        6   CTS      blue           5 CTS          8 CTS
-                            +----   6 DSR          6 DSR
-                            +----  20 DTR          4 DTR
-
-    This is a modem cable usable for software handshaking:
-    It allows you to reset the modem using the DTR ioctls.
-    I (REW) have never tested this, "but xxxxxxxxxxxxx
-    says that it works." If you test this, please
-    tell me and I'll fill in your name on the xxx's.
-
-        RJ12                        DB25           DB9
-        1   DCD      white          8 DCD          1 DCD
-        2   RXD      black          3 RXD          2 RXD
-        3   DTR/RTS  red           20 DTR          4 DTR
-        4   GND      green          7 GND          5 GND
-        5   TXD      yellow         2 TXD          3 TXD
-        6   CTS      blue           5 CTS          8 CTS
-                            +----   6 DSR          6 DSR
-                            +----   4 RTS          7 RTS
-
-   I bought a 6 wire flat cable. It was colored as indicated.
-   Check that yours is the same before you trust me on this.
-   
- 
-Hardware handshaking issues.
-============================
-
-The driver can be told to operate in two different ways. The default
-behaviour is specialix.sx_rtscts = 0 where the pin behaves as DTR when
-hardware handshaking is off. It behaves as the RTS hardware
-handshaking signal when hardware handshaking is selected.
-
-When you use this, you have to use the appropriate cable. The
-cable will either be compatible with hardware handshaking or with
-software handshaking. So switching on the fly is not really an
-option.
-
-I actually prefer to use the "specialix.sx_rtscts=1" option.
-This makes the DTR/RTS pin always an RTS pin, and ioctls to
-change DTR are always ignored. I have a cable that is configured
-for this. 
-
-
-Ports and devices
-=================
-
-Port 0 is the one furthest from the card-edge connector.
-
-Devices:
-
-You should make the devices as follows:
-
-bash
-cd /dev
-for i in  0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9 10 11 12 13 14 15 \
-         16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
-do
-  echo -n "$i "
-  mknod /dev/ttyW$i c 75 $i
-  mknod /dev/cuw$i c 76 $i
-done
-echo ""
-
-If your system doesn't come with these devices preinstalled, bug your
-linux-vendor about this. They have had ample time to get this
-implemented by now.
-
-You cannot have more than 4 boards in one computer. The card only
-supports 4 different interrupts. If you really want this, contact me
-about this and I'll give you a few tips (requires soldering iron)....
-
-If you have enough PCI slots, you can probably use more than 4 PCI
-versions of the card though.... 
-
-The PCI version of the card cannot adhere to the mechanical part of
-the PCI spec because the 8 serial connectors are simply too large. If
-it doesn't fit in your computer, bring back the card.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-  Fixed bugs and restrictions:
-       - During initialization, interrupts are blindly turned on.
-            Having a shadow variable would cause an extra memory
-            access on every IO instruction. 
-       - The interrupt (on the card) should be disabled when we
-         don't allocate the Linux end of the interrupt. This allows 
-         a different driver/card to use it while all ports are not in
-         use..... (a la standard serial port)
-       == An extra _off variant of the sx_in and sx_out macros are
-          now available. They don't set the interrupt enable bit.
-          These are used during initialization. Normal operation uses
-          the old variant which enables the interrupt line.
-       - RTS/DTR issue needs to be implemented according to 
-         specialix' spec.
-            I kind of like the "determinism" of the current 
-            implementation. Compile time flag?
-       == Ok. Compile time flag! Default is how Specialix likes it.
-       == Now a config time flag! Gets saved in your config file. Neat!
-       - Can you set the IO address from the lilo command line?
-            If you need this, bug me about it, I'll make it. 
-       == Hah! No bugging needed. Fixed! :-)
-       - Cirrus logic hasn't gotten back to me yet why the CD1865 can
-            and the CD1864 can't do 115k2. I suspect that this is
-            because the CD1864 is not rated for 33MHz operation.
-            Therefore the CD1864 versions of the card can't do 115k2 on 
-            all ports just like the CD1865 versions. The driver does
-            not block 115k2 on CD1864 cards. 
-        == I called the Cirrus Logic representative here in Holland.
-           The CD1864 databook is identical to the CD1865 databook, 
-           except for an extra warning at the end. Similar Bit errors
-           have been observed in testing at 115k2 on both an 1865 and
-           a 1864 chip. I see no reason why I would prohibit 115k2 on
-           1864 chips and not do it on 1865 chips. Actually there is
-           reason to prohibit it on BOTH chips. I print a warning.
-           If you use 115k2, you're on your own. 
-       - A spiky CD may send spurious HUPs. Also in CLOCAL???
-         -- A fix for this turned out to be counter productive. 
-            Different fix? Current behaviour is acceptable?
-         -- Maybe the current implementation is correct. If anybody
-            gets bitten by this, please report, and it will get fixed.
-
-         -- Testing revealed that when in CLOCAL, the problem doesn't
-            occur. As warned for in the CD1865 manual, the chip may
-            send modem intr's on a spike. We could filter those out,
-            but that would be a cludge anyway (You'd still risk getting
-            a spurious HUP when two spikes occur.).....
- 
-
-
-  Bugs & restrictions:
-       - This is a difficult card to autoprobe.
-            You have to WRITE to the address register to even 
-            read-probe a CD186x register. Disable autodetection?
-         -- Specialix: any suggestions?
-
-

diff --git a/Documentation/stallion.txt b/Documentation/stallion.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 5c4902d..0000000
--- a/Documentation/stallion.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-* NOTE - This is an unmaintained driver.  Lantronix, which bought Stallion
-technologies, is not active in driver maintenance, and they have no information
-on when or if they will have a 2.6 driver.
-
-James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com> - 12-12-2004
-
-Stallion Multiport Serial Driver Readme
----------------------------------------
-
-Copyright (C) 1994-1999,  Stallion Technologies.
-
-Version:   5.5.1
-Date:      28MAR99
-
-
-
-1. INTRODUCTION
-
-There are two drivers that work with the different families of Stallion
-multiport serial boards. One is for the Stallion smart boards - that is
-EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 and EasyConnection 8/64-PCI, the other for
-the true Stallion intelligent multiport boards - EasyConnection 8/64
-(ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard and Brumby.
-
-If you are using any of the Stallion intelligent multiport boards (Brumby,
-ONboard, EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI) with
-Linux you will need to get the driver utility package.  This contains a
-firmware loader and the firmware images necessary to make the devices operate.
-
-The Stallion Technologies ftp site, ftp.stallion.com, will always have
-the latest version of the driver utility package.
-
-ftp://ftp.stallion.com/drivers/ata5/Linux/ata-linux-550.tar.gz
-
-As of the printing of this document the latest version of the driver
-utility package is 5.5.0. If a later version is now available then you
-should use the latest version.
-
-If you are using the EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 or EasyConnection 8/64-PCI
-boards then you don't need this package, although it does have a serial stats
-display program.
-
-If you require DIP switch settings, EISA or MCA configuration files, or any
-other information related to Stallion boards then have a look at Stallion's
-web pages at http://www.stallion.com.
-
-
-
-2. INSTALLATION
-
-The drivers can be used as loadable modules or compiled into the kernel.
-You can choose which when doing a "config" on the kernel.
-
-All ISA, EISA and MCA boards that you want to use need to be configured into
-the driver(s). All PCI boards will be automatically detected when you load
-the driver - so they do not need to be entered into the driver(s)
-configuration structure. Note that kernel PCI support is required to use PCI
-boards.
-
-There are two methods of configuring ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the drivers.
-If using the driver as a loadable module then the simplest method is to pass
-the driver configuration as module arguments. The other method is to modify
-the driver source to add configuration lines for each board in use.
-
-If you have pre-built Stallion driver modules then the module argument
-configuration method should be used. A lot of Linux distributions come with
-pre-built driver modules in /lib/modules/X.Y.Z/misc for the kernel in use.
-That makes things pretty simple to get going.
-
-
-2.1 MODULE DRIVER CONFIGURATION:
-
-The simplest configuration for modules is to use the module load arguments
-to configure any ISA, EISA or MCA boards. PCI boards are automatically
-detected, so do not need any additional configuration at all.
-
-If using EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA, or EasyConnection 8/63-PCI
-boards then use the "stallion" driver module, Otherwise if you are using
-an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA, EISA or MCA, EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard,
-Brumby or original Stallion board then use the "istallion" driver module.
-
-Typically to load up the smart board driver use:
-
-    modprobe stallion
-
-This will load the EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 driver. It will output a
-message to say that it loaded and print the driver version number. It will
-also print out whether it found the configured boards or not. These messages
-may not appear on the console, but typically are always logged to
-/var/adm/messages or /var/log/syslog files - depending on how the klogd and
-syslogd daemons are setup on your system.
-
-To load the intelligent board driver use:
-
-    modprobe istallion
-
-It will output similar messages to the smart board driver.
-
-If not using an auto-detectable board type (that is a PCI board) then you
-will also need to supply command line arguments to the modprobe command
-when loading the driver. The general form of the configuration argument is
-
-    board?=<name>[,<ioaddr>[,<addr>][,<irq>]]
-
-where:
-
-    board?  -- specifies the arbitrary board number of this board,
-               can be in the range 0 to 3.
-
-    name    -- textual name of this board. The board name is the common
-               board name, or any "shortened" version of that. The board
-               type number may also be used here.
-
-    ioaddr  -- specifies the I/O address of this board. This argument is
-               optional, but should generally be specified.
-
-    addr    -- optional second address argument. Some board types require
-               a second I/O address, some require a memory address. The
-               exact meaning of this argument depends on the board type.
-
-    irq     -- optional IRQ line used by this board.
-
-Up to 4 board configuration arguments can be specified on the load line.
-Here is some examples:
-
-    modprobe stallion board0=easyio,0x2a0,5
-
-This configures an EasyIO board as board 0 at I/O address 0x2a0 and IRQ 5.
-
-    modprobe istallion board3=ec8/64,0x2c0,0xcc000
-
-This configures an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA as board 3 at I/O address 0x2c0 at
-memory address 0xcc000.
-
-    modprobe stallion board1=ec8/32-at,0x2a0,0x280,10
-
-This configures an EasyConnection 8/32 ISA board at primary I/O address 0x2a0,
-secondary address 0x280 and IRQ 10.
-
-You will probably want to enter this module load and configuration information
-into your system startup scripts so that the drivers are loaded and configured
-on each system boot. Typically the start up script would be something like
-/etc/modprobe.conf.
-
-
-2.2 STATIC DRIVER CONFIGURATION:
-
-For static driver configuration you need to modify the driver source code.
-Entering ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the driver(s) configuration structure
-involves editing the driver(s) source file. It's pretty easy if you follow
-the instructions below. Both drivers can support up to 4 boards. The smart
-card driver (the stallion.c driver) supports any combination of EasyIO and
-EasyConnection 8/32 boards (up to a total of 4). The intelligent driver
-supports any combination of ONboards, Brumbys, Stallions and EasyConnection
-8/64 (ISA and EISA) boards (up to a total of 4).
-
-To set up the driver(s) for the boards that you want to use you need to
-edit the appropriate driver file and add configuration entries.
-
-If using EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA boards,
-   In drivers/char/stallion.c:
-      - find the definition of the stl_brdconf array (of structures)
-        near the top of the file
-      - modify this to match the boards you are going to install
-       (the comments before this structure should help)
-      - save and exit
-
-If using ONboard, Brumby, Stallion or EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA or EISA)
-boards,
-   In drivers/char/istallion.c:
-      - find the definition of the stli_brdconf array (of structures)
-        near the top of the file
-      - modify this to match the boards you are going to install
-       (the comments before this structure should help)
-      - save and exit
-
-Once you have set up the board configurations then you are ready to build
-the kernel or modules.
-
-When the new kernel is booted, or the loadable module loaded then the
-driver will emit some kernel trace messages about whether the configured
-boards were detected or not. Depending on how your system logger is set
-up these may come out on the console, or just be logged to
-/var/adm/messages or /var/log/syslog. You should check the messages to
-confirm that all is well.
-
-
-2.3 SHARING INTERRUPTS
-
-It is possible to share interrupts between multiple EasyIO and
-EasyConnection 8/32 boards in an EISA system. To do this you must be using
-static driver configuration, modifying the driver source code to add driver
-configuration. Then a couple of extra things are required:
-
-1. When entering the board resources into the stallion.c file you need to
-   mark the boards as using level triggered interrupts. Do this by replacing
-   the "0" entry at field position 6 (the last field) in the board
-   configuration structure with a "1". (This is the structure that defines
-   the board type, I/O locations, etc. for each board). All boards that are
-   sharing an interrupt must be set this way, and each board should have the
-   same interrupt number specified here as well. Now build the module or
-   kernel as you would normally.
-
-2. When physically installing the boards into the system you must enter
-   the system EISA configuration utility. You will need to install the EISA
-   configuration files for *all* the EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards
-   that are sharing interrupts. The Stallion EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32
-   EISA configuration files required are supplied by Stallion Technologies
-   on the EASY Utilities floppy diskette (usually supplied in the box with
-   the board when purchased. If not, you can pick it up from Stallion's FTP
-   site, ftp.stallion.com). You will need to edit the board resources to
-   choose level triggered interrupts, and make sure to set each board's
-   interrupt to the same IRQ number.
-
-You must complete both the above steps for this to work. When you reboot
-or load the driver your EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards will be
-sharing interrupts.
-
-
-2.4 USING HIGH SHARED MEMORY
-
-The EasyConnection 8/64-EI, ONboard and Stallion boards are capable of
-using shared memory addresses above the usual 640K - 1Mb range. The ONboard
-ISA and the Stallion boards can be programmed to use memory addresses up to
-16Mb (the ISA bus addressing limit), and the EasyConnection 8/64-EI and
-ONboard/E can be programmed for memory addresses up to 4Gb (the EISA bus
-addressing limit).
-
-The higher than 1Mb memory addresses are fully supported by this driver.
-Just enter the address as you normally would for a lower than 1Mb address
-(in the driver's board configuration structure).
-
-
-
-2.5 TROUBLE SHOOTING
-
-If a board is not found by the driver but is actually in the system then the
-most likely problem is that the I/O address is wrong. Change the module load
-argument for the loadable module form. Or change it in the driver stallion.c
-or istallion.c configuration structure and rebuild the kernel or modules, or
-change it on the board.
-
-On EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards the IRQ is software programmable, so
-if there is a conflict you may need to change the IRQ used for a board. There
-are no interrupts to worry about for ONboard, Brumby or EasyConnection 8/64
-(ISA, EISA and MCA) boards. The memory region on EasyConnection 8/64 and
-ONboard boards is software programmable, but not on the Brumby boards.
-
-
-
-3. USING THE DRIVERS
-
-3.1 INTELLIGENT DRIVER OPERATION
-
-The intelligent boards also need to have their "firmware" code downloaded
-to them. This is done via a user level application supplied in the driver
-utility package called "stlload". Compile this program wherever you dropped
-the package files, by typing "make". In its simplest form you can then type
-
-    ./stlload -i cdk.sys
-
-in this directory and that will download board 0 (assuming board 0 is an
-EasyConnection 8/64 or EasyConnection/RA board). To download to an
-ONboard, Brumby or Stallion do:
-
-    ./stlload -i 2681.sys
-
-Normally you would want all boards to be downloaded as part of the standard
-system startup. To achieve this, add one of the lines above into the
-/etc/rc.d/rc.S or /etc/rc.d/rc.serial file. To download each board just add
-the "-b <brd-number>" option to the line. You will need to download code for
-every board. You should probably move the stlload program into a system
-directory, such as /usr/sbin. Also, the default location of the cdk.sys image
-file in the stlload down-loader is /usr/lib/stallion. Create that directory
-and put the cdk.sys and 2681.sys files in it. (It's a convenient place to put
-them anyway). As an example your /etc/rc.d/rc.S file might have the
-following lines added to it (if you had 3 boards):
-
-    /usr/sbin/stlload -b 0 -i /usr/lib/stallion/cdk.sys
-    /usr/sbin/stlload -b 1 -i /usr/lib/stallion/2681.sys
-    /usr/sbin/stlload -b 2 -i /usr/lib/stallion/2681.sys
-
-The image files cdk.sys and 2681.sys are specific to the board types. The
-cdk.sys will only function correctly on an EasyConnection 8/64 board. Similarly
-the 2681.sys image fill only operate on ONboard, Brumby and Stallion boards.
-If you load the wrong image file into a board it will fail to start up, and
-of course the ports will not be operational!
-
-If you are using the modularized version of the driver you might want to put
-the modprobe calls in the startup script as well (before the download lines
-obviously).
-
-
-3.2 USING THE SERIAL PORTS
-
-Once the driver is installed you will need to setup some device nodes to
-access the serial ports. The simplest method is to use the /dev/MAKEDEV program.
-It will automatically create device entries for Stallion boards. This will
-create the normal serial port devices as /dev/ttyE# where# is the port number
-starting from 0. A bank of 64 minor device numbers is allocated to each board,
-so the first port on the second board is port 64,etc. A set of callout type
-devices may also be created. They are created as the devices /dev/cue# where #
-is the same as for the ttyE devices.
-
-For the most part the Stallion driver tries to emulate the standard PC system
-COM ports and the standard Linux serial driver. The idea is that you should
-be able to use Stallion board ports and COM ports interchangeably without
-modifying anything but the device name. Anything that doesn't work like that
-should be considered a bug in this driver!
-
-If you look at the driver code you will notice that it is fairly closely
-based on the Linux serial driver (linux/drivers/char/serial.c). This is
-intentional, obviously this is the easiest way to emulate its behavior!
-
-Since this driver tries to emulate the standard serial ports as much as
-possible, most system utilities should work as they do for the standard
-COM ports. Most importantly "stty" works as expected and "setserial" can
-also be used (excepting the ability to auto-configure the I/O and IRQ
-addresses of boards). Higher baud rates are supported in the usual fashion
-through setserial or using the CBAUDEX extensions. Note that the EasyIO and
-EasyConnection (all types) support at least 57600 and 115200 baud. The newer
-EasyConnection XP modules and new EasyIO boards support 230400 and 460800
-baud as well. The older boards including ONboard and Brumby support a
-maximum baud rate of 38400.
-
-If you are unfamiliar with how to use serial ports, then get the Serial-HOWTO
-by Greg Hankins. It will explain everything you need to know!
-
-
-
-4. NOTES
-
-You can use both drivers at once if you have a mix of board types installed
-in a system. However to do this you will need to change the major numbers
-used by one of the drivers. Currently both drivers use major numbers 24, 25
-and 28 for their devices. Change one driver to use some other major numbers,
-and then modify the mkdevnods script to make device nodes based on those new
-major numbers. For example, you could change the istallion.c driver to use
-major numbers 60, 61 and 62. You will also need to create device nodes with
-different names for the ports, for example ttyF# and cuf#.
-
-The original Stallion board is no longer supported by Stallion Technologies.
-Although it is known to work with the istallion driver.
-
-Finding a free physical memory address range can be a problem. The older
-boards like the Stallion and ONboard need large areas (64K or even 128K), so
-they can be very difficult to get into a system. If you have 16 Mb of RAM
-then you have no choice but to put them somewhere in the 640K -> 1Mb range.
-ONboards require 64K, so typically 0xd0000 is good, or 0xe0000 on some
-systems. If you have an original Stallion board, "V4.0" or Rev.O, then you
-need a 64K memory address space, so again 0xd0000 and 0xe0000 are good.
-Older Stallion boards are a much bigger problem. They need 128K of address
-space and must be on a 128K boundary. If you don't have a VGA card then
-0xc0000 might be usable - there is really no other place you can put them
-below 1Mb.
-
-Both the ONboard and old Stallion boards can use higher memory addresses as
-well, but you must have less than 16Mb of RAM to be able to use them. Usual
-high memory addresses used include 0xec0000 and 0xf00000.
-
-The Brumby boards only require 16Kb of address space, so you can usually
-squeeze them in somewhere. Common addresses are 0xc8000, 0xcc000, or in
-the 0xd0000 range. EasyConnection 8/64 boards are even better, they only
-require 4Kb of address space, again usually 0xc8000, 0xcc000 or 0xd0000
-are good.
-
-If you are using an EasyConnection 8/64-EI or ONboard/E then usually the
-0xd0000 or 0xe0000 ranges are the best options below 1Mb. If neither of
-them can be used then the high memory support to use the really high address
-ranges is the best option. Typically the 2Gb range is convenient for them,
-and gets them well out of the way.
-
-The ports of the EasyIO-8M board do not have DCD or DTR signals. So these
-ports cannot be used as real modem devices. Generally, when using these
-ports you should only use the cueX devices.
-
-The driver utility package contains a couple of very useful programs. One 
-is a serial port statistics collection and display program - very handy
-for solving serial port problems. The other is an extended option setting
-program that works with the intelligent boards.
-
-
-
-5. DISCLAIMER
-
-The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate and
-reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Stallion Technologies
-Pty. Ltd. for its use, nor any infringements of patents or other rights
-of third parties resulting from its use. Stallion Technologies reserves
-the right to modify the design of its products and will endeavour to change
-the information in manuals and accompanying documentation accordingly.
-

diff --git a/Documentation/sx.txt b/Documentation/sx.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index cb4efa0..0000000
--- a/Documentation/sx.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-
-      sx.txt  -- specialix SX/SI multiport serial driver readme.
-
-
-
-      Copyright (C) 1997  Roger Wolff (R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl)
-
-      Specialix pays for the development and support of this driver.
-      Please DO contact support@specialix.co.uk if you require
-      support.
-
-      This driver was developed in the BitWizard linux device
-      driver service. If you require a linux device driver for your
-      product, please contact devices@BitWizard.nl for a quote.
-
-      (History)
-      There used to be an SI driver by Simon Allan. This is a complete 
-      rewrite  from scratch. Just a few lines-of-code have been snatched.
-
-      (Sources)
-      Specialix document number 6210028: SX Host Card and Download Code
-      Software Functional Specification.
-
-      (Copying)
-      This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-      modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-      published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-      the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-      This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
-      useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
-      warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-      PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-      You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
-      License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
-      Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
-      USA.
-      
-      (Addendum)
-      I'd appreciate it that if you have fixes, that you send them
-      to me first. 
-
-
-Introduction
-============
-
-This file contains some random information, that I like to have online
-instead of in a manual that can get lost. Ever misplace your Linux
-kernel sources?  And the manual of one of the boards in your computer?
-
-
-Theory of operation
-===================
-
-An important thing to know is that the driver itself doesn't have the
-firmware for the card. This means that you need the separate package
-"sx_firmware". For now you can get the source at
-
-       ftp://ftp.bitwizard.nl/specialix/sx_firmware_<version>.tgz
-
-The firmware load needs a "misc" device, so you'll need to enable the
-"Support for user misc device modules" in your kernel configuration.
-The misc device needs to be called "/dev/specialix_sxctl". It needs
-misc major 10, and minor number 167 (assigned by HPA). The section
-on creating device files below also creates this device. 
-
-After loading the sx.o module into your kernel, the driver will report
-the number of cards detected, but because it doesn't have any
-firmware, it will not be able to determine the number of ports. Only
-when you then run "sx_firmware" will the firmware be downloaded and
-the rest of the driver initialized. At that time the sx_firmware
-program will report the number of ports installed.
-
-In contrast with many other multi port serial cards, some of the data
-structures are only allocated when the card knows the number of ports
-that are connected. This means we won't waste memory for 120 port
-descriptor structures when you only have 8 ports. If you experience
-problems due to this, please report them: I haven't seen any.
-
-
-Interrupts
-==========
-
-A multi port serial card, would generate a horrendous amount of
-interrupts if it would interrupt the CPU for every received
-character. Even more than 10 years ago, the trick not to use
-interrupts but to poll the serial cards was invented.
-
-The SX card allow us to do this two ways. First the card limits its
-own interrupt rate to a rate that won't overwhelm the CPU. Secondly,
-we could forget about the cards interrupt completely and use the
-internal timer for this purpose.
-
-Polling the card can take up to a few percent of your CPU. Using the
-interrupts would be better if you have most of the ports idle. Using
-timer-based polling is better if your card almost always has work to
-do. You save the separate interrupt in that case.
-
-In any case, it doesn't really matter all that much. 
-
-The most common problem with interrupts is that for ISA cards in a PCI
-system the BIOS has to be told to configure that interrupt as "legacy
-ISA". Otherwise the card can pull on the interrupt line all it wants
-but the CPU won't see this.
-
-If you can't get the interrupt to work, remember that polling mode is
-more efficient (provided you actually use the card intensively).
-
-
-Allowed Configurations
-======================
-
-Some configurations are disallowed. Even though at a glance they might
-seem to work, they are known to lockup the bus between the host card
-and the device concentrators. You should respect the drivers decision
-not to support certain configurations. It's there for a reason.
-
-Warning: Seriously technical stuff ahead. Executive summary: Don't use
-SX cards except configured at a 64k boundary. Skip the next paragraph.
-
-The SX cards can theoretically be placed at a 32k boundary. So for
-instance you can put an SX card at 0xc8000-0xd7fff. This is not a
-"recommended configuration". ISA cards have to tell the bus controller
-how they like their timing. Due to timing issues they have to do this
-based on which 64k window the address falls into. This means that the
-32k window below and above the SX card have to use exactly the same
-timing as the SX card. That reportedly works for other SX cards. But
-you're still left with two useless 32k windows that should not be used
-by anybody else.
-
-
-Configuring the driver
-======================
-
-PCI cards are always detected. The driver auto-probes for ISA cards at
-some sensible addresses. Please report if the auto-probe causes trouble
-in your system, or when a card isn't detected.
-
-I'm afraid I haven't implemented "kernel command line parameters" yet.
-This means that if the default doesn't work for you, you shouldn't use
-the compiled-into-the-kernel version of the driver. Use a module
-instead.  If you convince me that you need this, I'll make it for
-you. Deal?
-
-I'm afraid that the module parameters are a bit clumsy. If you have a
-better idea, please tell me.
-
-You can specify several parameters:
-
-       sx_poll: number of jiffies between timer-based polls.
-
-               Set this to "0" to disable timer based polls. 
-                Initialization of cards without a working interrupt
-                will fail.
-
-               Set this to "1" if you want a polling driver. 
-               (on Intel: 100 polls per second). If you don't use
-                fast baud rates, you might consider a value like "5". 
-                (If you don't know how to do the math, use 1).
-
-       sx_slowpoll: Number of jiffies between timer-based polls. 
-               Set this to "100" to poll once a second. 
-               This should get the card out of a stall if the driver
-                ever misses an interrupt. I've never seen this happen,
-                and if it does, that's a bug. Tell me. 
-
-       sx_maxints: Number of interrupts to request from the card. 
-               The card normally limits interrupts to about 100 per
-               second to offload the host CPU. You can increase this
-               number to reduce latency on the card a little.
-               Note that if you give a very high number you can overload
-               your CPU as well as the CPU on the host card. This setting 
-               is inaccurate and not recommended for SI cards (But it 
-               works). 
-
-       sx_irqmask: The mask of allowable IRQs to use. I suggest you set 
-               this to 0 (disable IRQs all together) and use polling if 
-               the assignment of IRQs becomes problematic. This is defined
-               as the sum of (1 << irq) 's that you want to allow. So 
-               sx_irqmask of 8 (1 << 3) specifies that only irq 3 may
-               be used by the SX driver. If you want to specify to the 
-               driver: "Either irq 11 or 12 is ok for you to use", then
-               specify (1 << 11) | (1 << 12) = 0x1800 . 
-
-       sx_debug: You can enable different sorts of debug traces with this. 
-               At "-1" all debugging traces are active. You'll get several
-               times more debugging output than you'll get characters 
-               transmitted. 
-
-
-Baud rates
-==========
-
-Theoretically new SXDCs should be capable of more than 460k
-baud. However the line drivers usually give up before that.  Also the
-CPU on the card may not be able to handle 8 channels going at full
-blast at that speed. Moreover, the buffers are not large enough to
-allow operation with 100 interrupts per second. You'll have to realize
-that the card has a 256 byte buffer, so you'll have to increase the
-number of interrupts per second if you have more than 256*100 bytes
-per second to transmit.  If you do any performance testing in this
-area, I'd be glad to hear from you...
-
-(Psst Linux users..... I think the Linux driver is more efficient than
-the driver for other OSes. If you can and want to benchmark them
-against each other, be my guest, and report your findings...... :-)
-
-
-Ports and devices
-=================
-
-Port 0 is the top connector on the module closest to the host
-card. Oh, the ports on the SXDCs and TAs are labelled from 1 to 8
-instead of from 0 to 7, as they are numbered by linux. I'm stubborn in
-this: I know for sure that I wouldn't be able to calculate which port
-is which anymore if I would change that....
-
-
-Devices:
-
-You should make the device files as follows:
-
-#!/bin/sh
-# (I recommend that you cut-and-paste this into a file and run that)
-cd /dev
-t=0
-mknod specialix_sxctl c 10 167
-while [ $t -lt 64 ]
-  do 
-  echo -n "$t "
-  mknod ttyX$t c 32 $t
-  mknod cux$t  c 33 $t
-  t=`expr $t + 1`
-done
-echo ""
-rm /etc/psdevtab
-ps > /dev/null
-
-
-This creates 64 devices. If you have more, increase the constant on
-the line with "while". The devices start at 0, as is customary on
-Linux. Specialix seems to like starting the numbering at 1. 
-
-If your system doesn't come with these devices pre-installed, bug your
-linux-vendor about this. They should have these devices
-"pre-installed" before the new millennium. The "ps" stuff at the end
-is to "tell" ps that the new devices exist.
-
-Officially the maximum number of cards per computer is 4. This driver
-however supports as many cards in one machine as you want. You'll run
-out of interrupts after a few, but you can switch to polled operation
-then. At about 256 ports (More than 8 cards), we run out of minor
-device numbers. Sorry. I suggest you buy a second computer.... (Or
-switch to RIO).
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-  Fixed bugs and restrictions:
-       - Hangup processing.  
-         -- Done.
-
-       - the write path in generic_serial (lockup / oops). 
-         -- Done (Ugly: not the way I want it. Copied from serial.c).
-
-        - write buffer isn't flushed at close.
-         -- Done. I still seem to lose a few chars at close. 
-            Sorry. I think that this is a firmware issue. (-> Specialix)
-
-       - drain hardware before  changing termios
-       - Change debug on the fly. 
-       - ISA free irq -1. (no firmware loaded).
-       - adding c8000 as a probe address. Added warning. 
-       - Add a RAMtest for the RAM on the card.c
-        - Crash when opening a port "way" of the number of allowed ports. 
-          (for example opening port 60 when there are only 24 ports attached)
-       - Sometimes the use-count strays a bit. After a few hours of
-          testing the use count is sometimes "3". If you are not like
-          me and can remember what you did to get it that way, I'd
-          appreciate an Email. Possibly fixed. Tell me if anyone still
-          sees this.
-       - TAs don't work right if you don't connect all the modem control
-         signals. SXDCs do. T225 firmware problem -> Specialix. 
-         (Mostly fixed now, I think. Tell me if you encounter this!)
-
-  Bugs & restrictions:
-
-       - Arbitrary baud rates. Requires firmware update. (-> Specialix)
-
-       - Low latency (mostly firmware, -> Specialix)
-
-
-

diff --git a/Documentation/tty.txt b/Documentation/tty.txt
deleted file mode 100644 (file)
index 8e65c44..0000000
--- a/Documentation/tty.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-
-                       The Lockronomicon
-
-Your guide to the ancient and twisted locking policies of the tty layer and
-the warped logic behind them. Beware all ye who read on.
-
-FIXME: still need to work out the full set of BKL assumptions and document
-them so they can eventually be killed off.
-
-
-Line Discipline
----------------
-
-Line disciplines are registered with tty_register_ldisc() passing the
-discipline number and the ldisc structure. At the point of registration the 
-discipline must be ready to use and it is possible it will get used before
-the call returns success. If the call returns an error then it won't get
-called. Do not re-use ldisc numbers as they are part of the userspace ABI
-and writing over an existing ldisc will cause demons to eat your computer.
-After the return the ldisc data has been copied so you may free your own 
-copy of the structure. You must not re-register over the top of the line
-discipline even with the same data or your computer again will be eaten by
-demons.
-
-In order to remove a line discipline call tty_unregister_ldisc().
-In ancient times this always worked. In modern times the function will
-return -EBUSY if the ldisc is currently in use. Since the ldisc referencing
-code manages the module counts this should not usually be a concern.
-
-Heed this warning: the reference count field of the registered copies of the
-tty_ldisc structure in the ldisc table counts the number of lines using this
-discipline. The reference count of the tty_ldisc structure within a tty 
-counts the number of active users of the ldisc at this instant. In effect it
-counts the number of threads of execution within an ldisc method (plus those
-about to enter and exit although this detail matters not).
-
-Line Discipline Methods
------------------------
-
-TTY side interfaces:
-
-open()         -       Called when the line discipline is attached to
-                       the terminal. No other call into the line
-                       discipline for this tty will occur until it
-                       completes successfully. Can sleep.
-
-close()                -       This is called on a terminal when the line
-                       discipline is being unplugged. At the point of
-                       execution no further users will enter the
-                       ldisc code for this tty. Can sleep.
-
-hangup()       -       Called when the tty line is hung up.
-                       The line discipline should cease I/O to the tty.
-                       No further calls into the ldisc code will occur.
-                       Can sleep.
-
-write()                -       A process is writing data through the line
-                       discipline.  Multiple write calls are serialized
-                       by the tty layer for the ldisc.  May sleep. 
-
-flush_buffer() -       (optional) May be called at any point between
-                       open and close, and instructs the line discipline
-                       to empty its input buffer.
-
-chars_in_buffer() -    (optional) Report the number of bytes in the input
-                       buffer.
-
-set_termios()  -       (optional) Called on termios structure changes.
-                       The caller passes the old termios data and the
-                       current data is in the tty. Called under the
-                       termios semaphore so allowed to sleep. Serialized
-                       against itself only.
-
-read()         -       Move data from the line discipline to the user.
-                       Multiple read calls may occur in parallel and the
-                       ldisc must deal with serialization issues. May 
-                       sleep.
-
-poll()         -       Check the status for the poll/select calls. Multiple
-                       poll calls may occur in parallel. May sleep.
-
-ioctl()                -       Called when an ioctl is handed to the tty layer
-                       that might be for the ldisc. Multiple ioctl calls
-                       may occur in parallel. May sleep. 
-
-Driver Side Interfaces:
-
-receive_buf()  -       Hand buffers of bytes from the driver to the ldisc
-                       for processing. Semantics currently rather
-                       mysterious 8(
-
-write_wakeup() -       May be called at any point between open and close.
-                       The TTY_DO_WRITE_WAKEUP flag indicates if a call
-                       is needed but always races versus calls. Thus the
-                       ldisc must be careful about setting order and to
-                       handle unexpected calls. Must not sleep.
-
-                       The driver is forbidden from calling this directly
-                       from the ->write call from the ldisc as the ldisc
-                       is permitted to call the driver write method from
-                       this function. In such a situation defer it.
-
-
-Driver Access
-
-Line discipline methods can call the following methods of the underlying
-hardware driver through the function pointers within the tty->driver
-structure:
-
-write()                        Write a block of characters to the tty device.
-                       Returns the number of characters accepted. The
-                       character buffer passed to this method is already
-                       in kernel space.
-
-put_char()             Queues a character for writing to the tty device.
-                       If there is no room in the queue, the character is
-                       ignored.
-
-flush_chars()          (Optional) If defined, must be called after
-                       queueing characters with put_char() in order to
-                       start transmission.
-
-write_room()           Returns the numbers of characters the tty driver
-                       will accept for queueing to be written.
-
-ioctl()                        Invoke device specific ioctl.
-                       Expects data pointers to refer to userspace.
-                       Returns ENOIOCTLCMD for unrecognized ioctl numbers.
-
-set_termios()          Notify the tty driver that the device's termios
-                       settings have changed. New settings are in
-                       tty->termios. Previous settings should be passed in
-                       the "old" argument.
-
-                       The API is defined such that the driver should return
-                       the actual modes selected. This means that the
-                       driver function is responsible for modifying any
-                       bits in the request it cannot fulfill to indicate
-                       the actual modes being used. A device with no
-                       hardware capability for change (eg a USB dongle or
-                       virtual port) can provide NULL for this method.
-
-throttle()             Notify the tty driver that input buffers for the
-                       line discipline are close to full, and it should
-                       somehow signal that no more characters should be
-                       sent to the tty.
-
-unthrottle()           Notify the tty driver that characters can now be
-                       sent to the tty without fear of overrunning the
-                       input buffers of the line disciplines.
-
-stop()                 Ask the tty driver to stop outputting characters
-                       to the tty device.
-
-start()                        Ask the tty driver to resume sending characters
-                       to the tty device.
-
-hangup()               Ask the tty driver to hang up the tty device.
-
-break_ctl()            (Optional) Ask the tty driver to turn on or off
-                       BREAK status on the RS-232 port.  If state is -1,
-                       then the BREAK status should be turned on; if
-                       state is 0, then BREAK should be turned off.
-                       If this routine is not implemented, use ioctls
-                       TIOCSBRK / TIOCCBRK instead.
-
-wait_until_sent()      Waits until the device has written out all of the
-                       characters in its transmitter FIFO.
-
-send_xchar()           Send a high-priority XON/XOFF character to the device.
-
-
-Flags
-
-Line discipline methods have access to tty->flags field containing the
-following interesting flags:
-
-TTY_THROTTLED          Driver input is throttled. The ldisc should call
-                       tty->driver->unthrottle() in order to resume
-                       reception when it is ready to process more data.
-
-TTY_DO_WRITE_WAKEUP    If set, causes the driver to call the ldisc's
-                       write_wakeup() method in order to resume
-                       transmission when it can accept more data
-                       to transmit.
-
-TTY_IO_ERROR           If set, causes all subsequent userspace read/write
-                       calls on the tty to fail, returning -EIO.
-
-TTY_OTHER_CLOSED       Device is a pty and the other side has closed.
-
-TTY_NO_WRITE_SPLIT     Prevent driver from splitting up writes into
-                       smaller chunks.
-
-
-Locking
-
-Callers to the line discipline functions from the tty layer are required to
-take line discipline locks. The same is true of calls from the driver side
-but not yet enforced.
-
-Three calls are now provided
-
-       ldisc = tty_ldisc_ref(tty);
-
-takes a handle to the line discipline in the tty and returns it. If no ldisc
-is currently attached or the ldisc is being closed and re-opened at this
-point then NULL is returned. While this handle is held the ldisc will not
-change or go away.
-
-       tty_ldisc_deref(ldisc)
-
-Returns the ldisc reference and allows the ldisc to be closed. Returning the
-reference takes away your right to call the ldisc functions until you take
-a new reference.
-
-       ldisc = tty_ldisc_ref_wait(tty);
-
-Performs the same function as tty_ldisc_ref except that it will wait for an
-ldisc change to complete and then return a reference to the new ldisc. 
-
-While these functions are slightly slower than the old code they should have
-minimal impact as most receive logic uses the flip buffers and they only
-need to take a reference when they push bits up through the driver.
-
-A caution: The ldisc->open(), ldisc->close() and driver->set_ldisc 
-functions are called with the ldisc unavailable. Thus tty_ldisc_ref will
-fail in this situation if used within these functions. Ldisc and driver
-code calling its own functions must be careful in this case. 
-
-
-Driver Interface
-----------------
-
-open()         -       Called when a device is opened. May sleep
-
-close()                -       Called when a device is closed. At the point of
-                       return from this call the driver must make no 
-                       further ldisc calls of any kind. May sleep
-
-write()                -       Called to write bytes to the device. May not
-                       sleep. May occur in parallel in special cases. 
-                       Because this includes panic paths drivers generally
-                       shouldn't try and do clever locking here.
-
-put_char()     -       Stuff a single character onto the queue. The
-                       driver is guaranteed following up calls to
-                       flush_chars.
-
-flush_chars()  -       Ask the kernel to write put_char queue
-
-write_room()   -       Return the number of characters tht can be stuffed
-                       into the port buffers without overflow (or less).
-                       The ldisc is responsible for being intelligent
-                       about multi-threading of write_room/write calls
-
-ioctl()                -       Called when an ioctl may be for the driver
-
-set_termios()  -       Called on termios change, serialized against
-                       itself by a semaphore. May sleep.
-
-set_ldisc()    -       Notifier for discipline change. At the point this 
-                       is done the discipline is not yet usable. Can now
-                       sleep (I think)
-
-throttle()     -       Called by the ldisc to ask the driver to do flow
-                       control.  Serialization including with unthrottle
-                       is the job of the ldisc layer.
-
-unthrottle()   -       Called by the ldisc to ask the driver to stop flow
-                       control.
-
-stop()         -       Ldisc notifier to the driver to stop output. As with
-                       throttle the serializations with start() are down
-                       to the ldisc layer.
-
-start()                -       Ldisc notifier to the driver to start output.
-
-hangup()       -       Ask the tty driver to cause a hangup initiated
-                       from the host side. [Can sleep ??]
-
-break_ctl()    -       Send RS232 break. Can sleep. Can get called in
-                       parallel, driver must serialize (for now), and
-                       with write calls.
-
-wait_until_sent() -    Wait for characters to exit the hardware queue
-                       of the driver. Can sleep
-
-send_xchar()     -     Send XON/XOFF and if possible jump the queue with
-                       it in order to get fast flow control responses.
-                       Cannot sleep ??
-

diff --git a/drivers/block/Kconfig b/drivers/block/Kconfig
index 61ad8d639ba39830ee96687d2ef18d3fcba8cad4..0344a8a8321d130b3833681708426becdcfa45d1 100644 (file)
--- a/drivers/block/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/block/Kconfig
@@ -21,7 +21,8 @@ config BLK_DEV_FD
        ---help---
          If you want to use the floppy disk drive(s) of your PC under Linux,
          say Y. Information about this driver, especially important for IBM
        ---help---
          If you want to use the floppy disk drive(s) of your PC under Linux,
          say Y. Information about this driver, especially important for IBM

-         Thinkpad users, is contained in <file:Documentation/floppy.txt>.
+         Thinkpad users, is contained in
+         <file:Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt>.

          That file also contains the location of the Floppy driver FAQ as
          well as location of the fdutils package used to configure additional
          parameters of the driver at run time.
          That file also contains the location of the Floppy driver FAQ as
          well as location of the fdutils package used to configure additional
          parameters of the driver at run time.


@@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ config PARIDE
          your computer's parallel port. Most of them are actually IDE devices
          using a parallel port IDE adapter. This option enables the PARIDE
          subsystem which contains drivers for many of these external drives.
          your computer's parallel port. Most of them are actually IDE devices
          using a parallel port IDE adapter. This option enables the PARIDE
          subsystem which contains drivers for many of these external drives.

-         Read <file:Documentation/paride.txt> for more information.
+         Read <file:Documentation/blockdev/paride.txt> for more information.

 
          If you have said Y to the "Parallel-port support" configuration
          option, you may share a single port between your printer and other
 
          If you have said Y to the "Parallel-port support" configuration
          option, you may share a single port between your printer and other


@@ -114,9 +115,9 @@ config BLK_CPQ_DA
        help
          This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array controllers.  Everyone
          using these boards should say Y here.  See the file
        help
          This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array controllers.  Everyone
          using these boards should say Y here.  See the file

-         <file:Documentation/cpqarray.txt> for the current list of boards
-         supported by this driver, and for further information on the use of
-         this driver.
+         <file:Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt> for the current list of
+         boards supported by this driver, and for further information on the
+         use of this driver.

 
 config BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA
        tristate "Compaq Smart Array 5xxx support"
 
 config BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA
        tristate "Compaq Smart Array 5xxx support"


@@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ config BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA
        help
          This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array 5xxx controllers.
          Everyone using these boards should say Y here.
        help
          This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array 5xxx controllers.
          Everyone using these boards should say Y here.

-         See <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for the current list of
+         See <file:Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt> for the current list of

          boards supported by this driver, and for further information
          on the use of this driver.
 
          boards supported by this driver, and for further information
          on the use of this driver.
 


@@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ config CISS_SCSI_TAPE
        help
          When enabled (Y), this option allows SCSI tape drives and SCSI medium
          changers (tape robots) to be accessed via a Compaq 5xxx array 
        help
          When enabled (Y), this option allows SCSI tape drives and SCSI medium
          changers (tape robots) to be accessed via a Compaq 5xxx array 

-         controller.  (See <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for more details.)
+         controller.  (See <file:Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt> for more details.)

 
          "SCSI support" and "SCSI tape support" must also be enabled for this 
          option to work.
 
          "SCSI support" and "SCSI tape support" must also be enabled for this 
          option to work.


@@ -149,8 +150,8 @@ config BLK_DEV_DAC960
        help
          This driver adds support for the Mylex DAC960, AcceleRAID, and
          eXtremeRAID PCI RAID controllers.  See the file
        help
          This driver adds support for the Mylex DAC960, AcceleRAID, and
          eXtremeRAID PCI RAID controllers.  See the file

-         <file:Documentation/README.DAC960> for further information about
-         this driver.
+         <file:Documentation/blockdev/README.DAC960> for further information
+         about this driver.

 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called DAC960.
 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called DAC960.


@@ -278,9 +279,9 @@ config BLK_DEV_NBD
          userland (making server and client physically the same computer,
          communicating using the loopback network device).
 
          userland (making server and client physically the same computer,
          communicating using the loopback network device).
 

-         Read <file:Documentation/nbd.txt> for more information, especially
-         about where to find the server code, which runs in user space and
-         does not need special kernel support.
+         Read <file:Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt> for more information,
+         especially about where to find the server code, which runs in user
+         space and does not need special kernel support.

 
          Note that this has nothing to do with the network file systems NFS
          or Coda; you can say N here even if you intend to use NFS or Coda.
 
          Note that this has nothing to do with the network file systems NFS
          or Coda; you can say N here even if you intend to use NFS or Coda.


@@ -321,8 +322,8 @@ config BLK_DEV_RAM
          store a copy of a minimal root file system off of a floppy into RAM
          during the initial install of Linux.
 
          store a copy of a minimal root file system off of a floppy into RAM
          during the initial install of Linux.
 

-         Note that the kernel command line option "ramdisk=XX" is now
-         obsolete. For details, read <file:Documentation/ramdisk.txt>.
+         Note that the kernel command line option "ramdisk=XX" is now obsolete.
+         For details, read <file:Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt>.

 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called rd.
 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called rd.

diff --git a/drivers/block/floppy.c b/drivers/block/floppy.c
index 14db747a636e93a33766e4faf23dbd5b48e5e8bd..cf29cc4e6ab73d2d95e6d4778f576aae9c98b327 100644 (file)
--- a/drivers/block/floppy.c
+++ b/drivers/block/floppy.c
@@ -4124,7 +4124,7 @@ static int __init floppy_setup(char *str)
                printk("\n");
        } else
                DPRINT("botched floppy option\n");
                printk("\n");
        } else
                DPRINT("botched floppy option\n");

-       DPRINT("Read Documentation/floppy.txt\n");
+       DPRINT("Read Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt\n");

        return 0;
 }
 
        return 0;
 }
 

diff --git a/drivers/char/Kconfig b/drivers/char/Kconfig
index 43b35d0369d6c9486b3f5d677313ece83218130c..43d6ba83a1912ccbc5f668876e8e6cf7a82a3066 100644 (file)
--- a/drivers/char/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/char/Kconfig
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ config COMPUTONE
          which give you many serial ports. You would need something like this
          to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in
          order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say
          which give you many serial ports. You would need something like this
          to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in
          order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say

-         Y here and read <file:Documentation/computone.txt>.
+         Y here and read <file:Documentation/serial/computone.txt>.

 
          To compile this driver as module, choose M here: the
          module will be called ip2.
 
          To compile this driver as module, choose M here: the
          module will be called ip2.


@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ config ROCKETPORT
          This driver supports Comtrol RocketPort and RocketModem PCI boards.   
           These boards provide 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 high-speed serial ports or
           modems.  For information about the RocketPort/RocketModem  boards
          This driver supports Comtrol RocketPort and RocketModem PCI boards.   
           These boards provide 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 high-speed serial ports or
           modems.  For information about the RocketPort/RocketModem  boards

-          and this driver read <file:Documentation/rocket.txt>.
+          and this driver read <file:Documentation/serial/rocket.txt>.

 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called rocket.
 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called rocket.


@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ config CYCLADES
          your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
 
          For information about the Cyclades-Z card, read
          your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
 
          For information about the Cyclades-Z card, read

-         <file:Documentation/README.cycladesZ>.
+         <file:Documentation/serial/README.cycladesZ>.

 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called cyclades.
 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called cyclades.


@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ config DIGIEPCA
          box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. This driver
          supports the original PC (ISA) boards as well as PCI, and EISA. If
          you have a card like this, say Y here and read the file
          box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. This driver
          supports the original PC (ISA) boards as well as PCI, and EISA. If
          you have a card like this, say Y here and read the file

-         <file:Documentation/digiepca.txt>.
+         <file:Documentation/serial/digiepca.txt>.

 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called epca.
 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called epca.


@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ config RISCOM8
          which gives you many serial ports. You would need something like
          this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance
          in order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that,
          which gives you many serial ports. You would need something like
          this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance
          in order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that,

-         say Y here and read the file <file:Documentation/riscom8.txt>.
+         say Y here and read the file <file:Documentation/serial/riscom8.txt>.

 
          Also it's possible to say M here and compile this driver as kernel
          loadable module; the module will be called riscom8.
 
          Also it's possible to say M here and compile this driver as kernel
          loadable module; the module will be called riscom8.


@@ -304,8 +304,8 @@ config SPECIALIX
          your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
 
          If you have a card like that, say Y here and read the file
          your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server.
 
          If you have a card like that, say Y here and read the file

-         <file:Documentation/specialix.txt>. Also it's possible to say M here
-         and compile this driver as kernel loadable module which will be
+         <file:Documentation/serial/specialix.txt>. Also it's possible to say
+         M here and compile this driver as kernel loadable module which will be

          called specialix.
 
 config SX
          called specialix.
 
 config SX


@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ config SX
        depends on SERIAL_NONSTANDARD && (PCI || EISA || ISA)
        help
          This is a driver for the SX and SI multiport serial cards.
        depends on SERIAL_NONSTANDARD && (PCI || EISA || ISA)
        help
          This is a driver for the SX and SI multiport serial cards.

-         Please read the file <file:Documentation/sx.txt> for details.
+         Please read the file <file:Documentation/serial/sx.txt> for details.

 
          This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
          inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).
 
          This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be
          inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want).


@@ -344,8 +344,8 @@ config STALDRV
          like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for
          instance in order to become a dial-in server.  If you say Y here,
          you will be asked for your specific card model in the next
          like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for
          instance in order to become a dial-in server.  If you say Y here,
          you will be asked for your specific card model in the next

-         questions.  Make sure to read <file:Documentation/stallion.txt> in
-         this case.  If you have never heard about all this, it's safe to
+         questions.  Make sure to read <file:Documentation/serial/stallion.txt>
+         in this case.  If you have never heard about all this, it's safe to

          say N.
 
 config STALLION
          say N.
 
 config STALLION


@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ config STALLION
        help
          If you have an EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 multiport Stallion
          card, then this is for you; say Y.  Make sure to read
        help
          If you have an EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 multiport Stallion
          card, then this is for you; say Y.  Make sure to read

-         <file:Documentation/stallion.txt>.
+         <file:Documentation/serial/stallion.txt>.

 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called stallion.
 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called stallion.


@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ config ISTALLION
        help
          If you have an EasyConnection 8/64, ONboard, Brumby or Stallion
          serial multiport card, say Y here. Make sure to read
        help
          If you have an EasyConnection 8/64, ONboard, Brumby or Stallion
          serial multiport card, say Y here. Make sure to read

-         <file:Documentation/stallion.txt>.
+         <file:Documentation/serial/stallion.txt>.

 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called istallion.
 
          To compile this driver as a module, choose M here: the
          module will be called istallion.

diff --git a/drivers/char/specialix.c b/drivers/char/specialix.c
index 242fd46fda22fef8747909efb71f29b8ded4c157..a16b94f12eb23e1fea8b99bfd6621a0b1bc8b7cd 100644 (file)
--- a/drivers/char/specialix.c
+++ b/drivers/char/specialix.c
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 /*
  * There is a bunch of documentation about the card, jumpers, config
  * settings, restrictions, cables, device names and numbers in
 /*
  * There is a bunch of documentation about the card, jumpers, config
  * settings, restrictions, cables, device names and numbers in

- * Documentation/specialix.txt
+ * Documentation/serial/specialix.txt

  */
 
 #include <linux/module.h>
  */
 
 #include <linux/module.h>